Sap60c8 Manual Oper y Mtto

Quality Changes the World 7
27 27 2
3- 12- 3- 12- 3-1
2-
02 02 02
za e2 za e2 zae
2
ma ma ma
Sany Paver
2-27 2-27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
SAP60C-8
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual

2-27 2-27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
Font-Arial Size:12pt
SAP Series Paver
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
线粗：1pt
202 202 202
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
7
SAP Series27 Paver 27
2-2 2- 2-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
27 7 27
3-1
2- WARNING
23-
1 2 -2
3-1
2-
202 0
2 2 02
zae and follow the safety precautionsazand
Read
a ae instructions in this manual and onazthe
ae machine
mdecals. Failure to do so can cause serious
m m Keep this
injury, death or property damage.
manual with the machine for reading and future reference.
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual- December 2016

SAP Series Paver
2- 27 2-27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
Sany Group
SANY Automobile Manufacturing CO.,LTD
Sany Industry Zone,
Economic & Technical Development Zone
Changsha, Hunan, China 410100
7 http://www.sanyglobal.com
7
2 -2 2-2 2-27
3 - 1 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
zae2 Tel: 0086-
z
2
ae4006098318 zae
2
ma ma ma
Scan here to download the Service Cloud APP
Android iOS
2- 27 2-27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 1 2 -27

© 2016 by3-Sany Group. All rights reserved. No 3part - of this publication may be reproduced,
02 02 normal operation of the machine20as23-
used,e 2distributed or disclosed except during2
a za
described herein. All information a zae within this publication was aaccurate
included zae at the
m m m
time of publication. Product improvements, revisions, etc., may result in differences between
your machine and what is presented here. Sany Group assumes no liability. For more
information, contact Sany Group.
Font-Arial
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual- December 2016 Size:12pt
2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Responsibility
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2 DELINEATION e2 e2
ma
za aza OF RESPONSIBILITY
m ma
za
SPECIFIC DECLARATION
Pavers, which apply to pave various materials to produce a road base or surface, are special
machines for paving asphalt mixture, RCC base material, stabilized soil material and road
material (like graded broken stone). Any other use or any operation beyond the specified working
range is not authorized use. SANY expressly bears no liability for any consequence due to any
unauthorized use.
Information in this manual is used to guide qualified operators to operate and maintain pavers
correctly. Sany expressly bears no liability for any consequence due to any use not observing the
27this manual.
information in
2- 2-27 27
2-
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
0 0 0
z a e 2It is forbidden to convert the paverzwithout
a e 2 authorization. Sany expressly bears
z a e 2 no liability
ma for any consequence. When crack ormelectrical
a ma please contact
malfunction on the paver occurs,
the supplier, and don’t conduct welding or make changes without permission, or else, for any
consequence due to such contravention, Sany shall not bear any liability.
Use genuine spare parts from Sany. Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine
damage or accident due to the use of untested or unauthorized spare parts or tools.
Operate and maintain parts (such as engine, A/C) on the paver, and observe
related regulations on Users' guide supplied from their manufacturer.
Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine failure or damage due to force majeure of
7 7 7
2-2 (earthquake, typhoon) and wars. 2-2
natural disasters
1 1 2-2 1
3- 3- 3-
202 202 202
zae e
aza that might involve a potential hazard
Sany cannot predict every circumstance e
aza in operation
ma m m
or maintenance. Operators and owners should highly attach importance to safety. Local specific
safety rules of the countries may be stricter. If they differ from the regulations in this manual,
observe the stricter one.
Duty of Sany
• Be responsible for providing qualified products and correct documents
• Fulfill their promises on after-sales service, and document all maintenance and repair working
done by after-sales service personnel.
• Train the operation and maintenance personnel based on their needs.
27 27 27
3 12- or other authorized personnel 3-12-
Duty of -owners
3 - 12-
02 after each person involved in the product’s
• 2Only 202 202is trained
operation, maintenance and repair
a e a
zand fully understands the Parts Book and e
z Operation and Maintenance Manual, acan a e
z they operate
ma and maintain the paver. ma m
• Ensure the operation and maintenance personnel are qualified and know their related
responsibilities.
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

2 7 27 7
12-
Responsibility 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
023
-
02 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 2consciousness e 202
a a
• zPeriodically
az a
check related personnel's safety during working. z a
m
• If any fault which will lead to unsafetym
occurs, stop the paver immediately. ma
• If necessary Sany service personnel have the right to check the paver for safety.
• Besides check items regulated by Sany, observe local laws and regulations to check the
paver.
• Ensure timely maintenance and repair on the paver.
• Carefully plan the use of the paver.
Duty of all working personnel

• If there is any abnormal symptom which may cause abnormal working of the paver or
potential hazard, report to your leader. If possible, correct fault in time.
• All personnel
1 2 -27working around the paver must observe 1 2 -27 all warning signals and take care 1of2-27
2 23- and others' safety.
their own
0 2 0 23- 2 0 23-
• Alle personnel should know their working tasks
a z a a z ae and procedures. zae
• Watch something like high voltage wire,
m m unrelated personnel and poor ground mafor potential
danger, and report to the operators and signalmen.
Duty of managers
• Ensure the operators are trained and fully understand the Operation and Maintenance Manual
supplied by Sany. Ensure they are in physical fitness and have the certification of operation.
Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate the paver.
• Ensure the operators have good judgment ability, teamwork consciousness and
psychological quality. Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate or repair the paver.
• Ensure the signalmen have good vision and acoustic judgment, master standard command
signals. At the7same time, they should have enough experience in recognizing danger factors 7
2 - 2 2 - 27 2-2
correctly,-1and inform the operators of danger factors
- 1 to avoid them in time. - 1
• Ensure
2 023assistant workers can identify the model2 023 and working condition to choose a20proper
23
ae
azpaver. aza
e
aza
e
m m
• Publicize safety consciousness to working personnel, and make them aware of safety
m
precautions and their related responsibilities.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
SAP Series2-Paver 27 2 7
2- 12-
Table of contents
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 e2 e2
ma m aza ma
za
Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 Overview 1-1
1.2 Your Documentation Package 1-2
1.2.1 Recommendations on Using the Documentation 1-2
1.2.2 Documentation Storage 1-2
1.2.3 Organization of this Manual 1-2
7
-2Introduction -27 -27
1.2.3.1
1 2 1 2 11-3
2
2 23- Safety
01.2.3.2 2 023
-
2
-
023 1-3
zae 1.2.3.3 System Functions zae zae
ma ma ma 1-3
1.2.3.4 Operation 1-3
1.2.3.5 Maintenance 1-3
1.2.3.6 Troubleshooting 1-4
1.2.3.7 Specifications 1-4
1.3 Your SANY Machine 1-4
1.3.1 Machine Directions 1-4
1.3.2 Breaking in a New Machine 1-5
1.3.3 Machine Information 1-6
1.3.4 Serial
1 2 -27 Number and Distributor Information
1 2 -27 1
1-7
2 -27
23-
1.4 0Contact
2 Information
2023
- -
023 1-8
2
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
2 Safety
2.1 General 2-1
2.1.1 Basic Principles and Legal Clauses 2-1
2.1.2 Intended Use 2-2
2.1.3 Unintended Use 2-2
2.1.4 Qualifications of Operators 2-2
2.1.5 Responsibilites of the Operators 2-2
2.1.6 Unauthorized Conversions and Alterations to the Machine 2-4
1 2 -27
2.1.7 Explanation of Decals
1 2 -27 1 2-2
2-4 7
- - 3-
023 Safety Notes
2.1.8 023 202 2-4
a e 2 Preparations before Working zae 2 e
ma
z2.2
ma m aza 2-13
2.2.1 Surveying the Worksite and Preparations before Working 2-13
2.2.2 Personal Protection 2-14
2.2.2.1 Protective Machine 2-14
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 I
2 7 27 7
12-
Table of contents 2- 2-2
SAP Sereis Paver
23- 23-1 3-1
e2
0 Noise Prevention
2.2.2.2 e2
0
e 2022-16
z a z a aza
ma2.2.3 Precautions for Asphalt Paving
ma m 2-16
2.2.4 Precautions against Emergency 2-17
2.2.4.1 Precautions against Fire 2-17
2.2.4.2 Fire-prevention during Operation 2-17
2.2.4.3 Shockproof Precautions 2-20
2.3 Precautions for Driving and Working 2-21
2.3.1 Preoperational Check 2-22
2.3.1.1 Danger Area 2-22
27 on Machine
2.3.1.2 Check
2- 2- 27 2-22 27
2.3.1.3 3 - 1Before Operation 3-1 2-22
3 - 12-
2 02 202 202
zae Startup
2.3.2
aza
e zae 2-23
ma 2.3.2.1 Jumper-start
m ma 2-24
2.3.2.2 Starting the Machine in a Closed Room 2-24
2.3.3 Driving the Machine 2-24
2.3.4 Safe Movement and Operation of Machine 2-25
2.3.5 Precautions for Screed Operation 2-26
2.3.6 Precautions for Operation at Night 2-27
2.4 Maintenance Precautions 2-27
2.4.1 Safe Maintenance 2-27
-27
2.4.2 Correctly
12 Supporting the Machine 2-27 12-
2-29 2 7
3-
2 3-1 3-
2.4.320Working 202
on the Hydraulic Oil Pipelines 2 022-29
zae zae zae
ma2.4.4 Working on the Engine ma ma 2-31
2.4.5 Working on the Electrical Device 2-31
2.4.6 Working on the B attery 2-32
2.4.7 Working with Fuel System 2-32
2.4.8 Safe Storage of Parts 2-33
2.4.9 Cleaning Precautions 2-33
2.4.10 Correctly Using Tools 2-35
2.4.11 Removing Paint before Welding or Heating 2-35
2.4.12 Correct Welding 2-36 27
1 2 -27 2- 27 2-
3-Precautions
2.5 Repair
02 3-1 3-1
2-37
2 202 2022-37
zae Usage of Warning Labels
2.5.1
aza
e
aza
e
ma2.5.2 Repair m m 2-38
2.6 Machine Parking 2-40
2.6.1 Before Leaving the Machine 2-40
II Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016
2 7
2- 12-
Table of contents
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
za 2.6.2 zae2 zae2
Loading Machine 2-41
ma ma ma
2.6.3 Towing Machine 2-41
2.6.4 Hoisting Machine 2-42
3 System Functions
3.1 General 3-1
3.2 Power System 3-2
3.3 Electrical System 3-3
3.3.1 General
7 7 3-37
1 2-2
3.3.2 -Console -12
-2
- 1 2-2
3-6
2 023 Control Panel 02 3
2023
zae
3.3.3 e2 e 3-7
ma m aza m aza
3.3.3.1 Function of Switches 3-7
3.3.4 Use of Display 3-18
3.3.4.1 Home Page Information 3-18
3.3.4.2 Screed Control System Setting 3-23
3.3.4.3 Conveyor Setting Page 3-24
3.3.4.4 Auger Setting Page 3-24
3.3.4.5 Fault Alarm Page 3-25
3.3.4.6 Maintenance & Diagnosis Setting Page 3-25
7
3.3.4.7-2Digital Input Diagnosis Page 27 27
3-25
2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
3.3.4.8 Digital Output Diagnosis Page02
202
3-26
e e 2 e
m aza 3.3.4.9 Analog Diagnosis Page aza
m m aza 3-26
3.3.4.10 Analog Diagnosis Page 3-28
3.3.4.11 Language Selection Page 3-29
3.3.4.12 Leveling Data Diagnosis Page 3-29
3.3.4.13 System Setting Page 3-29
3.3.4.14 Potentiometer & Throttle Calibration 3-30
3.3.4.15 Running Current Calibration 3-32
3.3.4.16 Running Parameter Calibration 3-33
3.3.4.17 Model setting page 3-34
7 7 -27
2-2
3.3.4.18
-1 Working Current Calibration 2-2 2
3-35
23 2 3-1 3- 1
e 2 03.3.4.19 Hourmeter Setting Page e 20 e 202 3-37
z a az a aza
ma 3.3.4.20 GPS Status Indicationm m 3-38
3.3.4.21 Reserved Page 3-38
3.3.4.22 Historical Fault Check Page 3-38
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 III

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Sereis Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 202 202
za zae aza
e
ma3.3.5 Layout of Electric Control Cabinet
ma m 3-39
3.3.6 Fuses in Electric Control Cabinet 3-40
3.3.7 Screed Panel 3-41
3.4 Hydraulic System 3-42
3.4.1 Travel System 3-43
3.4.1.1 Components 3-43
3.4.1.2 Introduction of Valve Body 3-44
3.4.2 Vibration System (Option) 3-45
3.4.3 Non-vibration System 3-45
3.4.4 Auxiliary
1 2 -27System 1 2 -27 3-46 2-2
1
7
23- System
3.4.520Auger 2 023
-
2 23-
03-47
zae zae zae 3-48
ma3.4.6 Tamper System ma ma
3.4.7 Generation System 3-48
3.4.8 Non-generation System 3-49
3.4.9 Other Accessories 3-49
3.5 Accessories and Other Equipments 3-50
3.5.1.1 Bogie Frame 3-51
3.5.1.2 Drive Sprocket 3-51
3.5.1.3 Track Roller 3-51
1 2 -27 Wheel
3.5.1.4 Leading
1 2 -27 3-53 2-27
- - -1
023 Track Assembly
3.5.1.5
2 2 023 0 2 3
3-54
e
za3.5.1.6 Track Tension Units zae z a e 2 3-54
ma ma ma
3.5.2 Conveyor System 3-55
3.5.2.1 Functions 3-55
3.5.2.2 Structure and Components 3-56
3.5.2.3 Guide Units 3-56
3.5.2.4 Conveyor Chains 3-58
3.5.2.5 Drive Units 3-59
3.5.2.6 Tension of Conveyor Chains 3-59
3.5.2.7 Tension of Conveyor Drive Chains 3-60
1 2 -27
3.5.2.8 Lubrication of Conveyor
1 2 -27 3-60 -27
12
- - -
2 023 System
3.5.3 Auger
2 023 3
3-61
2
203-61
e
za3.5.3.1 Basic Auger zae z a e
ma 3.5.3.2 6m Auger Extension ma ma 3-62
3.5.3.3 Height Adjustment 3-63
3.5.3.4 Tension of Drive Chains 3-63
IV Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

7
2
2- 12-
Table of contents
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Centralized Lubrication Systeme 202 e2
02
z a 3.5.4 za za 3-64
ma 3.5.5 Cleaning System ma ma 3-66
3.5.6 Towed Arm 3-67
3.5.6.1 Front Towed Arm 3-67
3.5.6.2 SE370 Rear Towed Arm 3-68
3.5.7 Hopper 3-69
3.5.8 Frame 3-70
3.5.9 Control System 3-71
3.5.9.1 Structure and Installation of Console 3-71
1 2 - 7
3.5.9.2 2Structure and Installation of Screed Panel
1 2 -27 3-72
1 2 -27
3.5.10- Seat Rail - - 3-73
2 023 2 023 2 023
zae3.5.11 Canopy zae zae 3-74
ma 3.5.12 Covering Parts ma ma 3-76
3.6 Screed Units 3-76
3.6.1 Hydraulic Screed Units 3-77
3.6.2 Main Technical Parameters of Hydraulic Telescopic Screed Units 3-77
3.6.3 Basic Screed 3.7m 3-78
3.6.4 Screed 400mm 3-78
3.6.5 Screed 750mm 3-79
3.6.6 Tamper System 3-80
3.6.6.1 Main
2 - 27 Tamper Mechanism 2 - 27 3-817
2-2
- 1
3.6.6.2 Hydraulic Screed and Screed 1
400mm/750mm
- - 1
3-82
2 023 Vibration System
3.6.7 2 023 2 023 3-82
zae zae zae
ma 3.6.8 Camber Adjustment Mechanism ma ma 3-83
3.6.9 Height Adjustment Unit 3-84
3.6.10 End Plate Assembly 3-85
3.6.11 Stock Guide Units 3-85
3.6.12 Electrical Heating Control System 3-86
4 Operation
4.1 Operator Qualifications 4-1
4.2 Initial Use of the Paver 4-17
2 - 27 2-27 2-2
4.3 Use-1of the Operation System
023 Use of the Console 3-1 - 14-2
023 4-2
2
4.3.1 202 2
zae aza
e zae
ma 4.3.2 Use of the Display m ma 4-3
4.3.3 Use of the Screed Panel 4-4
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 V

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Sereis Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m azaMachine Assembly
4.4
m aza m aza 4-6
4.4.1 Screed Assembly and Adjustment 4-6
4.4.1.1 Assembling the Screed 400(750)mm 4-6
4.4.1.2 Vibrator Assembly 4-7
4.4.1.3 400(750)mm Tamper Assembly 4-7
4.4.1.4 Striker Plate Assembly 4-8
4.4.1.5 Stroke and Bottom Dead Center Adjustment for Tamper 4-9
4.4.2 Auger Units Assembly 4-9
4.4.2.2 Height
1 2 -27 Adjustment Procedures 1 2 -27 4-102-27
- - -1
023 Configuration of Assembly
4.4.2.3
2 023 2 0 2 3
4-11
zae Electrical Device Installation azae
4.4.3 z a e 2 4-11
ma m ma
4.4.3.1 Screed Panel Installation 4-11
4.4.3.2 Material Level Sensor Installation 4-13
4.4.3.3 Leveling Device Installation 4-13
4.5 Operation before Starting the Machine 4-15
4.5.1 Operator’s Seat Adjustment 4-15
4.5.2 Pre-operational Check 4-16
4.5.3 Check before Starting the Engine 4-17
4.5.4 Electrical Control System Check 4-19
4.6 Engine Start-up
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 4-20 -27
12
- the Engine in Cold Weather 23- -
2 023
4.6.1 Starting
0 202
3
4-21
a
4.6.2
z e Jump-start the Engine z a e2 z a e 4-21
m a ma ma
4.7 Adjusting without Load 4-23
4.7.1 Adjusting the Travel System 4-23
4.7.1.1 Moving the Paver 4-25
4.7.1.2 Reversing 4-25
4.7.1.3 Steering 4-26
4.7.2 Adjusting the Hopper 4-27
4.7.3 Adjusting the Conveyor System 4-28
4.7.4 Adjusting the Auger System 4-30
4.7.5 Adjusting
1 2 -27 the Leveling System 1 2 -27 4-32 -27
12
4.7.5.1 -Leveling System - 4-32-
2 023 2 023 3
2024-34
e
za4.7.5.2 External Leveling System zae z a e
ma4.7.6 Adjusting the Screed System ma ma 4-35
4.7.6.1 Adjusting the Tamper System 4-35
4.7.6.2 Adjusting the Vibrator System 4-36
VI Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

7
2
2- 12-
Table of contents
023-1 023-1 023-
e2
za 4.7.7 Adjusting the Towed Arm zae2 zae2
4-37
ma ma ma
4.7.8 Adjusting the Central Lubrication System 4-37
4.8 Construction 4-38
4.8.1 Line of Direction 4-38
4.8.2 Adjusting the Indicator Pole 4-38
4.8.3 Spraying Diesel Oil 4-39
4.8.4 Screed Warm-up 4-39
4.8.5 Placing the Screed 4-39
4.8.6 Butting the Truck 4-40
1 2 -27 the Hopper

4.8.7 Feeding
1 2 -27 1 2 -27
4-41
- - -
023 Operating the Conveyor
4.8.8
2 2 023 2 023 4-41
zae4.8.9 Operating the Auger zae zae 4-41
ma ma ma
4.8.10 Moving the Paver 4-42
4.8.11 Moving the Truck Away 4-42
4.8.12 Receiving the Mixture 4-42
4.9 Distributing the Material 4-43
4.10 Adjusting during Paving 4-44
4.10.1 Adjusting the Evenness 4-44
4.10.2 Adjusting the Thickness 4-44
4.10.3 Adjusting the Material Level 4-44
4.11 Adjusting
1 2 -27 and Operating the Auto-leveling12System
-27 1 -27
4-45
2
- - -
023 Installation and Adjustment of Rotary
4.11.1
2 2 023 Sensor 2 023 4-45
zae4.11.2 Installation and Adjustmentaof zaeSlope Sensor zae 4-46
ma 4.12 Stop Operation m ma 4-48
4.13 Stop in the Abnormal Status 4-49
4.14 Transportation Information 4-49
4.14.1 Loading and Unloading 4-49
4.14.1.1 Before Loading the Machine 4-50
4.14.1.2 Starting the Machine 4-51
4.14.1.3 Parking the Machine 4-51
4.14.1.4 Securing the Machine 4-51
1 2 -27
4.14.2 Packing
1 2 -27 1 2 -27
4-52
4.14.3 - Precautions for Transporting the Machine
- - 4-53
2 023 2 023 2 023
zae4.14.4 Transferring the Machine azae zae 4-54
ma 4.14.5 Storing the Machine m ma 4-55
4.14.6 Lifting the Machine 4-56
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 VII

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Sereis Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
za
5 aMaintenance aza aza
m m m
5.1 General 5-1
5.1.1 Notes on Maintenance 5-1
5.1.2 Notes on Fuel System 5-2
5.1.3 Notes on Engine Performance 5-2
5.1.4 Notes on Hydraulic System 5-2
5.1.5 Notes on Cooling System 5-3
5.2 Oil & Fluids Selection 5-4
5.2.1 General requirements 5-4
1 2 -27
5.2.2 Requirements of oil and fluids
1 2 -27 5-6 2-27
- - -1
2 023
5.3 Maintenance
2 023 20 2 3
5-9
ae Routine Maintenance
z5.3.1 zae aza
e 5-10
ma ma m
5.3.2 Regular Maintenance 5-11
5.3.2.1 Technical Maintenance after Running in for 50h 5-11
5.3.2.2 Technical Maintenance Every 100 Working Hours 5-12
5.3.3 Technical Maintenance for Long-time Storage 5-14
5.3.4 Maintenance for the Engine 5-15
1 2 -27 Oil-Check/refill/change
5.3.4.1 Engine
1 2 -27 5-15 -27
12
- - -
2 023 Change the Engine Oil Filter 2023
5.3.4.2 3
5-16
202
zae5.3.4.3 Fuel-Check/refill/change azae az a e 5-17
ma 5.3.4.4 Oil Water Separator - Check/water
m draining/exhaust
m 5-19
5.3.4.5 Change the Oil Water Separator 5-19
5.3.4.6 Change the Duplex Fuel Filter 5-21
5.3.4.7 Clean the Radiator 5-22
5.3.4.8 Change the Coolant 5-22
5.3.4.9 Drive Belt of Engine - Check/tension/replace 5-24
5.3.4.10 Maintain and Change the Air Filter 5-26
5.3.4.11 Check Engine Installation 5-30
1 2 -27
5.3.5 Maintaining the Hydraulic System
1 2 -27 5-30 -27
12
5.3.5.1- Hydraulic Oil - Check/refill/change23- -
2 023 0 202
3
5-30
z a e5.3.5.2 Change the Hydraulic Oil Filter
z a e2 z a e 5-32
ma 5.3.6 Maintaining the Electric System ma ma 5-33
5.3.6.1 Maintaining the Batteries 5-33
5.3.6.2 Maintaining the Electric Control Cabinet 5-35
VIII Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016
2 7
2- 12-
Table of contents
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-
e 2 5.3.6.3 Replacing the Fuse e2 e2 5-36
m aza aza
5.3.7 Replacing the Gear Oil inmTransfer Case m aza 5-37
5.3.8 Routine Maintenance of Engine and Reducer 5-37
5.3.8.1 Before Starting the Engine 5-37
5.3.8.2 Reducer 5-38
5.3.9 Lubricating Points 5-39
5.3.10 Routine Inspection of Tamper Blade,
Base Plate, Auger Blade and Conveyor 5-41
5.3.11 Hydraulic System 5-42
5.3.12 Electrical System 5-43
27
5.3.132-Propel System 2 -27 -27
5-44
2
- 1 - 1 - 1
2 023 Screed
5.3.14 2 023 2 023 5-44
zae 5.3.15 Grease Points zae zae
ma ma ma 5-45
5.3.16 Fuel, Lubricant and Filling Amount 5-46
5.3.17 Check the Bolts 5-47
5.4 Repair 5-48
5.4.1 General 5-48
5.4.1.1 Basic Principle 5-48
5.4.1.2 Basic Maintenance Methods 5-48
5.4.2 Replacing the Conveyor Chain 5-50
5.4.2.1 Replacing Procedures 5-50
1 2 -27Required Tools
5.4.2.2
1 2 -27 1 2 -27
5-51
2 23- Adjusting the Tension of Conveyor
05.4.3 2
-
023Chain 2
-
023 5-51
zae 5.4.3.1 General zae zae 5-51
ma ma ma
5.4.3.2 Adjusting Procedures 5-52
5.4.3.3 Required Tools 5-52
5.4.3.4 Notes 5-52
5.4.4 Replacing and Tensioning the Conveyor Drive Chain 5-53
5.4.4.2 Adjusting the Tension of Conveyor Drive Chain 5-53
5.4.5 Removing and Installing the Conveyor 5-54
5.4.5.1 Removing Procedures 5-54
12 -27Installing Procedures
5.4.5.2 -27
12 1 -27
5-54
2
2 23- Replacing and Tensioning the Conveyor
05.4.6 2 023
- Chain
2
-
023 5-55
zae 5.4.6.1 Checking Method and aRequirements
zae zae 5-55
ma m ma
5.4.6.2 Removing the Conveyor Chain 5-55
5.4.7 Adjusting the Tension of Auger Chain 5-56
5.4.7.1 Adjusting Requirements 5-56
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 IX
2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Sereis Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
m aza 5.4.7.2 Adjusting Procedures aza
m m aza
5-56
5.4.7.4 Notes 5-57
5.4.8 Replacing the Travel Reducer 5-57
5.4.8.1 Replacing Requirements 5-58
5.4.9 Installing and Removing the Hopper 5-59
5.4.9.1 Installing the Hopper 5-59
5.4.9.2 7
-2Removing the Hopper -2 7 5-592-27
- 1 2 - 1 2 -1
5.4.10
0 2 3Replacing the rubber crawler shoe 0 2 3 0 2 3
5-60
z a e 2 Replacing the bearing wheel zae 2
5.4.11 z a e 2 5-60
ma ma ma
5.4.12 Maintenance of Screed 5-61
5.4.13 Replacing the Travel Pump 5-62
5.4.14 Replacing the Travel Motor 5-63
5.4.15 Replacing the Conveyor Auger Pump 5-64
5.4.16 Replacing the Front Drive Vibration Pump, Auxiliary Steering Pump, Tamper
Pump and Generation Pump 5-64
5.4.17 Replacing the Front Drive Motor 5-65
5.4.18 Replacing the Conveyor Motor and the Auger Motor 5-65
5.4.19 Replacing
1 2 -27 the Tamper/vibrator/generator -Motor
1 2 27 5-65 -27
12
5.4.20 3 -
Replacing the Cylinders 3 - 3 -
5-65
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
z 5.4.20.1 Environmental Requirements az a the Cylinders- az a 5-65
ma 5.4.20.2 Towed Arm Cylinder
m m 5-66
5.4.20.3 Leveling Cylinder 5-68
5.4.20.4 Large Hopper Cylinder 5-69
5.4.20.5 Small Hopper Cylinder 5-69
5.4.21 Adjusting Auxiliary System Pressure 5-69
5.4.21.1 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve- 5-69
5.4.21.2 Adjusting Pressure of Main Relief Valve on Leveling Valve Group 5-70
5.4.21.3 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve for Towed Arm Hopper System 5-70
5.4.21.4
1 2 -27Adjusting Pressure of Brake Relief12Valve
-27 5-70 27
12-
3 -
5.4.21.5 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve
3 - for Leveling Cylinder Rodless 3 -
e 202 Chamber e 202 e 2025-71
z a az a az a
ma m
5.4.21.6 Adjusting Pressure of Leveling Relief Valve m 5-71
5.4.21.7 Adjusting Pressure of Towed Arm Load Relief Valve 5-71
5.4.21.8 Adjusting Pressure of Towed Arm Boosting Relief Valve 5-72
X Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016
2 7
2- 12-
Table of contents
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
za e2 e2
za Brake Relief Valve za e2
5.4.21.9 Adjusting Pressure of Manual 5-72
ma ma ma
5.4.21.10 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve for Generation System 5-72
6 Troubleshooting
6.1 Tractor 6-1
6.1.1 Troubleshooting for Power System 6-1
6.1.2 Troubleshooting for Travel System 6-9
6.1.3 Troubleshooting for Conveyor 6-10
6.1.4 Troubleshooting for Centralized Lubrication System 6-11
1 2 -27
6.1.5 Troubleshooting for Cleaning Device 2-27 -27
6-12
2
3 -Troubleshooting for Tractor 3 -1 - 1
2
6.1.6
20 0 2 023 6-12
z a e6.1.7 Troubleshooting for Operatingz a e2
System zae
2
6-12
ma ma ma
6.2 Troubleshooting for Screed 6-13
6.3 Troubleshooting for Electrical System 6-15
6.3.1 Troubleshooting for Electrical System 6-15
6.3.2 Troubleshooting for Circuit 6-17
6.3.3 Troubleshooting for Sensor 6-18
6.3.4 Troubleshooting for Switch 6-18
6.3.5 Troubleshooting for Controller 6-19
6.3.6 Other Faults 6-19
1 2 -27
6.4 Troubleshooting for Hydraulic System
1 2 -27 1 2 -27
6-20
- - -
023 Troubleshooting for Travel Hydraulic
6.4.1
2 2 023System 2 023 6-20
zae6.4.2 Troubleshooting for Vibrator aHydraulic
zae System zae 6-21
ma 6.4.3 Troubleshooting for Front Wheel m Drive Hydraulic System
ma 6-22
6.4.4 Troubleshooting for Auxiliary System 6-23
6.4.5 Troubleshooting for Steering System 6-24
6.4.6 Troubleshooting for Conveyor Auger Hydraulic System 6-25
6.4.7 Troubleshooting for Tamper Hydraulic System 6-26
6.4.8 Troubleshooting for Generation Hydraulic System 6-26
6.5 Example of Troubleshooting 6-27
6.5.1 Fault 6-27
6.5.2 Possible
1 2 -27 Reasons 1 2 -27 1 2 -27
6-27
23-Troubleshooting Procedures
6.5.3
20 20 23- 23- 6-28
20
e e e
aza
m 7 Specifications m aza m aza
7.1 Dimension Parameter 7-1
7.2 Performance Parameter 7-2
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 ⅩⅠ

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Sereis Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
WARNING
Read and understand all safety
precautions and instructions in this
2-27 2 - 27 2-27
3-1 1 other manuals 3-1
manual before reading -any
3
e 202 provided with this
e2
2
0 roller and before
e 202
maza m a z a
operating or servicing the roller. Failure
m aza
to do this can cause property damage,
personal injury or death.
ⅩⅡ Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

2 7
2- 12-
Introduction
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 Introduction
12-
27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
aza
m 1 Introduction m aza m aza
1.1 Overview 1-1
1.2 Your Documentation Package 1-2
1.2.1 Recommendations on Using the Documentation 1-2
1.2.2 Documentation Storage 1-2
1.2.3 Organization of this Manual 1-2
1.2.3.1 Introduction 1-3
1.2.3.2 Safety 1-3
1.2.3.3 System Functions 1-3
7
-2Operation -27 -27
1.2.3.4
1 2 1 2 11-3
2
2 23- Maintenance
01.2.3.5 2 023
-
2
-
023 1-3
zae 1.2.3.6 Troubleshooting zae zae
ma ma ma 1-4
1.2.3.7 Specifications 1-4
1.3 Your SANY Machine 1-4
1.3.1 Machine Directions 1-4
1.3.2 Breaking in a New Machine 1-5
1.3.3 Machine Information 1-6
1.3.4 Serial Number and Distributor Information 1-7
1.4 Contact Information 1-8
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
Introduction 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
WARNING
2-27 manual before reading any 7 other manuals

2-2 and before 2-27
3-1 provided with this-1roller
023 the roller. Failure 3-1
e 202 2
operating or servicing 202
aza zae aza
e
m ma cause property damage,
to do this can
m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Introduction
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
z1 e2
a INTRODUCTION za e2 zae2
ma ma ma
1.1 Overview
SANY-built equipment offers high-quality
performance.
S A N Y- b u i l t e q u i p m e n t i s w i d e l y u s e d
throughout the engineering construction
technology for various types of applications.
7 7 27
SANY is12a-2leading manufacturer of heavy 12-2 2-
023
-
023
- 3-1
construction
2 equipment worldwide with star-
2 202
ae after-sales service support.
zgrade zae aza
e
ma ma m
This operator ’s manual provides safety,
operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and
technical specifications. For proper and safe
use and maintenance of your equipment, it is
important to read and understand this manual
before using the equipment.
Items addressed in this manual are designed

to help you: Fig. 1-1
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

-
0of23your paver.
• Understand the structure and performance23- 3-1
e 2 e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma • Reduce improper operation andmpoint a out m
possible hazardous situations when using
the equipment.
• Increase equipment efficiency.
• Prolong the service life of your equipment.
• Reduce maintenance costs.
Always keep this manual nearby and have all

personnel involved with any work operations
read it at any time.
-27
12 improvements in the design can 3-12 -27 2-27
Continuing
3 - 3-1
lead
e 202to changes in detail which may note 2be
02
e 202
z a z a aza
ma reflected in this manual. Always consult
ma your m
SANY distributor or the manual distribution
department for the latest available information
on your equipment or if you have questions.
Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 1-1

2 7 27 7
12-
Introduction 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 202 202
1.2za Your Documentation Packagezae aza
e
ma ma m
The attached data includes:
• Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual

• Spare Parts Drawing Volume
The later includes the Parts List and the

drawings needed when ordering parts. If the
Spare Parts Drawing Volume is not attached
with the equipment, contact SANY manual
-27
distribution department.
2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
1.2.1Recommendations on using
m the aza m aza
documentation
• The attached documents only apply to the

equipment herein.
• Ensure the documents are complete. Put

all data in a folder (if including leaflets),
and print and replace the lost, damaged
and blotted documents. If you sell the
equipment, be
2 - 27 sure to give the attached 2-27 2-27
documents
-1 to the new owner.
02 3 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1.2.2 Documentation storage
• Put this User’s Guide in the cab for easy

reference.
• Have the Spare Parts Drawing Volume in

the maintenance area or kept by certain
personnel to enable the maintenance
personnel to find it at any time.
2 7 27 27
12-
1.2.3 Organization
-
of this manual
3-1
2-
3-1
2-
2 023 202 202
a e a e e
This
m az User’s Guide covers use and maintenance
ma
z
m aza
of your equipment. Get familiar with it before
performing any operation work. Put this manual
within easy reach for your reference.
1-2 Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Introduction
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e2
02
e2
02
az a
1.2.3.1 Introduction za za
m ma ma
This section provides an overview of what is
covered in the rest of this manual, including
equipment label information and SANY contact
information.
1.2.3.2 Safety
This section covers basic safety information

relating to this equipment. Make sure you fully
understand all 7 the precautions described in this 7 27
1 2-2the safety labels on the equipment -12-2 2-
manual -and
023operating or maintaining this equipment. 023 3-1
2
before 2 202
zae zae aza
e
ma Failure to do so may result in seriousmainjury or m
death.
1.2.3.3 System functions
This section provides an overview of all the

controls and prompt & operating systems on
your equipment. Only when you are familiar
with all systems, can you operate and maintain
the equipment safely.
7 27 27
2-2
1.2.3.4 Operation 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae section provides the basic operating
zThis zae aza
e
ma procedures for the job. It is importantmato study m
and become familiar with all procedures before
performing any operations with the equipment.
1.2.3.5 Maintenance
This section provides all general maintenance

and repair procedures. It is important to study
and become familiar with all the maintenance
and repair procedures before performing
1 2 -27 or repair operations on the 12-27

any maintenance
2-27
3-
equipment. 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
Introduction 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
za aza aza
ma
1.2.3.6 Troubleshooting
m m
This section outlines common malfunctions and
fault diagnostic procedures for the operating
system of this pneumatic tire paver. The basic
troubleshooting methods for mechanical,
hydraulic and electrical systems are included.
1.2.3.7 Specifications
This section provides the general information

-27
about this equipment.
1 2 Some information may 2- 27 2-27
-
change as23design modification 3-1 3-1
e 20 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1.3 Your SANY Machine
1.3.1 Machine directions
(A) Front
A
(B) Back
(C) Left
2-27 2- 27 2-27
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
(D) Right
e 2 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza C m aza D
Fig. 1-2
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Introduction
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Breaking in a new machine e 202 e2
02
z a
1.3.2 za za
ma ma ma
Your equipment has been well debugged
before delivery, but the initial operation on the
equipment in severe working conditions will
seriously affect the performance or reduce
the service life of the equipment. Thus SANY
recommends you to perform 50-hour test run
before putting the equipment into production
use.
2-27 2-27 2-27

23-1 3-1 3-1
0
e 2 the test run:
During e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
• Preheat the equipment before performing
any operations.
• Avoid operating or running the equipment

at a high speed in overload working
conditions.
• Avoid sudden starting or abrupt stop of the

equipment.
27 27 27
• Before
3 - 12- stopping the equipment, run the 3-12- 3-1
2-
2
20engine 202
at idle speed for 3-5 min at the end 202
a e a e e
maz of every working day. m az m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
Introduction 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Machine information
1.3.3
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The serial numbers and model numbers on
the components are the only numbers that
your SANY distributor will need when ordering
replacement parts or requiring assistance
for your equipment. You can find the related
information on the data plate. It is a good idea
to record this information in this manual for
future use.
The data plate is 7

-2riveted on the left side door of 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
3- (a) in Fig. 1-3.
the paver. See 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
a
2-27 Fig. 1-327

2- 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Introduction
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2 e2 e2
ma
z1.3.4 azainformation
Serial number and distributor
m ma
za
This location is for you to record information relating to your equipment. It is advised that you keep this
manual with your equipment at all times for reference.
Product Model
Serial No.
Date of Production
Product ID Number
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 202 202
aza ae
zDistributor Name:
aza
e
m ma m
Address:
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 - 1
Phone Numbers:
023 3-1
e 202 e 2 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
Introduction 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
1.4za Contact Information aza aza
ma m m
Thank you for purchasing a SANY product. In
the event that you should need to contact us
for any reason, you can reach us as follows.
Address: SANY Industry Town, Economic and

Technological Development Zone, Changsha,
Hunan, China.
Post code: 410100
Tel: 0086 4006098318
7
2-2 2-27 2-27
- 1 3-1 3-1
023
E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn
2 202 202
zae aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Introduction
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
E
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
Introduction 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
SAP Series2-Paver 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
023-1 023-1 02 3-
za e2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 Safety
12-
27 2-27
023-1 023- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
aza
m 2 Safety m aza m aza
2.1 General 2-1
2.1.1 Basic Principles and Legal Clauses 2-1
2.1.2 Intended Use 2-2
2.1.3 Unintended Use 2-2
2.1.4 Qualifications of Operators 2-2
2.1.5 Responsibilites of the Operators 2-2
2.1.6 Unauthorized Conversions and Alterations to the Machine 2-4
2.1.7 Explanation of Decals 2-4
2 -27 Notes
2.1.8 1Safety 1 2 -27 12-4
2 -27
23-
2.220Preparations before Working 2 023
-
202
3-
2-13
zae zae aza
e
ma 2.2.1 Surveying the Worksite and maPreparations before Working m 2-13
2.2.2 Personal Protection 2-14
2.2.2.1 Protective Machine 2-14
2.2.2.2 Noise Prevention 2-16
2.2.3 Precautions for Asphalt Paving 2-16
2.2.4 Precautions against Emergency 2-17
2.2.4.1 Precautions against Fire 2-17
2.2.4.2 Fire-prevention during Operation 2-17
2.2.4.3 Shockproof Precautions 2-20
1 2 -27 for Driving and Working

2.3 Precautions
1 2 -27 1 2 -27
2-21
- - -
023 Preoperational Check
2.3.1
2 2 023 2 023 2-22
zae 2.3.1.1 Danger Area zae zae 2-22
ma ma ma
2.3.1.2 Check on Machine 2-22
2.3.1.3 Before Operation 2-22

Safety 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 2022-23
zae Startup
2.3.2 zae aza
e
ma 2.3.2.1 Jumper-start ma m 2-24
2.3.2.2 Starting the Machine in a Closed Room 2-24
2.3.3 Driving the Machine 2-24
2.3.4 Safe Movement and Operation of Machine 2-25
2.3.5 Precautions for Screed Operation 2-26
2.3.6 Precautions for Operation at Night 2-27
2.4 Maintenance Precautions 2-27
2.4.1 Safe Maintenance 2-27
2.4.2 Correctly
27 Supporting the Machine 27 2-29 27
2.4.3 Working
3 - 12- on the Hydraulic Oil Pipelines 3-12- -
2-29
3 12-
2
20Working 202 202
2.4.4
z a e on the Engine z a e zae 2-31
ma2.4.5 Working on the Electrical Device ma ma 2-31
2.4.6 Working on the B attery 2-32
2.4.7 Working with Fuel System 2-32
2.4.8 Safe Storage of Parts 2-33
2.4.9 Cleaning Precautions 2-33
2.4.10 Correctly Using Tools 2-35
2.4.11 Removing Paint before Welding or Heating 2-35
2.4.12 Correct Welding 2-36
7 -27 2-372-27
2-2
2.5 Repair Precautions 2
2
2.5.1 0Usage3-1 of Warning Labels 0 2 3 -1
0 2 3
2-37
-1
a e 2 Repair e 2 e 2 2-38
m
z
2.5.2
a m aza ma
z a
2.6 Machine Parking 2-40
2.6.1 Before Leaving the Machine 2-40
2.6.2 Loading Machine 2-41
2.6.3 Towing Machine 2-41
2.6.4 Hoisting Machine 2-42
WARNING
2-27 precautions and instructions

2 -27 in this 2- 27
3-1 manual before reading any 1
23- and before
other manuals 3-1
e 202 provided with this 2 0roller 202
aza zae the roller. Failure aza
e
m ma
operating or servicing m
to do this can cause property damage,

2 7
2- 12-
Safety
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
z2 e2
a SAFETY zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2.1 General
2.1.1 Basic principles and legal clauses
The machine is built according to the latest

technical standards and current technical rules
and regulations. However, the situations below
may endanger personnel and property safety.
• -27 is used for other purposes not 12-27

The machine
1 2 2-27
3- for.
intended 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza• The machine is operated by untrained
m aza m aza
personnel.
• The machine is modified or converted

unprofessionally.
• The applicable safety regulations are not

observed.
Therefore, each person involved in the

product’s operation, maintenance and repair
2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
must read 1 and observe these safety rules. The 1
-
023 of the customers should be obtained 023
- 3-1
signatures
2 2 202
zifae necessary. What’s more, the following aza
e
aza
e
ma regulations and instructions are valid m as well:
m
• Applicable rules against accidents.
• Generally acknowledged safety and road

traffic regulations
Fig.2-1
• Local specific safety rules of the countries.
The operators have obligations to read
and observe these regulations. This
27 for local regulations and those 2-27
applies2-also 2-27
3 - 1 3 -1 3-1
for2 various types of manual work. If the2
0
e 2recommendations in this manualzadiffer e2
0
e 202
z a aza
ma from the regulations valid in your macountry, m
the current rules in your country must be
followed.

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Intended use
2.1.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The machine is only used for paving pavement
of concrete materials, asphalt concrete
materials, etc.
2.1.3 Unintended use
Operation by untrained personnel in

unprofessional way or use of the machine for
purposes unmentioned in this manual may
-27
result in dangers.
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
e2
0
It is forbidden to start and operate the machinee 20 e 202
z a za aza
in aan explosive environment.
m ma m
2.1.4 Qualifications of operators
The machine can only be operated by trained

and authorized persons who are at least 18
years old.
Persons under the influence of alcohol,

medication or drugs are not allowed to operate,
service or repair the
7 machine.
2- 2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
The maintenance
e
and repair works require 202 202
az a
professional zae
knowledge, thus only trained aand aza
e
m m
qualified personnel can modify and convert the
m
machine.
Fig.2-2
2.1.5 Responsibilites of the operators
Operator of paver:
• Duty: be responsible for the running of the

paver, i.e. the operation of the paver.
7
-2 trained in terms of the 7 27
• Personal 2skills:
1 1 2-2 2-
-
023 and maintenance, holding the 2023
- 3-1
202
operation
2
ae
zcertificate zae
of qualification, and familiar with
aza
e
ma the structure and operation regulations ma of m
the paver.

27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e2
02
e2
02
az a
After-sales engineer: za za
m ma ma
• Duty: b e m ain ly responsible fo r th e
maintenance of the paver, including
inspection and troubleshooting, daily care
guidance, replacement of spare parts, and
upgrading of system.
• Personal skills: all of the after-sales

engineers of Sany are assigned after
training and getting qualifications. They
1 2 -27
can independently deal with various
1 2 -27 2-27
023
-
malfunctions of the paver and provide one-23- 3-1
2 20 202
zae to-one services for the users. ae z aza
e
ma ma m
If you have any questions concerning the
function, usage and maintenance of the
machine, please contact Sany or Sany dealers.
Welder & Electrician:
• Welder: 7The person holding the valid

welder 1 2 2
-certificate and assigned by the 1 2 -27 2-27
023
-
023
- 3-1
e 2supplier, mainly responsible for dealing with
e 2 e 202
maza the cracks on the welded members.aza m m aza
• Electrician: The person holding the valid
electrician certificate and assigned by the
supplier, mainly responsible for dealing with
the change and the upgrade of electrical
lines and elements.
When crack or electrical malfunction on the

paver occurs, please contact the supplier, and
don’t conduct welding or make changes without
permission,
1 2 -2or7 else, for any consequence due 12-27 2-27
-
023 contravention, SANY shall not bear2023
- 3-1
202
to such
2
e responsibility.
zaany zae aza
e
ma ma m

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza Unauthorized Conversions and
2.1.6
m m aza m aza
alterations to the machine
It is forbidden to convert the machine without

authorization to the machine for safety reasons.
There are original parts specially made for the
machine. Sany expressly bears no liability for
any machine damage or accident due to the
use of untested or unauthorized spare parts or
machine.
- 27 2-27 2-27
-12
2.1.7 Explanation
3 of Decals
3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
aza notes and corresponding explanations
Safety
m m aza m aza
are shown in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 Safety Notes and Corresponding Explanations
Safety Note Explanation
Indicates an imminent hazard which, if not avoided, will result in

DANGER serious injury or death.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
WARNING could result in injury or possibly death.
Indicates a possible potential
2-2
7
CAUTION 2 - 27 hazardous situation which, if not 2-27
3- 1 1 or major injury.
avoided, could result in-minor -1
202 023 023
zae z a e 2 which can cause damage to the equipment,
Indicates a situation
z a e2
ma NOTICE ma
personal property a
and/or the environment, or cause themequipment to
operate improperly.
This hazard alert symbol appears with most hazard alerts. It means
attention, become alert, your safety is involved! Please read and
abide by the message that follows the hazard alert symbol.
It indicates the current operation fails to comply with the safety

regulations or is forbidden, or it is easy to cause casualty.
It indicates the current operation complies with the safety regulations.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
23-1 3-1 3-1
2.1.8 20 202 202
zaeSafety notes aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Make sure all the prompt information and
safety decals on the machine are complete and
legible. Read carefully and observe them and

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 operations according to them. e 202 e2
02
z a
perform za za
ma ma ma
Replace damaged or illegible safety decals
immediately. Order the decals from the
assigned distributor and SANY in the same
way with other spare parts (when ordering,
specify the model and series number of the
machine).
Prompt information and safety decals on
machine are shown as below.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
三一汽车制造有限公司
S ANY AUTOMOBILE MANUFA CTURING CO., LTD.
m m m
吊装 Lifting the 两侧Both Sides 捆绑 Tiedown the Machine
三一沥青摊铺机 Machine 摊铺机油液加注示意图
SANY Asphalt Paver
Direction drawing of asphalt
产品型号 paver s
Product Type
grease point
额定功率 kW
Rated Power
整机质量
危险两侧
Both Sides
两侧
Both Sides
kg
Gross Mass DANGER 1、起吊时请使用左右吊具，请打开前盖板安装吊索。序
号
位置 Position 牌号 Type 换油周期 Oil change interval
Lift it with left and right s lings . Open the front cover to install slings. 集中润滑装置(手动）请使用1#锂基脂请每班次手动加注润滑脂
1
生产日期楼梯上翻后，必 2、在吊装或运输机器之前,左右料斗固定插销需插好于机架前墙板的定位孔中,顶篷与顶篷支腿之间的
Central lubric ation
s柴油机水箱
ys tem(manual)
Pleas e refill grease 1# Refill grease every s hift
Date of Production 固定插销需取出,并放倒顶篷。

Before lifting or trans porting the mac hine, ens ure latc hes s ec uring the left and right hoppers are well inserted in the
2 Diesel engine water tank
防冻液-45 Antifreeze - 45
须插牢安全销。 loc ating holes on the front wall plate of the frame, and latc hes securing the canopy and the canopy supports have been
remov ed to put the canopy down. 3
柴油机曲轴箱
Diesel engine
CH-4 15W-40 CH-4 15W-40 500小时
500h
出厂编号 3、使用合适的绳索和滑轮来吊装机器。必须在坚实水平的地面上吊装机器。每根绳索能够承受的最大重量必须
Insert the safety
c导向装置（左右）
rankcase 请使用1#锂基脂请每班次手动加注润滑脂
Number 超过主机质量的一半。
Use proper cables and pulleys to lift the mac hine on solid and ev en ground. T he max imum lifting c apac ity of eac h cable 4
Guide Equipment ( left and Pleas e refill grease 1# Refill grease every s hift
s hould be above half of tractor mas s.
pin after turning
分动箱
right ) 齿轮油VG 150 gear oil 150 1000小时
4、将机器放置在拖车上，履带前方和后方应放置楔形挡块，熨平板左右主段下面应各垫相同厚度约40～100mm 5 T ank of alloting power
中国制造 / Made in China 枕木后再放平。 1000h
Plac e the mac hine on the trailer with the front and the rear crawlers blocked. Lay wooden blocks with the same
grab rails.
液压系统三一专用宽温液压油(Total-HV68)
6 2000小时或 1年 2000h or one
thick ness 40 ～100mm under left and right basic Hydraulic sys tem Sany spec ial hy draulic oil
y ear
s creeds and place them levelly. 行走减速机（左右） (Total-HV68)
5、将机器放置在拖车上，用链条或缆索把机器的四个角及机器中部固定到拖车上。 7 齿轮油 VG150 gear oil 150
Crawler unit moderator(left
Place the mac hine on the trailer. F ix the mac hine by chains or cables. and right)
熨平板装置请使用1#锂基脂请每班次加注润滑脂
8 Screed sy stem Pleas e refill grease 1# Refill grease every s hift
危险危险
楼梯上翻后，必楼梯上翻后，必
须插牢安全销。须插牢安全销。
I ns ert t he safety I ns ert t he safety
pi n af t er turning pi n af t er turning
grab rail s. grab rail s.
定期充压，保持张紧
bar。油缸压力为 100±5
Chec k up the
bar。
c y l i nder pressure of pres s ure, k eep the
s t ret c hing is c y l i nder pressure of
bar. s t ret c hing is
bar.
定期充压，保持张紧
油缸压力为100±5
Check
bar 。 up the 放机油
Engine oil outlet
pressure, keep the
cylinder pressure of
stretching is 100±5
bar.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
注意DANGER
m m m
注意D ANGER
液压油
Hydraulic
Oil
油品：三一专用宽温液压油
Quality:SANY special
hydraulic oil
换油周期：工作2000小时放齿轮油
或1年 Gear oil outlet
Oil change Interval :
Opration for 2000h or
one year
II III
2 27 away 2-Heat danger 3-Maintenance2-mark

-1-Keep 27 4-Nameplate 5-Tie-down point 2 -27
- 1 - 1 - 1
2 0236-Diagram of hoisting points 7-Label for safe
2 023use of the ladder 8-Crawler pressure indication
2 023
zae e
aza of oil & liquid filling 1-Indication of engine
9-Hoisting instruction 10-Diagram e
azaoil
ma m m
12-Indication on hydraulic oil tank 13-Indication on diesel oil tank 14-Indication of gear oil
15-Fan danger 16-Belt danger 17-Read the manual
Fig.2-3

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae away
1. Keep
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Located outside the hopper, the label indicates
personnel close to a working hopper may get
injured due to extrusion.
Fig.2-4
7 27 27
2-2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
2. Heat danger
m m aza m aza

contact with the mixture in the hopper may
result in scald when using asphalt as paving
material.
7 Fig.2-5
-2 2-27 2-27
3 -12 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
maza m aza m aza
3. Maintenance mark

the engine key should be removed during
repair or maintenance work performed by
qualified personnel according to requirements
herein.
2- 27 2 7 27
3-1 3-12-
Fig.2-6
3-1
2-
02 02 202
e2 e2 e
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e2
02
e2
02
az a
4. Nameplate za za
m ma ma
The nameplate indicates machine information
such as model, rated power, overall weight,
production date and number.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig.2-7
5. Tie-down point
The label indicates the fixing for machine

transportation.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig.2-8
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae
6. Diagram of hoisting points
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
It is located at the hoisting point. Unsafe
hoist of the machine may result in serious
consequences due to its heavy weight.
2-27 Fig.2-927
2- 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
7. Label for safe use of the ladder
m m aza m aza
Fig.2-10
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
z a
8. Crawler pressure indication aza aza
ma m m
Fig.2-11
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e2
02
e2
02
az a
9. Hoisting instruction za za
m ma ma
Hoist the machine according to the
requirements and precautions on the label.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- Fig.2-12 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
10. Diagram of oil & liquid filling
The diagram indicates the needed oil &

liquid and their grade, replacing interval, etc.
Recharge and replace them according to the
requirements.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig.2-13
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae
11.zIndication of engine oil
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Fig.2-14
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
12. Indication on hydraulic oil tank
m m aza m aza
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza Fig.2-15 m aza
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Indication e2 e2
az a
13. on diesel oil tank za za
m ma ma
2-27 27
Fig.2-16
2- 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
14. Indication of gear oil
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- Fig.2-17 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae danger
15.zFan
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Fig.2-18
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
16. Belt danger
2- 27 -27 2-27
3-1 -12
Fig.2-19
3 3-1
02 02 202
e2 e2 e
maza m aza m aza
17. Read the manual
Fig.2-20
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Preparations before Working
z2.2 za e2 zae2
ma ma ma
2.2.1 Surveying the worksite and
preparations before working
• Make a working plan and use the machine

applicable to the work and worksite.
Reinforce the ground, ditch edge and road
shoulder according to requirements to set a
certain safe distance between the machine
and the ditch edge or road shoulder.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

• For3-the multi-machine operation, the united 3-
02 3-1
e 2signals 202
are required to be applied. Appoint
e e 202
a
z a signalman to organize the operation, z a aza
ma ma and m
make sure all workers obey the guide of
the signalman.
• The machine may roll over when working

at the ditch edge or on road shoulder,
which may result in serious accidents or
casualties. Check the worksite and road
conditions in advance to prevent the
machine from overturning, or even the
ground or7bank from collapse. Fig.2-21
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza WARNING aza aza
m m m
• Drive the paver carefully at the ditch
edge or on road shoulder. Otherwise,
careless drive may result in side
turning!
• Never run the paver on a slope or a muddy

road beyond its allowable gradeability.
• Never use the machine on the ground not
1 2 -27 or with holes, nor use the 1Fig.2-22

solid enough
2 -27 2-27
23- along the channel or inclined road.23-
machine 3-1
e 20 e 20 e 202
m aza• aza
Never start up and operate the machine
m in m aza
a flammable and explosive environment.
Never start the machine in the environment
where there may be explosive gas, for
Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae
zexample, avoiding operating the machinezaine
aza
e
ma a narrow or unventilated space. Keepmgood
a m
ventilation in any conditions.
• Carefully check the front, rear and upper

parts of the machine. Check if there is any
crack or hole in the road which may cause
damage to the machine.
• When working at the places where stone

blocks or macadam easily drop, the cab
-27 with a guard net.
shall be equipped
2 2-27 2-27
2 3-1 23-1 3-1
• Check 0
e 2 the surrounding environment and e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma take protective measures to keepmathe m
machine away from power lines.
Fig.2-23
2.2.2 Personal protection
- 27 2-27 2-27
-12 machine
2.2.2.1 Protective
23 23-1 3-1
1. Wear 0
e 2 tight clothes and safety articles e2
0
e 202
a z a a z a aza
applicable
m to work. The following articlesmmay m
be needed:
• Hard safety hat

• Safety boots
• Safety goggles, protective goggles and
face mask
• Thick gloves
• Ear protection
• Hearing protector
7 7
-2
2clothin 2-2
Fig.2-24 2-27
• -
Reflective 1 3-1 3-1
• 2 023
Rain-proof 202 202
a zae aza
e
aza
e
m
• Respirator or filter mas m m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Always e2 e2
az a
2. wear working clothes a
and zsafety za
m articles, never taking chance. ma ma
3. Avoid wearing loose clothes, jewelry or other

articles which will entangle the control handle
or other components of the machine.
WARNING
• Never wear loose clothes, jewelry.
Otherwise, it may be entangled by the
7
control-2handle or other parts and to 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
3- in accidents.
result
02 3-1 3-1
•e 2Never e
keep your hair out of the safety 202 e 202
maza ma
z
hat. Otherwise, it may be entangled
a
m aza
into the machine and endanger
personnel safety.
• Wear safety hats and safety boots.
Otherwise, bruise may occur during
the maintenance.
• Before the formal working, ensure
the protection performance of safety
protective machine, to avoid danger
caused by invalid protection under
7 27 27
2-2
emergency. 2- 2-
02 3-1 listen to the radio or the music02 3-1 3-1
•
e 2Never 2 202
aza w i t h e a r p h o n e s d u r i n g w o rakzai en g . aza
e
m Otherwise, it may lead to accidents m due m
to distracted attention.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Noise prevention
2.2.2.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Working around noise for a long time will cause
damage or failure to hearing. Wear the proper
hearing protectors, such as earplugs, to avoid
harmful or uncomfortable strong noise.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza Fig.2-25
m aza
2.2.3 Precautions for asphalt paving
• For asphalt materials are toxic, respirator

or filter mask shall be adopted to avoid
damage to human body.
• The temperature of the mixture used in

paving is about 140 0C. Hot asphalt may
result in scald. When using hot asphalt
mixture as the
2 - 27 paving material, always 2 -27 2-27
wear protective
1 clothes against scald. And 1
3-
02injuries due to the contact of skin with 202
3- 3-1
avoid
2 202
ae asphalt mixture.
azhot aza
e
aza
e
m m m
To avoid the direct contact of skin with hot
asphalt mixture, observe the following personal
protection principles:
• Use helmet and protective goggles to

protect face and eyes.
• Use heat-resistant gloves and get them

covered by the protective clothes lining.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Precautions against emergencye 202 e2
02
z a
2.2.4 za za
ma ma ma
2.2.4.1 Precautions against fire
Precautions should be taken to prevent from

fire or accidents. Be aware of the fire warning
labels and full understand the location of
the fire extinguisher and its using method.
• Prepare the first-aid kit nearby.
• Formulate
1 2 -27 the emergency guidelines 12-27 2-27
3- fire and other accidents.
against 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza• Keep in mind or stick the telephone
m aza m aza
numbers of local hospitals, ambulance, and
Fig.2-26
fire brigade beside the telephone.
2.2.4.2 Fire-prevention during operation
1. Use the fire extinguisher.
• The operators shall understand how to use

the fire extinguisher correctly. Be careful of
2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
fire control
1 when filling fuel to the paver or 1
023
- 3- 3-1
e 2opening the fuel cover.
e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig.2-27
2. Check for oil leakage.
• The leaked fuel, hydraulic oil or lubricating

grease may cause fire.
•
27
C h e c1k2- t h e c l a m p h o l d e r f o r l o s s o r 12-
27 2-27
023
-
023
- 3-1
2looseness, the hose for being twisted, 2the 202
zae hose or pipeline for rubbing each other, e
aza the aza
e
ma oil cooler for damage, and the flange bolt m m
of the oil cooler for looseness against oil
leakage.

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae
zFasten, zae
repair or replace any loosened
aza
e
ma cooler or its flange bolt. ma m
• Never bend or knock at the high-pressure

pipeline.
• Never install bended or damaged pipeline,

pipe or hose.
3. Check for short circuit.
• -27 may cause fire.

The short circuit
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 2 3-1 3-1
• Ceh2e0c k a n d f a s t e n a l l t h e c i r c u iet 20 e 202
z a za aza
ma connections. ma m
• Check the cables or wires for being
loosened, twisted, hardened or cracked
before each shift or after operation for 8
to 10 hours. Never operate the machine if
aforementioned situations arise.
• Check the end cover for loss or damage

before each shift or after operation for 8-10
hours. 7
2- 2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 of combustibles.
4. Removal
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
• The spilt fuel, oil, lubricating grease, slack
coal and other combustibles may cause
fire.
• Check and clean the machine every day,

and remove the spilt and accumulated
combustibles in time to prevent them from
catching fire.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 the ignition switch e2
02
e2
02
az a
5. Check za za
m ma ma
• Check the functions of the ignition switch
before operation every day.
• Start the engine for idling rotation without

load for 3-5 min.
• Turn the ignition switch to the “OFF” OFFO N
position.
• -27 can’t be stopped in the case 12-27

If the engine
1 2 2-27
of 3 - the fire will become more serious,23-
2fire, 3-1
2 0
e unfavorable for fire control e2
0
e 202
maza m aza maza
Fig.2-28
6. Maintain the machine well before operation

if discovering any abnormality.
7. Safely dispose combustible liquids to

prevent them from catching fire
• Carefully deal with the fuel, as it is highly

2 -27 If the fuel is ignited, it will 12-27
combustible.
1 2-27
-
023 and/or fire up, accordingly resulting 023
- 3-1
e 2explode
e 2 e 202
maza in casualties. aza
m maza
• No fuel filling to the machine when smoking
or standing beside open fire or spark
• Do stop the engine before filling oil
• Fill fuel outdoors.
• All the fuel, most lubricant and some

coolant are combustible.
• Store the
1 2 -27combustible liquid away from the 12-27 2-27
23- where fire easily bursts out
places 23- 3-1
e 20 e 20 e 202
maza• aza
m vessel.
Don’t burn or puncture the pressure maza
• Don’t store oily rags, for they are easily
lighted or burns spontaneously.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
8. Evacuate
aza
the machine with the following
m m aza
methods in case of fire accident
• If time is sufficient place the travel control

handle at the neutral position, and then
press down the parking brake button.
• Use the fire extinguisher if time is sufficien
• Evacuate the machine.
2-27 -27 2-27

3-1 -12
Fig.2-29
3 3-1
02 02 202
e2 e2 e
m aza
2.2.4.3 Shockproof precautions m aza m aza
Survey the power lines on the worksite in

advance and be alert of the surrounding
environment during working.
• Keep a safe distance between the machine

or working device and the lines against
accidents or casualties.
• While working7 near the power lines, keep

any part-or
1
2
2-load of the machine away from 1 2 -27 2-27
23 line by 3m plus twice of the 2023- 3-1
the20
power 202
ae of line insulator.
azlength aza
e
aza
e
m m m
• Confirm and follow all applicable local laws
and regulations.
• Operation on wet ground will increase the

possibilities of getting electric shock. The
irrelevant personnel shall be kept away
from the working area.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Precautions for Driving
z2.3 zaand e2 zae2
ma Working ma ma
The paver shall be operated constantly based
on the relevant state, provincial, and municipal
laws, and the operation safety information and
instructions in this section are suggestions and
cautions only.
• Never operate the paver in need of

adjustment and repair.
•
27
- the machine for other purposes, 12-
Never12use
27 2-27
-
02 as cushioning, conveying or towing.2023
3 - 3-1
e 2such e e 202
maza m aza m aza
• It’s forbidden to carry people on the paver,
for it would block the view of the operator
and lead to potential safety hazard. Only
the operator can stay on the machine.
• Make sure there’s no personnel working or

maintaining in the danger area.
• Keep the paver clean. Clear away the dirt

and grease on the operational platform or
-27 when getting on/off the paver, 12-27
on the2step;
1 2-27
23-the handrail.
grip 23- 3-1
e 20 e 20 e 202
maza•
aza
m it is
If there is no cab in the paver, m aza
suggested to use the hearing protection
device when the noise is beyond 85
decibels.
• Start the machine according to the section

“Operation”. When starting and driving
the paver which has already stopped for a
while, as the hydraulic system temperature
is considerably low, the brake distance is
1 2 -27 that for the hydraulic system at 12-27

longer than
2-27
-
the3normal temperature. 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maz•a Start the machine according to the
m
a
az daily m aza
operation regulations in cold weather. Pay
attention not to operate the engine at a
high speed immediately.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaePreoperational check
2.3.1
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
2.3.1.1 Danger area
All the area surrounding a working paver is the

danger area, where prevention awareness can
effectively help prevent accident. Operators
and personnel involved shall be alert when
entering into the danger area during site
operation.
1 2 -27WARNING 1 2 -27 2-27

No entering
23- into the danger area! Working 2023- 3-1
in the 2 0 202
a z ae danger area may result in badly zae aza
e
injury and casualties.
m ma m
2.3.1.2 Check on machine
• In order to prevent personal injury, carefully

perform patrol inspection on the machine
before starting the machine every day or
every shift.
• When performing
1 2 -27 patrol inspection, make 1 2 -27 2-27
2 -
sure to3inspect all the items (See: Chapter
23- 3-1
2
2.3.20
e "Startup" on Page 2-23). e 2 0
e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2.3.1.3 Before operation
• Observe if there’s obvious malfunction

in the machine, and use the machine
periodically maintained.
• The operator must understand the

controller, the working principles of the
machine and the working environment.
27 27 27
• 12- devices (safe helmet, safe
Wear protective
3 - 3-1
2-
3-1
2-
202etc).
boots,
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
• Check carefully if there’s person or obstacle
beside or under the paver.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Check e 2or e2
az•a the tractor to make sure nozaoil za
m ma no
combustible on it. Make sure there’s ma
snow, ice or other dirt on the handrails,
steps and platforms.
• Get on the machine with handrails and

steps.
• Make sure the access door has been

closed and locked.
• Readjust 7 seat for a new operator.

-2the 27 27
2 2- 2-
23-1 2 3-1 3-1
0
• e 2Check 20
if all the protective devicese are e 202
z a z a aza
ma fastened. ma m
• Check if the steering gear, brake, controller,
lamp and alarm of the machine are in
normal condition. Never start the paver
if there's malfunction on any instrument,
control lamp or controller.
• Check if the reflectors (if applied) are clean

and well adjusted.
27
- any loose items (e.g. ID card), 12- 27 2-27
• Never
3 - 12carry 3- 3-1
02fix them on the pave .
2or 202 202
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
2.3.2 Startup
• Always start and operate the paver on the

driver’s seat.
• Put all control handles at the neutral

position.
• Never use any auxiliary starting liquid, such

7 27 27
2-2
as ether. 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
z•ae Check all the instruments after the startup.
zae aza
e
ma ma m

Safety 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Jumper-start
2.3.2.1
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Connect the positive pole (+) with the positive
pole (+) and the negative pole (-) with the
negative pole (-) (ground wire). Always connect
the ground wire after dismounting it. Incorrect
wire connection would result in severe damage
to the electrical system. Never connect the
jumper-start wire to the starting engine, which
would make the machine move at once.
7
-2NOTICE -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
23- 3-
Fig.2-30 3-1
20
It is eforbidden to use jumper-start only. e 202 e 202
a z a za aza
m ma
Contact with Sany dealer if necessary. m
Otherwise, it may result in severe damage
to the machine.
2.3.2.2 Starting the machine in a closed

room
The emission of the engine is toxic. Make

sure there’s sufficient fresh air supplied when
working in a closed room.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
023-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
aeDriving the machine
2.3.3
z aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• Never use the machine to carry people.
• Check if there’s any person or obstacle in

the danger area.
• Ring the horn to warn people before

starting or restarting the machine,
especially when backing up. Send warning
signals if there’re people in the danger
-27 in the danger area after 27 27

area. Stop working immediately if there’re
1 2 2- 2-
people remaining
3- 3-1 3-1
202 the warning signals.
sending
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
• Never enter or stand in the working area
of the hopper when the engine is running
against the danger of being crushed.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2Use e 20of2 e2
02
z•a the emergency stop switch in a
case
z za
ma ma use
emergency situation. However, never ma
the emergency stop switch as the working
brake. Otherwise, it will shorten the lifetime
of the engine and relative parts.
• Only after the situation in which the

emergency stop switch is adopted
disappears, can you restart the machine.
7
2.3.4 Safe-2movement and operation of -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
23-
machine 23- 3-1
e 20 e 20 e 202
m aza
Make sure there is no person or obstacle
m aza
on m aza
the pavement before moving, turning and
operating the machine. People around the
machine may be hurt. Keep the running alarm
(if applied) and horn in working condition. Thus,
when the machine starts moving, they can give
warnings to the people around.
• Don’t operate the machine in a narrow

space, for the poisonous emissions are
harmful. 7
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1
02auto drive during transition, the operator 3-1 3-1
•
e 2In e 202 e 202
m aza shall not leave the seat. Meanwhile,
m az a
m aza
he should warn non-operators or non-
maintenance personnel not getting close to
or touching the machine.
• Never drive upward or downward the slope

beyond the maximum gradeability of the
machine.
• Driving straightly upward and downward

the slope. Switch to the lower speed before
-27 the slope.
driving2upward 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
z•ae The wet and loose soil on the slopeazawould
e
aza
e
ma m
degenerate the adhesive force between the m
machine and ground, leading to accidents.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae
zApply aza
full throttle in the rated rotatinge
aza
e
ma speed for a working paver, no mattermwhat m
material or width is adopted, or else the
paver would work abnormally.
• In waiting-for-feed process, confine the idle

speed running time of the engine within 5
min to prevent it from damage.
• Check at all times if the engine oil pressure

and the working temperature are in
1 2 -27
normal condition. Stop the machine for
2-27 2-27
3-
troubleshooting if there’s any abnormality. 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
•
m aza
Check the hydraulic oil tank thermometer.
m aza m aza
Stop the machine for troubleshooting when
its indication goes beyond 80℃ .
• Check the paver for loose components and

abnormal sounds. If any, stop the machine
for troubleshooting.
• Check if the generator or other electric

elements emit burnt smell due to
overheating. 7If any, stop the machine for
-2 2-27 2-27
-12
troubleshooting.
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 202
a e2 zae
2 e
• azCheck each system for any leakage. If aany,
m stop the machine for troubleshooting.m m aza
2.3.5 Precautions for screed operation
The assembly of mechanical screed requires

special hoisting instruments rather than manual
hoisting for preventing potential hazard.
During the screed operation, the operator
shall be behind the screed or side face of the
maximum paving
1 2 -27 width. Never stand in its 2-27 2-27
023
- 3-1 3-1
202 202
moving direction.
e 2 e e
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Precautions for operation at night
e 202 e2
02
z a
2.3.6 z a za
ma ma ma
Turn on all the illuminating devices during night
operation due to the poor visibility. Hang a
namelabel of “Go Slow” at the both ends of the
worksite and put a glistening warning device in
the paving area. This would avoid accident to
driving vehicles on the road.
2.4 Maintenance precautions

2-27 2-27 2-27
23-1 3-1 3-1
20
2.4.1 202 202
zae Safe maintenance aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
To avoid accidents, fully understand the
maintenance regulations before operation.
Observe the maintenance work addressed in
Safety, Operation and Maintenance manual.
• Only the qualified or authorized personnel

can perform the maintenance. Warn others
of the machine under maintenance. The
unexpected movement of the machine will
result in serious
7 injury.
2-2 2-27 2-27
023-1 3-1 3-1
•
e 2Take 202
off the ignition key, and cut off the
e e 202
m aza battery power supply. az a
m maza
• Never maintain the machine when it's
driving or its engine is running.
• Before maintenance, hang a warning label

to forbid any operation till all maintenance
DA
working is done. Otherwise, it will result in NG
ER
damage to the machine.

No
Op
era
tion
If the maintenance personnel installs a lock for
7 (shown in Fig. 2-31), he is not
-2label -27 27
the warning
1 2 1 2 2-
-
023 to lend the key to other maintenance 023
- 3-1
202
allowed
2 2
ae
zpersonnel zae
before finishing the maintenance.
aza
e
ma ma m
Fig.2-31

Safety 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae
1. Hanging the lock for the warning label
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• Inform all directly or indirectly relative
service and maintenance personnel of
observing the hanging lock regulation.
• Park the machine safely.
• Cut off all power switch connections on the

paver, and hang the warning label.
• All maintenance personnel should hang
27n t l o c k s o n t h e w a r n i n g
o w n d i ff e r-e
2 2 -27 2-27
1 1 3-1
2 0 23-
label before maintenance. Once the
2 0 23- 202
maintenance is done, remember to removee
a ae
ztheir za aza
e
m corresponding lock. ma m
2. Reusing the machine
• Before the startup, the authorized

personnel should check the machine
completely.
• All safety machines should be reinstalled in

the proper position; Clear away instruments
and tools at the
2 - 27 worksite and make sure all 2- 27 2-27
locks are-1removed.
02 3 023-1 3-1
e2 2 202
ae
a control handles and buttons shouldazbe
• azAll aza
e
m set in the neutral or zero position, and
m all m
relative personnel should be informed of
reusing the machine.
• Remove all the warning labels used during

the maintenance. Refill the oil and then
allow the reoperation.
• when performing the maintenance at high

places, use special steps and working
platforms. 2-2
7 27 27
2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Correctly supporting the machine e 202 e2
02
z a
2.4.2 z a za
ma ma ma
Never perform maintenance before the
machine is well supported. Ensure the machine
and its accessories are safely, stably and
reliably supported.
• Never use hydraulic power units to support

the paver.
• Never use bricks or wood blocks to support

-27
the paver.
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
0
• e 2Never use the device which may slide 0
e 2 to e 202
z a z a aza
ma support the paver. ma m
• Never use slag bricks, hollow tyres or
shelves to support the paver, as they may
collapse under continuous load.
• If the machine or the accessories must be

raised up for maintenance, the machine or
its working device shall be supported with
multiple jacks or iron columns.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 Working on the hydraulice oil
2.4.3
e 202 e 202
a
azpipelines az a aza
m m m
Depressurize all hydraulic oil pipelines before
starting work. The hydraulic oil spurted under
pressure may penetrate the skin, resulting in
serious injury. Call at a doctor immediately in
this case to prevent severe infection.
• Never stand in front of or behind the paver

during hydraulic system adjustment.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 02 3-1 3-1
202
• Never readjust the high-pressure relief
2
e valve. e 2 e
m aza m aza Fig.2-32 m aza
• Discharging hydraulic oil in working
temperature may result in scald.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae
zNever ae
start the engine with hydraulic zoil
aza
e
ma exhausted. ma m
• At the end of all the work, check all the

joints and connections for leakage in
case the hydraulic oil pipelines are under
pressure relief.
Check the appearance of all oil pipelines

periodically. Replace the hydraulic oil pipelines
immediately in the following situations:
• The outer 2
1 -27 of the pipelines is damaged
layer
1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 metal liner exposed (e.g. scratch, 2023
with the - 3-1
2 202
ae or crack).
split
z ae
z aza
e
ma ma m
• The outer layer of the pipelines become
crisp (the material cracks).
• The pipelines become deformed after

pressure relief or pressurization.
• The pipelines become twisted, wrinkled,

sliced, bubbled, etc.
• The pipelines27get loose from the fasteners. 27 27

2- 2- 2-
2 3-1 2 3-1 3-1
• The 0
e 2 rusty fasteners would affect its function e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma and degenerate its strength. ma m
• Never use different types of pipelines
together.
• Damaged or deformed fasteners would

affect the function and strength of the
pipelines and their joints.
• Only the original hydraulic oil pipes from

SANY can guarantee the proper use of
-27
applicable12pipes. 2-27 2-27
023- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
aza NOTICE aza aza
m m m
Collect the discharged hydraulic oil and
dispose it in environment-protective ways.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Working on the engine e2
02
e2
02
az a
2.4.4 za za
m ma ma
Stop the engine before maintenance.
• Be careful of scald when discharging

engine oil in working temperature.
• Never leave any tool or other object in the

engine compartment.
• Check and replace the coolant only when

-27 cools down.
the engine
2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 NOTICE e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
• Collect the discharged coolant and
dispose it in environment-protective
ways.
Fig.2-33
• Clean and collect the spilt engine
oil and dispose it in environment-
protective ways.
• Store the used oil filter and other
oily materials in a marked container
and dispose them in environment-
protective ways.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza2.4.5 Working on the electrical device
m aza m aza
• Cut off the battery power supply before

operation and cover the battery with
insulation materials.
• Never use the fuse beyond rated current

or a wire instead, which may result in fire
accident.
• Cut off the

2 - 27 battery power supply before 2-27 2-27
-1
performing
3 welding on the paver.
3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
maza m aza m aza

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeWorking on the battery
2.4.6
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• No smoking or open fire when working on
the battery.
• No contact of hands and clothes with acid.

Clean the wound with water and call at a
doctor immediately in case of injury.
• No contact of metal objects such as tools,

rings and watches with the battery pole for
-27 circuit or fire
preventing short
2 2-27 2-27
2 3-1 23-1 3-1
• When 0
e 2 charging the supplied battery, e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma dismount all the plugs to prevent explosive
ma m
gas from gathering.
• Observe all the applicable regulations

when using the external battery for auxiliary
starting.
• Dispose the waste battery in environment-

protective ways.
• C u t o ff t h e 7c h a r g i n g c u r r e n t b e f o r e
-2 2-27 2-27
3-12 the charging clamps.
disconnecting
3-1 3-1
02 02 202
a e2 zaae
2 e
• azEnsure good ventilation when charging ain
m closed room. m m aza
2.4.7 Working with fuel system
• Never inhale the volatile fuel gas.
• Never use open fire or smoke. Prevent the

fuel from spilling.
• Fill the fuel only after stopping the engine

7 27 27
2-2heater.
and auxiliary 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae fill fuel in a closed room
zNever aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• Clean the spilt fuel. Keep the fuel clean and
keep water or other liquid out of the diesel
oil tank.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2The e 20to2 e2
02
az•a leakage of fuel tank a
would lead
z za
m ma
explosion. Make sure the oil tank cover is ma
closed and replace it if necessary.
NOTICE
Collect the discharged hydraulic oil and
dispose it in environment-protective ways.
- 27 2-27 2-27
-12 storage of parts
2.4.8 Safe
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
m az•a Store the parts in a safe way z a
to aprevent
m m aza
serious casualties.
• Store the parts and instruments in a safe

way to prevent them from collapsing. Keep
children and other persons away from the
storage area.
• A section of auger shaft installed with auger

blades would roll. Use wood blocks to fix it.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 Fig.2-34 e 202
m aza
2.4.9 Cleaning precautions m aza m aza
To ensure the long-term high-efficient service

of the paver, the paver shall be cleaned every
day after work:
• After paving, clean the scraper chain, auger

conveyer, hopper, tamper and the base of
screed with diesel oil to avoid being stained
with asphalt.
27
- towards the above parts of the 12- 27 2-27
• Spray
3 - 12water - 3-1
2 02
machine 023
before paving concrete materials.
2 202
zae Avoid direct ejection towards the e
azaopen aza
e
ma m
support and nozzle; and especially avoid
m
ejection of cleaning fluids towards the
control parts and electric elements.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae
zProvided aza
that no affection will be made e
aza
e
ma to the subgrade, diesel oil and m other m
materials can be adopted for cleaning.
Carelessness in the cleaning work may
cause adhesiveness of moving parts, which
will affect the function of paver and cause
the breakage of chain as well as an earlier
abrasion of parts.
• If the paver will be stored for a long time,

clean all the oil cylinders with soft paper (but
not with cotton
1 2 -27 yarn) and then coat them 2-27 2-27
3- advanced water-free vaseline.
with certain 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
•
m aza
After the paver is repaired or filledmwith aza m aza
functional liquid, the hydraulic oil, fuel
and other antiseptic substances shall be
cleaned away from the paver, and the
cleaning cloth with corrosive and polluting
liquid shall be dealt with properly.
• Never take any inflammable substance,

seawater or other saline liquid as cleaning
agent. After cleaning, check whether there
is any leakage,
2 - 27 looseness and damage 2 -27 2-27
with the-1fuel, lubrication and hydraulic 1
023 Solve problems as soon as they 2023
- 3-1
systems.
2 202
ae detected.
azare aza
e
aza
e
m m m
• Never clean the machine with engine
running.
• Never spurt the electrical units and

insulation materials with high-pressure
fluid when applying high-pressure cleaning
work. Cover them before performing
cleaning work.
7
2 exhaust tube or the air filter 27 27
• Never spurt
1 2-the 2- 2-
23 - 3-1 3-1
202 202
with 0high-pressure fluid.
e 2 e e
m aza m end aza m aza
• Reset all the protective devices at the
of maintenance.

2 7
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Correctly using tools e2
02
e2
02
az a
2.4.10 za za
m ma ma
During maintenance, use proper tools correctly.
Usage of damaged, low-grade, deficient, one-
off tools or wrong usage methods all may result
in accidents.
Precautions of using tools correctly:
• When using reinforcing tools such as

various spanners, cross dismantling
connection,
1 2 -27 refer to fastening torque values 12-27 2-27
23-
of dismantled bolts to avoid the damage to 3- 3-1
e 2 0
the connection. e 202 e 202
az a az a Fig.2-35 aza
m m m
• When using inspective tools such
as tension gauge, observe its usage
instructions.
• when using abrasive wheel, personnel

mustn't stand in the tangential direction of
the wheel.
2.4.11 Removing paint before welding or

2 - 27 2-27 2-27
heating-1
023 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maz•a Poisonous gas will be produced by
m
a
az paint m aza
heating during the fusion welding, soldering
or gas torch application.
• Remove the paint outdoors or in the places

with good ventilation.
• If using sand paper or grinding wheels

to remove the paint, wear a qualified
respirator to protect yourself from absorbing
dust.
7 2 least 15 minutes for volatilization 2-2 7 27
• Wait for
1 2-at -1 2-
2 3 - 2 3 3-1
202
of
0 volatile gas before welding or heating. 0
e 2 e 2 e
maza• If the solvent or the rust remover aza
m is used, m aza
the paint and solvent shall be dealt with in
a right way.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Correct welding
2.4.12
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
WARNING
• When perform welding near the oil
tank, you must drain the fuel tank
completely and dry it. Failure to do so
may result in fire, which could pose a
serious hazard.
• Never perform welding around plastic
and rubber material such as scraper
made of polyurethane. Otherwise, toxic
-27 damage to operators.
fume will12cause 2-27 2-27
02 3- 023-1 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
Thez a a z
a correct welding procedures must bemused a aza
m m
to protect the electronic control device and the
bearings from being damaged. When carrying
out welding on the roller equipped with the
electronic control device, comply with the
following procedures:
• Shut down the engine (See: Chapter 4.12

"Stop operation" on Page 4-48). Then
pull out the key of the power supply (See:
Fig. 2-28 on Page 2-19).
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 the negative cable of the battery. 3-1 3-1
• Remove
e 2 e 202 e 202
m aza aza
m the m aza
• Clip the components to be welded with
grounding wire clamp of the welder. Set
the clamp near the welding point to make
sure the current flow is away from the key
components, such as transmission system
bearing, hydraulic parts, electrical parts,etc.
• Protect the wire harness from contacting

scraps and splashes produced during the
welding.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

-
0 3 materials together with standard 2023
• Weld 2the - 3-1
2 202
ae
zwelding process.
zae aza
e
ma ma m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Repair precautions
z2.5 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2.5.1 Usage of warning labels
Hang a legible warning label on the operator’s

control console in case of malfunctions. Hang
a namelabel of “No Operation” on the traveling DA
NG
ER
handle during repair.
No
Before repair, hang a warning label to forbid Op
era
tion
any operation till all repair working is done.
Otherwise, it will result in damage to the
machine. 2-2
7 27 27
2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zIfaethe maintenance personnel installs aalock
zae for aza
e
ma the warning label (shown in Fig. 2-36),mhe is not m
allowed to lend the key to other maintenance Fig.2-36
personnel before finishing the repai .
1. Hanging the lock for the warning label
• Inform all directly or indirectly relative

service and maintenance personnel of
observing the hanging lock regulation.
• Park the machine

7 safely.
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 off all power switch connections on 2the
02 3-1 3-1
•
e 2Cut e e 202
m aza paver, and hang the warning label. az
m
a
maza
• All maintenance personnel should hang
own different locks on the warning label
before repair. Once the repair is done,
remember to remove their corresponding
lock.
2. Reusing the machine
• Before the startup, the authorized

personnel
1 2 -27 should check the machine 12-27 2-27
3-
completely. 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m az•a a
az in
All safety machines should be reinstalled
m maza
the proper position; Clear away instruments
and tools at the worksite and make sure all
locks are removed.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae control handles and buttons shouldazbe
zAll ae aza
e
ma set in the neutral or zero position, and
m all m
relative personnel should be informed of
reusing the machine.
• Remove all the warning labels used during

the repair. Refill the oil and then allow the
reoperation.
NOTICE
7
2 the usage and operation 7 27
• According
1 2-to 1 2-2 2-
-
023 the machine must be checkd 2023
- 3-1
202
condition,
2
ae professional personnel if required
zby zae aza
e
ma for at least once per year.Otherwise,ma it m
will shorten the lifetime of the engine
and relative parts.
• when parking the machine, run the
engine in idle rotation speed for 5 min,
and then turn the ignition switch to
the OFF position to stop the engine.
Otherwise, it will shorten the lifetime of
the engine and relative parts.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 WARNING e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Park the machine on firm and level
ground.Otherwise, it may result in side
overturning.
2.5.2 Repair
• When performing
2 - 27 test run in repair process, 2 -27 2-27
keep your 1 hands, feet and clothes away 1 3-1
from 2 23-
0involving parts to prevent injuries due 202
3-
202
e e e
m aztoa crush or flying grid. See Fig. 2-37 azam m aza
Fig.2-37

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2For e 202 e2
02
az•a the machine just stopped or
z a still za
m ma
running, the water temperature can be ma
very high. Before repair, therefore, cool
down the engine, coolant, hydraulic oil, etc,
and release system pressure, preventing
injuries due to high-temperature and high-
pressure objects.
• Never dismount the lubricating nozzle or

valves parts.
• Since the components may fly out, keep

your body
1 2 -27 and face away from the valve 12-27 2-27
023
-
023
- 3-1
202
body.
e 2 e 2 e
maza• After operation, the engine coolant aza
m usually m aza
has a temperature beyond 80℃ and certain
pressure. Besides, there’s high-pressure
vapor in the engine radiator. Prevent
yourself from scald due to spurted coolant.
Contact of skin with spilt coolant or vapor
would result in serious scald.
• Never open the pressure cover of radiator

expansion tank before the engine cools
down. When opening the pressure cover,
first turn
1 2 -27it slowly to release its pressure 12-27 2-27
-
023 taking it off. 023
- 3-1
202
before
e 2 e 2 e
maza• There’s pressure in the hydraulic aza
m oil tank m aza
after operation. Make sure to release
pressure before removing the oil filler seal
cover.
• During operation, the engine oil, gear oil

and hydraulic oil would become hot liquid.
The engine, hoses, pipelines and other
components would become hot as well.
• Perform inspection and repair work only

7 and parts cool down.
after the-2oil 27 27
2 2- 2-
3-1
02 paint heated during the fusion welding, 3-1 3-1
•
e 2The e 202 e 202
maza soldering or gas welding application
m
a
az will m aza
produce poisonous gas, which may cause
nausea after being absorbed in human
body.

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae
zPrevent zae
the production of potential toxic
aza
e
ma gas and dust. ma m
• Remove the paint outdoors or in the places

with good ventilation. The paint and solvent
shall be dealt with in a right way.
• If using sand paper or grinding wheels,

protect yourself from absorbing dust. Wear
a qualified respirato .
• Wash away-2the 7 rust remover with soap -27 27

1 2 1 2 2-
23- before welding if the solvent or 2023-
and water 3-1
the 2 0 202
a ae rust remover is used. The containers
zused aza
e
aza
e
m for solvent or rust remover andmother m
combustible articles shall be removed out
of the working area. Wait for volatilization
of volatile gas before welding or heating.
2.6 Machine Parking
2.6.1 Before leaving the machine
2- 27 2-27 2-27
• Turn the-1steering wheel to make direction
2 3 3-1 3-1
20 of gauge panel at neutral position.
indicator
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
• Stop the engine and take off the ignition
key.
• Park the machine on flat and solid ground
• Cut off the battery power supply.
• Prevent unauthorized use of the machine.
• Never jump off the machine. Use steps and

7 27 27
2-2 getting on/off the machine.
handrails when 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae proper measures to protect athe
zTake zae aza
e
ma parking machine. m m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 27
2- 12-
Safety
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Loading machine e2
02
e2
02
az a
2.6.2 za za
m ma ma
Adopt solid and stable slope within the
gradeability of the machine when loading it.
• Drive onto the truck at low speed.
• Fix the equipment on the truck against

drop, slip or overturn.
It’s extremely dangerous for personal safety

-27 situations:
under following
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
0
• e 2Walk e2
or stand under the hoisted heavy 0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma object. ma m
• Stay within the traveling scope of the
equipment during demonstration or loading.
• The equipment hoisted off the ground

swings.
• Adopt slings with sufficient carrying

capacity.
27
- sling to the specified hoisting 12- 27 2-27
• Hook
3 - 12the 3- 3-1
02
2point. 202 202
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
2.6.3 Towing machine
Use the towbar when towing the equipment for

malfunctions or other reasons. The maximum
allowable towing speed is 1 km/h while the
maximum allowable towing distance is 500m.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Safety 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeHoisting machine
2.6.4
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Choose qualified hoisting companies to
hoist the equipment. And the weight of the
equipment shall be noted (see nameplate).
Please adopt proper lifting equipment.
Strictly observe the requirements on the

hoisting diagram. Check carefully the utilized
sling and hoisting ropes to prevent
potential dangers.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Lifting point
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
mBlock m aza m aza
Tie-down point
Gravity center
Tie-down point Lifting point Lifting point
Sling Sleeper
Fig.2-38
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Safety
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Safety 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
System functions
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
za e2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 System Functions

12-
27 2-27
023-1 02 3- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
aza
m 3 System Functions m aza m aza
3.1 General 3-1
3.2 Power System 3-2
3.3 Electrical System 3-3
3.3.1 General 3-3
3.3.2 Console 3-6
3.3.3 Control Panel 3-7
3.3.3.1 Function of Switches 3-7
3.3.4 Use of Display 3-18
3.3.4.1
7
-2Home Page Information -27 -27
3-18
1 2 1 2 1 2
2 23- Screed Control System Setting
03.3.4.2 2 023
-
2
-
023 3-23
zae 3.3.4.3 Conveyor Setting Page azae zae 3-24
ma m ma
3.3.4.4 Auger Setting Page 3-24
3.3.4.5 Fault Alarm Page 3-25
3.3.4.6 Maintenance & Diagnosis Setting Page 3-25
3.3.4.7 Digital Input Diagnosis Page 3-25
3.3.4.8 Digital Output Diagnosis Page 3-26
3.3.4.11 Language Selection Page 3-29
3.3.4.12
1 2 -27Leveling Data Diagnosis Page 12-27 1 2 -27
3-29
2 23-
03.3.4.13 System Setting Page
2 023
-
2
-
023 3-29
zae 3.3.4.14 Potentiometer & Throttle e
zaCalibration zae 3-30
ma ma ma
3.3.4.15 Running Current Calibration 3-32
3.3.4.16 Running Parameter Calibration 3-33
3.3.4.17 Model setting page 3-34
2 7 27 7
12-
System functions 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2
3.3.4.18 Working Current Calibration e 202 e 2023-35
z a z a aza
ma 3.3.4.19 Hourmeter Setting Page ma m 3-37
3.3.4.20 GPS Status Indication 3-38
3.3.4.21 Reserved Page 3-38
3.3.4.22 Historical Fault Check Page 3-38
3.3.5 Layout of Electric Control Cabinet 3-39
3.3.6 Fuses in Electric Control Cabinet 3-40
3.3.7 Screed Panel 3-41
3.4 Hydraulic System 3-42
3.4.1 Travel System 3-43 27
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 12-
3.4.1.1 -Components - 3-43-
2 023 2 023 2 3
203-44
e
za3.4.1.2 Introduction of Valve Body zae z a e
ma3.4.2 Vibration System (Option) ma ma 3-45
3.4.3 Non-vibration System 3-45
3.4.4 Auxiliary System 3-46
3.4.5 Auger System 3-47
3.4.7 Generation System 3-48
3.4.8 Non-generation System 3-49
3.4.9 Other Accessories 3-49
3.5 Accessories 7and Other Equipments 3-50
1 2 -2 1 2 -27 1 2 -27
2 0 23- 2 0 23- 23-
203-51
3.5.1.1 Bogie Frame
a zae zae aza
e
m 3.5.1.2 Drive Sprocket ma m 3-51
3.5.1.3 Track Roller 3-51
3.5.1.4 Leading Wheel 3-53
3.5.1.5 Track Assembly 3-54
3.5.1.6 Track Tension Units 3-54
3.5.2 Conveyor System 3-55
3.5.2.1 Functions 3-55
3.5.2.2 Structure and Components 3-56
3.5.2.3 Guide Units 3-56
2 - 27 2 -27 2 -27
1
3.5.2.4 -Conveyor Chains 1 3-581
2 0 23 2 0 23- 2 23-
03-59
3.5.2.5 Drive Units
a zae zae zae
m 3.5.2.6 Tension of Conveyor Chains ma ma 3-59
3.5.2.7 Tension of Conveyor Drive Chains 3-60
3.5.2.8 Lubrication of Conveyor 3-60

7
2
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
202 Auger System
e3.5.3 e2
02
e2
02
3-61
za za za
ma 3.5.3.1 Basic Auger ma ma 3-61
3.5.3.2 6m Auger Extension 3-62
3.5.3.4 Tension of Drive Chains 3-63
3.5.4 Centralized Lubrication System 3-64
3.5.5 Cleaning System 3-66
3.5.6 Towed Arm 3-67
3.5.6.1 Front Towed Arm 3-67
3.5.6.22SE370
7 Rear Towed Arm 27 3-68
12- 2- 2 -27
3.5.73-Hopper 3-1 1
-3-69
023 3-70
e 202 Frame e 202 2
z a 3.5.8
aza zae
ma 3.5.9 Control System m ma 3-71
3.5.9.1 Structure and Installation of Console 3-71
3.5.9.2 Structure and Installation of Screed Panel 3-72
3.5.10 Seat Rail 3-73
3.5.11 Canopy 3-74
3.5.12 Covering Parts 3-76
3.6 Screed Units 3-76
3.6.1 Hydraulic Screed Units 3-77
3.6.2 Main7Technical Parameters of Hydraulic Telescopic Screed Units 3-777
2 - 2 2 - 27 2-2
1 Screed 3.7m
3.6.33-Basic - 1 - 1
3-78
2 02 Screed 400mm
3.6.4 2 023 2 023 3-78
zae zae zae
ma 3.6.5 Screed 750mm ma ma 3-79
3.6.6.1 Main Tamper Mechanism 3-81
3.6.6.2 Hydraulic Screed and Screed 400mm/750mm 3-82
3.6.7 Vibration System 3-82
3.6.8 Camber Adjustment Mechanism 3-83
3.6.9 Height Adjustment Unit 3-84
3.6.10 End Plate Assembly 3-85
3.6.11 Stock Guide Units 3-85
2 - 27 2-27 2 -27
3.6.12
-1Electrical Heating Control System 3-86
023 02 3-1 023 - 1
za e2 za e2 za e2
ma ma ma

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
WARNING
2-27 manual before reading any other

2 -27 manuals 2-27
3-1 provided with this machine
23-
1 and before 3-1
202 operating or servicing2 0 202
aza
e
a z ae the machine. Failure aza
e
m to do this canm cause property damage, m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
z3e2
a SYSTEM FUNCTIONS aza e2 zae2
ma m ma
3.1 General
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1-Tractor 2-Hopper assembly 3-Crawler travel system assembly 4-Power system 5-Cover
6-Hydraulic system 7-Electrical system assembly 8-control system assembly 9-Canopy
10-Seat fence assembly 11-Central lubrication system 12-6m auger assembly 13-Screed
14-Towed arm 15-Electric control cabinet 16-Side cover
17-Nameplate 18-Conveyor system 19-Screed panel
2-27 2-27 2-27

23-1 3-1 3-1
Fig. 03-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
3.2zaPower System aza aza
ma m m
The power system comprises diesel engine
and transfer case. The power from diesel
engine is transmitted to the transfer case, and
then the transfer case transmits it to different
hydraulic pumps. These pumps drive the
motors of all systems to function harmoniously.
The paver uses Dongfeng Cummins diesel

engine with high efficiency and fuel economy
and low noise
1 2 -27and displacement, which 2-27 2-27
23-national standard.
satisfies the 3-1 3-1
e 20 e 202 e 202
m aza
Features of power system: m aza m aza
• The engine has water radiator, hydraulic

oil radiator and inter-cooler. The engine
is collocated latitudinally. Fan is located
on the left side of the machine, and the
flywheel and transfer case are located
on the right side of the machine. Water
radiator, hydraulic oil radiator and inter-
cooler are mounted on the left side of the
engine. 272- 2-27 2-27
2 3-1 23-1 3-1
• The 0
e 2 capacity of the fuel tank is 200zL. e2
0
e 202
z a a aza
ma Diesel oil passes through the oil suctionma m
tube, hand oil pump, diesel primary filte , oil
transfer pump and dual diesel secondary
filte , and then enters the high-pressure oil
circuit. After passing through the oil injector,
the redundant diesel oil is cooled by the
diesel oil cooler in the compound oil cooler
and then returns to the fuel tank. The oil
inlet (with a mark of IN) and outlet (with a
mark of EX) of the dual diesel secondary
filter are set7 together. The oil inlet is
connected 1 2 -2with the oil transfer pump. 1 2 -27 2-27
23-outlet is connected with the high- 2023- 3-1
The20oil 202
ae
azpressure oil circuit. aza
e
aza
e
m m m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
za e2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
1 2
2-27 2- 27 5
2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 6 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1-Diesel tank 2-Engine 3-Exhaust system 4-Oil supply system 5-Transfer case 6-Intake system
Fig. 3-2
3.3 Electrical System

3.3.1 General
7
2-2 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 2 2
The0electrical system is an important part 0
e 2 of2 e 202
a a
zthe paver. It works together with other systems
z aza
ma to achieve the following functions: ma m
• The travel system is controlled by a

special engineering controller. It ensures
synchronous straight running of the two
tracks at a constant speed and allows
presetting for curves and steering.
• The augers are controlled by the

independent material management system
7
and the-2material level is adjusted by the -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
023
-
ultrasonic material level sensor. Therefore,23- 3-1
2 e2
e the material supply is under fully automatic
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma control. ma m
• The conveyor system is controlled by
the independent material management
2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
z a
system and the material level is a
adjusted
z aza
ma by the contact-type material level sensor.
ma m
Therefore, the material supply is under fully
automatic control.
• The contact-type automatic leveling device

can perform automatic leveling according
to the variation of road conditions through
screed float
• Other functions such as monitoring and

-27
failure alarm.
2 2-27 2-27
2 3-1 23-1 3-1
A color 0
e 2liquid crystal display (LCD) is usedzatoe 2
0
e 202
a z a aza
monitor
m and measure working parameters. ma It m
provides working status, operation prompt,
failure diagnosis and system parameter
setting. With the control of microcomputer,
the electrical systems are coordinated to
achieve the intellectualization and routinization
of the automatic electrohydraulic control.
This improves operating performance and
maneuverability, enhances working quality,
reduces working intensity of the operator, and
ensures safety and 7 high efficienc .
2- 2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 electrical components are importede 202
All the main
e e 202
az a
products aza
of internationally famous brands. aza
m m
The monitoring meters, electrical elements
m
and control devices are good-looking, easy to
operate and reliable. All the components are
arranged ergonomically.
The electrical system is divided into the

following subsystems:
• Basic electrical system
• -27 system
Running control
2 2-27 2-27
2 3-1 3-1 3-1
• e2
0 conveyor control system
Left/right e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
• Left/right auger control system
• Automatic leveling control system

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Tamping e2 e2
az•a control system za za
m ma ma
• Vibration control system
• Control systems for other functions
As required by the working characteristics, the

main functions can be realized under automatic
or manual mode. This enhances the reliability
and flexibilit .
2-27 NOTICE 2-27 2-27

3-1
02 the package of the machine for 3-1 3-1
2In02 202
Check
e 2 e e
z a
damage after receiving the machine.
z a aza
ma case of damage, never use the machine
ma m
or the damaged cable and connector! In
the event of such case, contact your local
Sany service engineer.
NOTICE
Only after you fully get familiar with all the
controllers and meters of the machine,
can you ensure the safety and working
7 27 27
2-2
efficiency. 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza aza aza
WARNING m m
Confirm the power supply is disconnected
before installing electrical components, or
it will cause damage to electric elements
and Sany will assume no responsibility for
any results caused by failure to observe
the instruction.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zaeConsole
3.3.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The console (1) is located in the cab,
which could slides rightwards or leftwards
along the console bracket (2). All functions of
the paver are manipulated through the
console.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2
Fig. 3-3
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Control panel e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.3.3 za za
m ma ma
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza
14 15 16 17 18 25 20 22 19 21 23 24 26 27 28 29 30
1-Emergency stop switch 2-Distribution 3-Pivot steering 4-Cleaning 5-Washing 6-Speed potentiometer
7-Pave speed switch 8-Display 9-Left leveling UP/DOWN 10-Leveling mode shift 11-Right leveling UP/
DOWN 12-Beacon light switch 13-Work light switch 14-Travel level 15-Left auger MANUAL/AUTO/STOP
16-Right auger
1 2 -27 MANUAL/AUTO/STOP 17-Left conveyor 1 2 -27 MANUAL/AUTO/STOP 18-Right conveyor 1 2 -27
0 2 3-
MANUAL/AUT0/STOP 19-Tamper MANUAL/AUTO/STOP
0 2 3- 0 2 3-
20-Left screed EXTENSION/RETRACTION
2
21-Tamper
e 2
frequency adjustment 22-VibrationeMANUAL/AUTO/STOP 23-Horn button 24-Screed 2 heating
a zaswitch 25-Screed LOAD/UNLOAD 26-Screed a a zae
za UP/DOWN 27-Right screed EXTENSION/RETRACTION
m m m
28-Engine START/STOP 29-Hopper ON/OFF 30-Steering potentiometer
Fig. 3-4
3.3.3.1 Function of switches
Several function switchs (based on various

icons on switches) on the control panel
are introduced as follows, and specific
introductions of each switch in Fig.3-4 are
27
given in the-following
2
part.
2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae
1. Emergency stop switch
aza
e
aza
e
ma
One emergency stop switch is equipped m for m
the paver. Press the switch to stop the paver
completely.
After the trouble has been eliminated, rotate

the emergency stop switch clockwise until the
switch bounces out, and then the system could
work again.
NOTICE
7 7 27
When the emergency
1 2-2 stop is activated,
1 2-2 2-
- -
023 for the controller module A1 is 202Fig.
3 3-1
202
the power
2 3-5
a e a e e
disconnected.
m a z Therefore, communication
a z aza
fault prompt is shown on the display.mThe m
engine speed is shown as "0" and the
running speed keeps stable or "0".
2. Pivot steering switch

• Press and hold the pivot steering switch,
and rotate the steering level to perform the
function of pivot steering.
Pivot steering
• Turn the switch to the right to switch on the

7 27 27
2-2
right turn light. 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 NOTICE e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Only when the pivot steering switch and
the steering potentiomater are operated
simultaneously, can pivot steering be
Fig. 3-6
achieved. The steering direction coincides
with that of the steering potentiometer. As
for pivot steering, the travel level must be
placed at the neutral position.
3. Steering potentiometer
27
- left to turn the paver left. 2-27 2-27
•
312the
Switch it-to
3-1 3-1
02 02 202
a e2 zae
2 e
• azSwitch it to the neutral position to runathe
m paver straight. m m aza
• Switch it to the right to turn the paver right. Fig. 3-7

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 potentiometer e2
02
e2
02
az a
4. Speed za za
m ma ma
It is used to set the paving speed.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- Fig. 3-8 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az5. Pave speed switch aza aza
m m m
Turn the toggle switch up to run the paver at
the high running gear (Rabbit gear).
Turn the toggle switch down to run the paver at

the paving gear.
Turn the toggle switch at the neutral position

to run the paver at the low running gear (Turtle
gear).
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza Fig. 3-9 m aza
6. Display
For detailed information, see: Section 3.3.4

Use of display
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza
Fig. 3-10

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae leveling UP/DOWN
7. Left
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• Turn the toggle switch up to lift the left
leveling scale.
• Turn the toggle switch down to lower the
left leveling scale.
2-27 -27
Fig. 3-11
2 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
8. Leveling mode shift
• Turn the switch leftwards to stop leveling.

• Turn the switch at the neutral position to
start auto leveling.
• Turn the switch rightwards to start manual
leveling.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- 3-12
Fig. 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
9. Right leveling UP/DOWN
• Turn the toggle switch up to lift the left

leveling scale.
• Turn the toggle switch down to lower the
left leveling scale.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza Fig. 3-13
m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Beacon e2 e2
az a
10. light switch(option) za za
m ma ma
• Turn the switch leftwards to switch on the
beacon light.
• Turn the switch rightwards to switch off the
beacon light.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
Fig. 3-14
a e e e
maz11. Working light switch m aza m aza
• Turn the switch leftwards to switch on the
working light.
• Turn the switch rightwards to switch off the
working light.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- Fig. 3-15 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
12. Travel control lever
• Turn the switch at the F position to move

the paver forward.
stop the paver.
• Turn the switch at the R position to move
the paver backward.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza Fig. 3-16
m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
ae auger control switch
13.zLeft
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• Turn the switch upwards to stop the left
auger.
perform auto control of the left auger.
• Turn the switch downwards to perform
manual control of the left auger.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza Fig. 3-17 m aza
14. Right auger control switch
• Turn the switch upwards to stop the right

auger. 7
2-2 at the neutral position to
• Turn the-1switch 1 2 -27 2-27
023 auto control of the right auger. 023
- 3-1
perform
2 2 202
ae the switch downwards to perform
• azTurn zae aza
e
m ma m
manual control of the right auger.
Fig. 3-18
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Left e2 e2
az a
15. conveyor control switch za za
m ma ma
• Turn the switch upwards to stop the left
conveyor.
perform auto control of the left conveyor.
manual control of the left conveyor.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- Fig. 3-19 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
16. Right conveyor control switch
• Turn the switch upwards to stop the right

conveyor.
perform auto control of the right conveyor.
manual control of the right conveyor.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
17. Tamper control switch
• Turn the switch upwards to stop the tamper.

perform auto control of the tamper.
manual control of the tamper.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-21

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2
e screed extension/retraction e 202 e 202
a
18.zLeft z a aza
ma ma m
• Turn the switch leftwards to extend the left
screed.
• Turn the switch rightwards to retract the left
screed.
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 3-1
202
Fig. 3-22
e2 e2 e
m aza m aza m aza
19. Tamper frequency switch
• Turn the switch upwards to increase the

tamper frequency.
keep the tamper frequency stable.
• Turn the switch downwards to decrease the
tamper frequency.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-23
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Vibration control switch
z20. zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
• Turn the switch upwards to stop vibration.
the auto mode.
• Turn the switch downwards to the manual
mode.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 Fig. 3-24
e 202
maza m aza m aza
21. Screed heating switch
• Turn the switch to ON position to

heat the screed.
• Turn the switch to OFF position to stop
heating.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
ae button
22.zHorn
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Press the button to sound the horn. Release
the button to stop sounding.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- 3-26
Fig. 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
23. Screed load/unload
• Turn the switch upwards to unload the

screed.
float the screed
• Turn the switch downwards to load the
screed.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-27
24. Screed lift switch
• Turn the switch upwards to lift the screed.

• Turn the switch downwards to lower the
screed.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-28

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2Right e 202 e2
02
z a
25. screed extension/retraction z a za
ma ma ma
• Turn the switch leftwards to extend the right
screed.
• Turn the switch rightwards to retract the
right screed.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
Fig. 3-29
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
26. Engine start/stop switch
• When the engine is off, press the switch to

power on the engine.
• When the engine is on, press the switch to
power off the engine.
2-27 2-273-30
Fig. 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az27. Hopper control switch aza aza
m m m
• Turn the switch upwards to close the
hopper.
• Turn the switch downwards to open the
hopper.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- Fig. 3-31 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zaeUse of display
3.3.4
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The display screen has provided with a friendly
human-computer interface. Each page can be
operated through "F1-F6". Their corresponding
function names are indicated on their left sides,
which make users clear at a glance. Various
indicated pages are decribed in the following:
3.3.4.1 Home page information
The home page

1 2 -27is shown in Fig.3-32 and it 2-27 2-27
3- main information of the paver:
indicates the 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-32
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
z a
1. Indication of tamping frequency: it a
indicates
z za
ma the preset tamping frequency, which macan be ma
altered through display with the range of 0.1Hz
-25.0Hz.
Fig. 3-33
2 27
2. Paving -material: it indicates the chosen
2 -27 2-27
1 1 3-1
2 0 2 -
paving3material.
2 0 23- 202
Press
a ae F1 on the interface of the display.
zblack a z aeThe aza
e
m icon indicates asphalt while themgrey icon m
indicates stabilized soil.
Fig. 3-34
27 27 27
3 - 12- of braking: When the icon in the 3-12-
3. Indication
3-1
2-
202is in red, it means it is in braking status;
figure
e e 202 e 202
a a
zwhen the icon is in grey, it means it is releasing
z aza
ma status. ma m
Fig. 3-35
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
az a
4. Indication of running speed: When the paver
z a aza
m
stands still, it indicates the set speed of malow m
speed gears (paving gear and turtle gear).
The set speed varies with the rotation of the
potentiometer. When the paver runs forwards
or backwards, it indicates the actual running
speed.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- 3-36
Fig. 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
5.
m aza
Indication of working time of enginem(also aza m aza
called hour meter): every 0.1h, data will be
saved permanently; the minimun unit is 0.1h;
only advanced users can modify the hour
meter through the setting window of hour
meter.
2-27 -27
Fig. 3-37
2 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 of rotating speed of engine:
6. Indication
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2-
Fig.13-38
27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e2
02
e2
02
az a
7. Animated indication of coolant: za za
m ma ma
If the hand points to the area L, it means the
coolant temperature is low; If the hand points
to the area H, it means the coolant temperature
is high; If the hand points to the red area, it
means the temperature is too high, and it is
necessary to do troubleshooting for the engine.
Refer to Chapter 3.3.4 "Use of display" on
Page 3-31.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- Fig. 3-39 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza8. Animated indication of fuel level: maza m aza
If the hand points to the red area, it means the

fuel level is too low and add oil in time. Refer
to Chapter 3.3.4 "Use of display" on Page 3-31
for specified fuel oil level values
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza
Fig. 3-40
9. Animated indication of engine oil pressure:
If the hand points to the area L, it means the

engine oil pressure is low;If the hand points to
the area H, it means the engine oil pressure is
high;If the hand points to the red area, it means
the engine oil pressure is too low, and it is
necessary to check the engine oil level. Refer
to Chapter 3.3.4 "Use of display" on Page 3-31.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza
Fig. 3-41

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
a
10.zPrompt
a a
items: it indicates prompts to make
z aza
m
convenient to operate. Indicated prompts maare m
in yellow. If there are no prompts, there is no
indication; if there are several prompts, it will
circulate them. The fuel is insufficient.
Add fuel in time.
Fig. 3-42
-27
12 it indicates fault items as 3-12-
27 2-27
-
11. Fault 3items: 3-1
feedback
e 202to current faults; the fault item is ine 202 e 202
a
az when faults occur, fault information za aza
red;
m macan m
disappear only after the fault is eliminated and
The water tempetature of
the machine is de-energized. If no faults occur,
the engine is too high.
there is no indication; if there are several faults,
it will circulate them. Press the "Current fault"
key to enter the query page of current fault to
check the time of failure.
Fig. 3-43
-27
2 of main page
12. Function-1keys 2-27 2-27
02 3 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
F1.zaConveyor system setting: aza aza
ma m m
F2. Auger system setting:
F3. Towed arm system setting:
F4. Screed heating indication:
F5. Fault alarm:
F6. Scrolling to the next page.

2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2 e2 e2
ma
z3.3.4.2 aza
Screed control system setting
m ma
za
It is used to set and indicate screed system.
Screed control system setting
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
1 . To w e d a r m l o c k i n g = 1 ; To w e d a r m
unlocking=0
2. Setting of central lubrication time Fig. 3-45
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-46
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
za
3.3.4.3 Conveyor setting page aza aza
ma m m F1
On the first interface, press F2 into the

F2
conveyor setting page.
F3
Functions of keys: F4
• F1-Shifting to next item
F5
• F2-Shifting rightwards: reserved
F6
• F3-Increasing the number
• F4-Decreasing the number 3 1 4 2
• F5-Enter
1 2 -27 1-Left
27
12-conveyor material level sensor position 12-
27
- - -
023 3 3
• F6-Returning to the previous page
2 202 percentage 202
zae z a e a e
az position
ma ma
2-Right conveyor material level sensor
percentage
m
3-Left conveyor Reverse (1=ON, 0=OFF)
4-Right conveyor Reverse (1=ON, 0=OFF)
Fig. 3-47
3.3.4.4 Auger setting page
On the fi st interface, press F3 into the auger

setting page. F1
1 2 -27 2-27 F2
2-27
Functions of
23- keys: 3-1 3-1
2 0
• F1-Shifting to next item 202 20F32
a zae aza
e
aza
e
m
• F2-Shifting rightwards: reserved m m F4
• F3-Increasing the number F5
• F4-Decreasing the number F6
• F5-Enter
• F6-Returning to the previous page 5 1 3 2 4 6
1-Left auger speed percentage

2-Right auger speed percentage
3-Left auger sensor switch (1=ON;0=OFF)
4-Right auger sensor switch (1=ON;0=OFF)
2-27 2 27 auger Reverse (1=ON;0=OFF)

-5-Left 2 -27
3-1 1
3- 6-Right auger Reverse (1=ON;0=OFF) 3- 1
e 202 e 202Fig. 3-48 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
a e2
z3.3.4.5 Fault alarm page zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
On the first interface, press F4 into the fault F1
alarm page.
F2
• F1-Scrolling to the next page F4
• F2-Reserved
F5
• F3-Reserved
F6
• F4-Reserved
• 27
F5-Reserved
-273-49 27
• 3 - 12-
F6-Returning to the previous page 3- 1 2
Fig.
3-1
2-
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
3.3.4.6 Maintenance & diagnosis setting
page

maintenance & diagnosis setting page.
Functions of keys:
• F1-Shifting to the next item
• F2-Reserved
7 27 27
• 2-2
F3-Reserved 2- 2-
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
•
e 2F4-Reserved e 202 e 202
maz•a F5-Reserved
m aza m aza
Fig. 3-50
3.3.4.7 Digital input diagnosis page
It indicates the status of digital input. If the

controller has the corresponding input, the
signal light is in green. If the controller has no
corresponding input, the signal light is off. This
27
page is convenient
2-
2-27 2- 27
2 3-1 3-1 3-1
e2
0
Functions of keys:
e 202 e 202
z a
a F1: Shifting to the next page aza aza
m m m
Fig. 3-51

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
z a
Digital input diagnosis of screed panel: z a aza
ma ma m
• F2-Reserved F1
• F3-Reserved F2
• F4-Reserved F3
• F5-Reserved
F4
F5
F6
2- 27 -27
2 2-27
02 3-1 02
-13-52
Fig.
3 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
m aza
3.3.4.8 Digital output diagnosis page
m aza m aza
The page is used to query digital output status.

If the controller has the corresponding output,
the signal light is in green. If the controller has
no corresponding output, the signal light is off.
The four outputs for leveling are low-level while
other outputs are high-level.
Functions of keys:
• F1-Reserved 7
2-2 2-27 2-27
• -
F2-Reserved1 3-1 3-1
• 2 023
F3-Reserved 202 202
a zae aza
e
Fig. 3-53 aza
e
m
• F4-Reserved m m
• F5-Reserved
3.3.4.9 Analog diagnosis page
The page is used to query analog status.
Functions of keys:
• F1-Reserved
-27 2-27 2-27
• -12
F2-Reserved
23 3-1 3-1
• e2
0
F3-Reserved e 202 e 202
m
• aza
F4-Reserved m aza m aza
• F5-Reserved

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
Forcible Engine Speed
Open/Close Travel Loop
2-27 2-2
Open/Close Tamper-1Loop
7
2-27
02 3-1 02 3 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-54
27 27 27
3 - 12-
Engine emergency mode:
3 - 12- 3-1
2-
202engine speed indication due to wiring
1= no
e e 202 e 202
a
zfault or generation fault; z a aza
ma 0=engine speed 2000rpm(normal mode)
ma m
Fig. 3-55
Open/closed loop shifts of running system:

1=Open loop;
0=Closed loop
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-56

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Analog diagnosis page
3.3.4.10
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
1 11
The page is used to operation instruction. F1
12
2
3 F2 13
Functions of keys: 4 14
F3
• F1-Scrolling to the next page 5 15
6 16
• F2-Reserved F4
7 17
• F3-Reserved 8 F5
18
• F4-Reserved 9 F6 19
• F5-Reserved 10 20 21
• -27to the previous page
F6-Returning
2 1-Left
2
7
-2conveyor FORWARD PWM 2-Right conveyor 2-2
7
3 -1 - 1 - 1
20 2 2 023 FORWARD PWM 3-Left auger FORWARD2PWM 023
e zae ze
aza
4-Right auger FORWARD PWM 5-Left aconveyor
m ma m a
REVERSE PWM 6-Right conveyor REVERSE
PWM 7-Left auger REVERSE PWM 8-Right auger
REVERSE PWM 9-Tamper PWM 10-Engine oil
pressure 11-Left forward pump PWM 12-Right
forward pump PWM 13-Left reverse pump PWM
14-Right reverse pump PWM 15-Left motor PWM
16-Right motor PWM 17-Left motor speed 18-Right
motor speed 19-Vibrator PWM 20-Engine coolant
temperature 21-Fuel percentage
Fig. 3-55
7 27 27
2-2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-56

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.3.4.11 Language selection page za za
m ma ma
The page is used to select language. At
present, English, Russian, Spanish, Portugal
and French are available. F1
F2
Functions of keys:
F3
• F1-Language shift
• F2-Reserved F4
• F3-Reserved F5
• F4-Reserved
7 7 27
F6
-1 2-2 2-2 2-
• F5-Reserved
23 3-1 3-1
0
• e 2F6-Returning to the previous page e 202 e 202
m aza
3.3.4.12 Leveling data diagnosis page
The page is used to detect setting values,

actual values and leveling sensitivity for the left F1
and the right leveling sensors.
F2
NOTES: This page is only used for the leveling

F3
system developped by SANY.
2- 27 2-27 2- F4 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202 F5
maza m aza m aza F6
Fig. 3-68
3.3.4.13 System setting page

password setting page.
Functions of keys:
• F1-Reserved
- 27 2-27 2- 27
• -12 rightwards
F2-Shifting
23 3-1 3-1
0
• e 2F3-Increasing the number e 202 e 202
maza• F4-Decreasing the number m aza m aza
• F5-Enter
• F6-Returning to the previous page Fig. 3-59

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 202 202
aza the correct password has
After zae
been input,
aza
e
m
enter the system setting page. ma 1 2 3 4m
F1
• F1-Shifting to the next item.
F3
• F2-Shifting rightwards
• F3-Increasing the number F4
• F4-Decreasing the number F5
• F5-Enter F6
• F6-Returning to the previous page 8 5 9 6 10 7 11

7 7 -27
2-2 2 -21-Potentiometer & throttle calibration
2
02 3-1
CAUTION 1
- 2-Running current calibration 3-Running23-
023 parameter setting 4-Model setting 5-Working 0
1
2
e parameters on this page are e 2 e2
All
a z athe z a z a
m ma
involved with the normal use of the paver.
current calibration 6-Hourmeter m a 7-GPS
setting
status 8-Calendar & time calibration 9-Software
Therefore, it is forbidden to revise them by
version 10-Reserved 11-Historical faults check
unprofessional personnel.
Fig. 3-60
3.3.4.14 Potentiometer & throttle calibration
On the page, you could set speeds for the

potentiomater, the travel control lever, the 1 F1
steering potentiometer and the throttle position 2

27 3 2-27 -27
F2
sensor. 12-
- 1
-4 F3 - 1 2
2 023 2 023 5 2 023
a zae of keys:
Functions
a zae 6 a zae F4
m m
• F1- Item shift: to shift items, and the m
F5
chosen item will be in red square.
• F2- Shifting rightwards. F6
• F3- "+": to increase the number of the 7 8 9

chosen item. 1-Left MIN. calibration for speed potentiometer
• F4- "-": to decrease the number of the 2-Right MAX. calibration for speed potentiometer
chosen item. 3-MAX. calbration for travel control lever
• F5- Enter: to confirm the setting (forward) 4-Neutral calibration for travel
• F6- Back: to the previous page. control lever (parking) 5-MIN. calibration for
travel control lever (reverse) 6-Left 10-scale
2-27 -27 for steering potentiometer 7- System12-27

calibration
2
3-1 1
3- value 8-Calibration value 9-Next page 3-
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 2k0e2 l e f t 202
f o r szapee e d e2
02
az a
Ta Min. calibration za
m potentiometer for example: ma ma
10 F1
11
Press F1 to shift to the first line. The system F2
12
value is the one saved by the controller and the 13 F3
set value is the calibration value for the speed 14
potentiometer. Rotate the speed potentiometer 15 F4
to make its speed value align with the Min. 16 F5

scale of the panel, press F4 and the system
F6
value equals the current calibration value.
17 18
7
Functions of-2keys: -27 10-Previous page -27
1 2 1 2
• F1-3-Item shift: to shift items, and the 3- 11-Neutral calibration for steering potentiometer 1 2
2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 23-
z•ae F2- Shifting rightwards. zae ae steering
12-Right 10 scale calibration for
a a a z
m m m
potentiometer
• F3- "+": to increase the number of the 13-Throttle position sensor calibration under
chosen item. engine MIN mode
• F4- "-": to decrease the number of the 14-Throttle position sensor calibration under
chosen item. engine ECO mode
• F5- Enter: to confirm the setting 15-Throttle position sensor calibration under
• F6- Back: to the previous page. engine MAX mode
16- Engine speed indication 17-System value
18-Calibration value
Fig. 3-62
2 -27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2- 27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
az a
3.3.4.15 Running current calibration
az a aza
m
On the page, you could set the Min. andmMax. m
currents (PWM value) for the left and the right
F1
travel pumps. 1
2 F2
Functions of keys: 3 F3
• F1- Item shift: to shift items, and the 4
chosen item will be in red square. 5 F4
• F2- Shifting rightwards. 6 F5

• F3- "+": to increase the number of the
F6
chosen item.
7 8 9
2 - 27
• F4- "-": to decrease the number of the
2 - 27 2 -27
1
chosen item.
- 1 1
13- - M I N . P W M s e t t i n g f o r l e f t t r a v e l p3u-m p
023 to confirm the setting
• F5-2Enter: 2 02FORWARD 2- MAX. PWM setting foreleft 202travel
a e a e a
• azF6- Back: to the previous page. az pump FORWARD 3- MIN. PWM setting az for left
m m m
travel pump REVERSE 4- MAX. PWM setting for
left travel pump REVERSE 5- MIN. PWM setting
for right travel pump FORWARD 6- MAX. PWM
setting for right travel pump FORWARD
7- System value 8- Calibration value
9- Next page
Fig. 3-63
2- 27 - 27 27
3-1 -12
310 F13-
12-
e 202 e 202 11 202
aza aza 12 zae
ma
F2
m m
F3
F4
F5
F6
13 14
10-Previous page
11-MIN. PWM setting for right travel pump
REVERSE
2- 27 -2 PWM setting for right travel pump 12-27

7
12-MIN.
2
3-1 - 1
023 13-System value 14-Calibration value
REVERSE
023
-
e 202 2 2
aza zae ae z
m ma Fig. 3-64
ma

2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Running parameter calibration e 202 e2
02
z a
3.3.4.16 za za
ma On the page, you could set the parameters
ma ma
such as PID for the running system.
F1
Functions of keys: 1
• F1- Item shift: to shift items, and the 2 F2
chosen item will be in red square. 3 F3

4
• F2- Shifting rightwards.
5 F4
• F3- "+": to increase the number of the 6
chosen item. F5
• F4- "-": to decrease the number of the F6
2 27
chosen -item.
2 -27 7 8 9
2 -27
1 1 1
2 0 2 -
• F5-3Enter: to confirm the setting
2 0 23- 1-Reserved 2-Reserved 3-Forward 2 0 3-
2deviation
• e F6- Back: to the previous page. e e parameter
za za parameter setting 4-Reverse deviation
za
ma ma setting m a
5-P setting of rabbit gear (inner loop)
6-P setting of rabbit gear (inner loop) 7-System
value 8-Calibration value 9-Next page
Fig. 3-65
10 F1
11
12 F2
2 -27 2 2 7
- 13 2F-3 27
3-1 023
1
- 14 3-1
e 202 e 2 15 e 202
aza aza aza
F4
16
m m m F5
F6
17 18 19
10-Previous page 11- D setting of rabbit gear
(inner loop) 12- P setting of turtle gear (inner loop)
13- I setting of turtle gear (inner loop) 14-D
setting of turtle gear (inner loop) 15- P setting of
rabbit gear (outer loop) 16-I setting of rabbit gear
(outer loop) 17-System value 18-Calibration
value7 19-Next page
2- 27 2-2 3-66
7
-2
3-1 - 1Fig. - 12
202 2023 202 3
e e e
maza maza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
20
F1
21
22 F2
23
F3
24
F4
F5
F6
25 26
7 7 7
2-2 2-2 2-2
3-1 20--1Previous page 21- D setting of rabbit gear
3 3 - 1
e 202 2 02(outer 2
loop) 22- P setting of turtle gear 02(outer
aza zae loop) 23- I setting of turtle gear (outer
zae
m ma ma loop) 24-
D setting of turtle gear (outer loop) 25- System
value 26- Calibration value
Fig. 3-67
3.3.4.17 Model setting page
The page should be set before the paver
has been off from the assembly line or the
F1
controller A1 has been replaced. The page is
1
forbidden to revise without authorization. The F2
2
information on the page must be in accordance 3 F3
with the actual assembly, otherwise the system 4 7

7 27
2-2 52-2 2-
F4
will not run normally.
02 3-1 -
023 6
1
02 3-1
F5
e2 e2 e2
m aza
Functions of keys:
m aza ma
za F6
• F1- Item shift: to shift items, and the

7
• F2- Shifting rightwards. 1- Paver model setting 2-Engine model setting
• F3- "+": to increase the number of the 3- Reducer model setting 4-Hydraulic travel motor
chosen item. model setting 5-Hydraulic travel pump model
• F4- "-": to decrease the number of the setting 6- Serial number setting 7-Next page
chosen item.
Fig. 3-68
• F5- Enter: to confirm the setting
• F6- Back: to the previous page.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-
zae2 zae2 za e2
ma ma ma
8 F1
9
F2
10
11 F3
F4
F5
F6
2-27 2 -27 2 -27

3-1 1
3- 8- Previous page - 1
023 setting
9-Tamper pump model
e 202 e 202 2
aza aza ze
10-Engine oil pressure sensor amodel setting
m m ma setting
11-Fuel level sensor model
Fig. 3-69
3.3.4.18 Working current calibration
On the page, you could set the MAX. and MIN.
currents (PWM values) of the working systems
F1
(conveyor, auger, tamper, vibrator). 1
2 F2
Functions of keys: 3 F3
• F1- Item shift: to shift items, and the 4
chosen item 5 F4
2 - 27 will be in red square. 2

2- 6
7 - 27
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 3-1
5
0 "+": to increase the number of the

• 2F3-
e chosen item. e2
0
e 202 F6
z a z a aza
ma • F4- "-": to decrease the number ma of the m 7
chosen item. 1- MIN. PWM setting of tamper

• F5- Enter: to confirm the setting 2- MAX. PWM setting of tamper
• F6- Back: to the previous page. 3- MIN. PWM setting of left auger FORWARD
4- MIN. PWM setting of left auger FORWARD
5- MIN. PWM setting of right auger FORWARD
6- MAX. PWM setting of right auger FORWARD
7- Next page
Fig. 3-70
2-27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
8 F1
9
F2
10
11 F3
12
13 F4
14 F5
F6
2- 27 2- 27 15
2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 2028- Previous page 02
9- MIN. PWM setting of2vibrator
e
maza m aza az a
10- MAX. PWM setting of vibrator
m
11- MIN. PWM setting of left auger REVERSE
12- MAX. PWM setting of left auger REVERSE
13- MIN. PWM setting of right auger REVERSE
14- MAX. PWM setting of right auger REVERSE
15- Next page
Fig. 3-71
16
7 172-27
F1
27
2-2 2-
3-1 3 1
-18 F2 -1
3
e 202 0 2
e 2 19 202
aza a z a zae F3
m m 20
ma
F4
F5
F6
16- Previous page

17- MIN. PWM setting of left conveyor FORWARD
18- MAX. PWM setting of left conveyor FORWARD
19- MIN. PWM setting of right conveyor FORWARD
20- MAX. PWM setting of right conveyor
2- 27 27 27
3-1 3- 1 -
2 FORWARD 12- 3-
02 02Fig. 02
za e2 zae 2 3-72
zae2
ma ma ma

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Hourmeter setting page e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.3.4.19
a za za
m m
On the page, you could set the working hours ma
of the paver.
F1
First, enter the password page to input the F2
password.
F3
Random generation code:
• F1- Reserved. F5
F6
• F3- "+": to increase the number of the
1 2 -27
chosen item.
1 2 -27 2- 27
• F4-3-"-": to decrease the number of the 3-
02 3-1
202 202
Fig. 3-73
e 2chosen item. e e
z a z a aza
ma • F5- Enter: to confirm the setting ma m
• F6- Back: to the previous page.
After the correct password has been input,

enter the houmeter setting page.
Functions of keys:
• F1- Item shift: to shift items, and the
F1
• F3- "+": to 7 increase the number of the
F2
chosen1 2 - 2
item. 1 2 -27 2- 27
-
023 "-": to decrease the number of the 023
- 3-1F3
• 2F4- 2 202
zae chosen item. zae aza
e F4
ma • F5- Enter: to confirm the setting ma m F5
• F6- Back to the previous page. F6
1 2
WARNING
Only the advanced user could set the
hourmeter. Fig. 3-74
2-27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
az a
3.3.4.20 GPS status indication
az a aza
m
On the page, you could check the GPS m
status m
and the location information. F1
Status: F2
First, enter the password page to input the
F3
password.
F4
Notice:
Functions of keys:
F5
• F6- Back to the previous page.
LONG: LAT: F6
2-27 Fig.12 -
3-75
27 2-27
2 3-1 02 3- 3-1
3.3.4.21
e 20Reserved page e2 e 202
a
This
a
z is a reserved page. aza aza
m m m
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- 3-76
Fig. 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
az a
3.3.4.22 Historical fault check page aza aza
m m
First, enter the password page to input the m
password.
F1
Functions of keys:
F2
• F1- Reserved.
• F3- "+": to increase the number of the F4

chosen item.
• F4- "-": to decrease the number of the F5
chosen item. F6
7
• F5- Enter: 2to-2confirm the setting -27 27
1 2 2-
-
23 to the previous page.
• F6- Back 3-1 3-1
e 20 e 202Fig. 3-77 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
After the correct password has been input,
enter the historical fault check page.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Layout of electric control cabinete 202 e2
02
z a
3.3.5 z a za
ma ma ma
1 2 3
12
13
6
77
2-2 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 8
e 202 e 202
m aza 9
m aza m aza
14
10
11
15
16
4 5
7 -27 -27
2-2 12 A1 4-GND 5-Central control box 3-12
2 3-11-Leveling relay K92-Time relay KT 3-Controller
02 3 -
e 206-9-pin connector XP6(to power harness) 27-31-pin
e 202
connector XP5(to control console harness)
e
a
z 8-31-pin connector XP4(to rear frame harness)
z a a
z harness)
ma ma 9-31-pin connector XP3(to middle aframe
m
10-31-pin connector XP2(to right frame harness) 11-31-pin connector XP1(to left frame harness)
12-18-pin heavy-load connector 4X2(to right control box) 13-18-pin heavy-load connector 4X1(to left
control box) 14-10-pin heavy-load connector4X3(telescopic solenoid coil)
15-Engine emergency stop switch 16-Engine emergency stop film
Fig. 3-78
Note:
The actual structure of electric control
cabinet may be different from the illustrated
7 27 27
2-2 to the physical one.
one and subject 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
3.3.6
z a Fuses in electric control cabinet z a aza
ma ma m
Table 3-1 Capacity and Description of Circuit Fuse
Sign Capacity and Description Sign Capacity and Description

FU11 Start motor (5 A) FU36 Side work light (10 A)
FU12 Shutdown electromagnet (30A) FU37 Maintenance receptacle (10 A)
FU13 Start key (10 A) FU38 Beacon light (optional) (5 A)
FU21 Emergency stop switch (5 A) FU39 Backup (5 A)
FU22 Controller A1 power (10 A) FU50 Output power of controller A1 Port A (20 A)
FU23 2-27 Backup (10 A) FU512-2
7
Output power of controller A1 Port B (20 A)2-2
7
FU2402 3-1 Electric heating control power (5 A) 23-1 Left screed panel power (10 A)02 3-1
e2 e 20FU52 e2
a z a
FU25 Sensor detect power (5 A) aza FU53 a A)
az(10
Right screed panel power
m FU34 Front work light (10 A)
m FU54
m
Control console power (10 A)
FU35 Rear work light (10 A)
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Screed panel e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.3.7 za za
m ma ma
CAUTION 1 2
Carefully move the screed panel and
protect the receptacle for the external
cables. Otherwise, it will influence the use
of the screed panel. If the receptacle is
not is in use, the receptacle cover must
be screwed to protect the receptacle from P-
F EED
I
O
S T
NG
water in case of electric faults.
2-27 2-27 停
2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
止供料
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza SCREED EXTEND & RETRACT LEVELLING
m aza
HORN
AUGER CONVEYOR
MANUAL
2-27 2 -27 - 27
3-1 3- 1 3 4 5 6 273-12
e 202 e 202 20
aza aza zae light
1-Emergency stop button a2-Alarm
m m 3- Screed extend/retract m
switch 4-Auger
control switch 5-Levelling switch 6-Conveyor
manual switch 7-Horn button
Fig. 3-79
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
3.4zaHydraulic System aza aza
ma m m
The hydraulic system mainly consists of travel,
conveyor & auger, tamping & generation,
auxiliary hydraulic systems. The operations
of all actuators are implemented by these
systems. The layout of systematic hydraulic
pump group is shown in Fig. 3-80.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-11 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1-Right travel conveyor generation group 2-Auger auxiliary pump 3-Left travel tamping generation pump
Fig. 3-80
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Travel system e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.4.1 za za
m ma ma
3.4.1.1 Components
The travel system contains two independent

closed type systems, which respectively consist 1 2 3
of two electro proportional variable plunger
pumps and two pump proportional variable
plunger motors. Each motor is connected with
the travel reducer, and the reducer is equipped
with a wet, multi-disc brake for the parking
brake of the27machine. Through these travel
1 2 - 1 2 -27 2-27
components,
2 3- the paver can smoothly travel 3- 3-1
2 0
forwards
e 202
or reversely, steer and brake. eSee e 202
z a z a aza
ma Fig.3-81 and Fig.3-82. ma m
1,2-Tamper & generation pump
3-Right travel pump
Fig. 3-81
1 2 3
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1-Conveyor & generation pump 2-Conveyor pump

3-Left travel pump
Fig. 3-82
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Introduction of valve body
3.4.1.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
To ensure the normal working of the closed
type circuit, the system integrates high
pressure overflow valve, pressure cut-o f vavle,
recharging overflow valve and so on. Main
functions of various valves are introduced as
follows:
1. High pressure overflow valve: It limits the

maximum working pressure of the pump. The
ex factory setting27is 38 MPa. 27 27
2- 2- 2-
23-1 23-1 3-1
e2
0 cut-off valve: the pressure of the 20
2. Pressure 202
z a
a is set as 35MPa. When the working zae aza
e
valve
m ma m
pressure of pump reaches this value, the valve
can reset the pump output. In this way, the
pump will not generate heat in high pressure
overflow state longtime because of pressure
3. Electro proportional reducing valve: through

proportional adjustment of input current,
proportional reducing valve correspondingly
adjusts opening area of variable pilot control
valve to control swash plate swinging angle of
7 27 27
2-2 delivery corresponding flow.
control pump and 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
4. Oil-filling
aza
overflow valve: two travel pumps
m m aza
share an external gear pump as oil-filing pump
to recharge oil liquid in closed type system
caused by flushing and leaking. Meanwhile
they control oil source for variable pumps and
motors. Oil-filling overflow valve is integrated
in plunger pump, and its pressure setting is
2.4MPa.
5. Oil-filling pressure filter valve: it is used to

ensure the cleanliness of hydraulic oil in the
1 2 - 7
oil-fi ling pump. 2Therefore, the system can be
1 2 -27 2-27
2 -
protected 3against the malfunction caused by
23- 3-1
polluted 2 0
e oil. e 2 0
e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Vibration system (option) e 202 e2
02
z a
3.4.2 z a za
ma ma ma
The vibration system mainly consists of a gear
pump, a set of load sensitive multiple valve and
a gear motor. Front drive dual gear pump is
mounted on the shaft of the right travel pump.
Gear pump can provide the vibration system

with pressure oil source.
The load sensitive multiple valve is mounted
1 2 -27 of rear wall plate, and controls 12-27

on the left side
2-27
the flow
23-to the vibration motor, which make2its 23- 3-1
2 0
vibration 0
frequency adjusted infini ely to adapt 202
ae
zdifferent ae aza
e
m a paving thickness and speed.maz m
Two of vibration motors are mounted on the
vibration shaft of basic screed and rotates
along the same shaft. The other two motors
are mounted on the vibration shaft of left
and right hydraulic screeds respectively.
Left vibration motor on the basic screed and
vibration motor on the vibration shaft of the left
hydraulic screed are connected in tandem, and
so are right vibration
7 motor on the basic screed
1 2
and vibration- 2 motor on the vibration shaft of 1 2 -27 2-27
23- hydraulic screed. Two motor groups 023
- 3-1
the20right 2 202
ae the left and right sides are connected
zon zae in aza
e
ma parallel. Throught their tandem and maparallel m
connections, synchronizing vibration of three
sections of hydraulic screed can be achieved.
3.4.3 Non-vibration system
Compared to the vibration system, the vibration

gear pump, the vibration governor valve group
and vibration motor and their accessories are
not equipped.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zaeAuxiliary system
3.4.4
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The auxiliary system consists of gear pump,
filte , auxiliary valve group, parking brake vavle
group, leveling valve group, towed arm hopper
valve group, telescopic valve group. Mechnical
actuators include reducer brake, hopper
cylinder, leveling cylinder, towed arm cylinder
and telescopic cylinder.
Auxiliary steering gear pump is mounted on the

27 pump.
shaft of the left -travel
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
Parking 0
e 2 brake valve group is used to controle2
0
e 202
z a
a and brake relief movements ofmatwo z a aza
brake
m m
reducers.
Two hopper cylinders are mounted at right

and left sides to control opening and closing
of hoppers. Two hoppers can be opened or
closed simultaneously. If the paver is to be
stored for a long time, close hoppers and lock
them with pins.
Each side has a leveling

7 cylinder, which is used
to adjust the 2 - 2 2-27 2-27
1screed elevation and implement 3-1 3-1
23-
leveling20movement. 202 202
e e e
m aza
Tw o towed arm cylinders are use md t o aza m aza
implement lifting/falling and loading/unloading
movements. They are in a floating state during
paving.
Two telescopic cylinders are used to implement

extension and retraction of screed.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Auger system e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.4.5 za za
m ma ma
The auger system contains a load sensitive
variable pump JRL045, filte , quadruple electro 1 2
proportional load sensitive multiple valve, two
conveyor motors and two auger motors. Auger
pump is mounted on the upper transfer case.
The model of auger and conveyor motors

are both OMT315. Two conveyor motors
are connected with conveyor sprocket, and
27
two auger2-motors are connected with auger 2 -27 2-27
- 1 - 1 3-1
023
sprocket.
2 023 2 02
e e e2
1-Auxiliary pump 2-Augerapump
m aza aza ma
z
The load sensitive variable pumpmJRL045
Fig. 3-83
provides with pressure oil source, and
controls flow of all auger and conveyor motors
infinitely by the quadruple electro proportional
load sensitive multiple valve, and thus
controls speeds of conveyor charging and
auger distribution to obtain required paving
speeds under different working conditions.
Coordination is implemented through
electrical program control and the operation
is convenient.
1 2 -27 The load sensitive hydraulic 12-27 2-27
system3-can make the pump output pressure 3-
2 3-1
ande 20flow 202
adapt load need automatically, which
e e 202
z a z a aza
ma can greatly enhance the energy saving ma effect m
of hydraulic system.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zaeTamper system
3.4.6
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The tamper system comprises a duplex gear
pump, a set of tamper multiple valve and four
gear motors.
The gear pump is mounted at the shaft of

auger pump at the upper transfer case.
Gear pump provides the tamper system with
pressure oll source.
The load sensitive

1 2 -27 multiple valve controls 1 2 -27 2-27
2 -
flow to the3tamper motor, and thus adjust the
23- 3-1
tampering2 0 frequency infinitely to adapt differente 2 0 202
a zae thickness and speed. za aza
e
paving
m ma m
Two of tamper motors are mounted on the
tamper shaft of basic screed and rotates
along the same shaft. The other two motors
are mounted on the tamper shaft of the left
and right hydraulic screeds respectively. Left
tamper motor on basic screed and tamper
motor on the tamper shaft of the left hydraulic
screed are connected in tandem, and so are
the right tamper 7motor on the basic screed
and the tamper 1 2 -2motor on the tamper shaft of 1 2 -27 2-27
23- screed. Two tamper groups 202
3- 3-1
the right
2 0hydraulic 202
ae left and right sides are connectedazaine
onazthe aza
e
m m
parallel. Throught their tandem and parallel
m
connections, synchronizing tamping of three
sections of hydraulic screed can be achieved.
3.4.7 Generation system
The generation system comprises gear

pump, multiple valve, generation valve group,
generation motor.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
The gear2 pump directly connects with the 2 3-1 3-1
engine
0
e 2power port. The generation valve group e2
0
e 202
a z a a z a aza
m
controls the generation motor to work. m m

7
2
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Non-generation system e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.4.8 za za
m ma ma
Compared to the generation system, the
generation valve group and the generation
motor and their accessories are not equipped.
The port of multiple valve to the generation port
is blocked.
3.4.9 Other accessories

27 27 27
12- parts, other accessories include 3-12-
Besides-above
3 3-1
2-
e 202 oil tank, fil er, liquid lever gauge,
hydraulic
e
02
2air e 202
a
azfilter and radiato . az a aza
m m m
Hydraulic oil tank is mounted at the rear of
paver. On top of the oil tank are return suction
filte , oil return filter and air filte . Transceivers
for return suction filter and oil return filter are
electrically controlled. When contaminants in
the filter come to its maximum capacity, the
control sysem will send a warning signal to
prompt that the filter should be replaced. All oil
from pumps and motors runs through steel pipe
27 tank. All oil from the auger 2-27
into the oil2-return 2-27
2 3 - auxiliary system, generation system,23-1
1 3-1
202
system,
0 0
a e2 a e2 e
aza
ztamping system flows into the return suction
z
ma filter through the radiator, and then ismtakena by m
two charging pumps of travel pump and the
duplex gear pump. Redundant oil directly runs
into the oil tank, which ensures cleanliness of
oil liquid for the closed system.
Located on the left side of the hydraulic oil

tank, the level gauge is used to indicate current
quantity temperature of oil. The oil level should
be above half of scale, and the oil temperature
should be less
1 2 -27 80 ℃ . If the temperature is too 12-27 2-27
23-
high, check it and find the reason to avoid 3-
02 3-1
2 0
potential
e fault of the hydraulic system. e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 202 202
3 a. z5a Accessories and Other azae aza
e
m
Equipments
m m
3.5.1 Travel system
The travel units consist of bogie frame, drive

wheel, leading wheel, bearing wheel, track
chains, tension units and so on. The travel
units are used to bear the weight of the frame
and protect travel mechanism of the paver, and
meanwhile play a role in buffering the impact
and shock from 7 ground. The structure of
-2the 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
3- is shown in Fig. 3-84
the travel units 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
8 9 10
1-Front clearing batching device 2-Leading wheel 3-Tensioning Equipment
4-Front bearing27wheel 5-Carter crawler shoe 277-Bogie frame 8-Rear bearing wheel
6-Mandrel 27
2- 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 202sprocket wheel
9-Reducer 10-Drive
e e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-84

2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Bogie frame e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.1.1 za za
m ma ma
The bogie frame plays a role in bearing the
weight of the machine and distributing it on
ground evenly, and keeps machine running
stably. Drive sprocket is mounted on the bogie
frame, with which leading wheel, carrier roller
drive, bearing wheel, track sprocket, track plate
make up the travel system. The bogie frame
is welded by alloy steel. With the box beam
structure, it is of high strength to meet the
2 -27
working requirements of the paver.
2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az3.5.1.2 Drive sprocket aza aza
m m m
The drive chain wheel is made of alloy steel
through high frequency quenching, The drive
chain wheel is mounted at the rear side of
bogie frame. It is used to receive drive moment
of motor reducer and drive the track to rotate
and produce traction force.
3.5.1.3 Track roller

2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
2 3-1 3-1
202 202
The0bearing wheels are mounted at bogie
e 2 e e
z a
frame ( 10 for each side ). They bear thez a
weight
aza
ma of the paver and aviod transverse derailment
ma m
of the track. The bearing wheel mainly consists
of bearing wheel shaft, bearing wheel cover,
floating oil seal, shaft sleeve, shaft bushing,
bearing wheel hub. The bearing wheel will be
subject to a great axial force when the machine
is steering and running on a cross slope.
Bearing wheels are provided with oil holes to
facilitate the lubrication of the surfaces of shaft
bushing and bearing wheel shaft. Floating oil
seals on two
1 2 -27ends of shaft sleeve are used to 12-27 2-27
prevent3-the leakage of interior lubricant and the 3-
02 of exterior mud, sand and water. 202 3-1
e2
ingression e e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza
4 3 1
2
6
7
8 5
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza
1-Bearing wheel hub 2-Bearing 3-Plug 4-Bogie wheel axle 5-Floating oil seal 6-Floating oil seal
7-O-ring 8-Outer cover of Supporting Wheel
Fig. 3-85
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Leading wheel e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.1.4 za za
m ma ma
The leading wheel is mounted at the front end
of the bogie frame, and on the leading wheel
shaft through connection plate of guide wheel
and shaft sleeve bearin. It is mainly used to
lead the chain track link and the track. The
leading wheel mainly consists of pin, guide
wheel shaft, 0-ring, connection plate of guide
wheel, floating sealing ring, shaft sleeve, and
roller .
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 4 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
maza m aza 5m aza
6
7
8
1-pin 2-Guide wheel axle 3-O-ring 4-Guide wheel connecting plate 5-Float seal ring 6-Shaft
Sleeve 7-O-ring 8-Roller
2-27 2-27 2-27
23-1 3-1 3-1
Fig.203-86
e e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Track assembly
3.5.1.5
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The tracks are used to bear the weight of the
paver and ensure its adhesion performance
to provide the paver with sufficient drive force.
Chain track has 52 links and is of sealed type
and lubricating free. The 320mm rubber track
plate is of high reliability and wear resistance
and is adopted.
3.5.1.6 Track tension units
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

The tension
23- units are mounted on the bogie 2023- 3-1
2 0
framee and located between drive wheel ande e 202
aza wheel. They are used to:
guide
m ma
za 3 2 1
m aza
1. Ensure the proper tension of tracks and

reduce the shock during traveling and the 4 5 6 7 8
shedding during winding.
2. Absorb the impact on guide wheel during

11 10 9
traveling.
The structure of the track tension units is 1-Pressure-measuring Connector 2-Pipe

shown in Fig.3-89. One end of the cylinder
-27 the bearer of guide wheel, -27 6-Pipe connector 7-Pipe connector12-27
connector 3-Accumulator 4-Pipe connector
is connected 1 2
with 1 2
5-hose
and the
3- end is connected with the 023-8-Tension Oil Cylinder 9-Crawler tension
02other 023
-
e 2 2 2
aza
accumulator zae
through pipe joint to make athe aza
e
valve group 10-Pressure-measuring
m
cylinder body full of hydraulic oil.
m m
Connector 11-Pipe connector
Fig. 3-87
The track tension cylinder is mounted in the
interior bogie frame at left and right sides,
and the cylinder body is fixed in bogie frame,
and the cylinder base is connected with the
accumulator through a hydraulic hose. Before
delivery, charge hydraulic oil into tension
cylinder to form a certain tension, and make
plunger piston and front push rod forward to
-27 making the track stay
leg up guide 2wheel,
1 1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 Hydraulic oil sealed between the 2023
- 3-1
202
tensioning.
e 2
aza and the accumulator depends on
cylinder zae
athe aza
e
m m
accumulator to absorb impact and maintain m
pressure, forming hydraulic spring to stay the
track tensioning.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Conveyor system e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.2 za za
m ma ma
3.5.2.1 Functions
The conveyor system, as feeder mechanism

of the paver, is located under the front hopper
and mounted between two side plates of the
frame, and environs the H-beam of the frame
and channel plate. There are left and right
conveyors controlling the feeding at two sides.
Left and right conveyors are driven by hydraulic
1 2 -27
motor respectively. They are under and full
1 2 -27 2-27
23- control by material bat and SYMC
automatic
23- 3-1
2
micro0 2 0 202
a ae computer controller to keep theazheight
zof ae aza
e
m stockpile before screed and resistance
m m
constant and ensure the paving quality.
4 5 6
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza 1 2
m aza 3
m aza 7 8
1-Guide units 2-Conveyor chain 3-Drive shaft units 4-Conveyor drive chain 5-Conveyor
motor mounting seat 6-Small drive sprocket 7-Ratio material level sensor 8-Conveyor motor
Fig. 3-88
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Structure and components
3.5.2.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The conveyor system is a kind of chain drive
units with several plates. The conveyors are
synchronously driven by two chains and convey
the mixed material in hopper backwards into
the material tank in the middle of auger with
the rotation of chains. The conveyor consists
of guide units, conveyor chains, drive units,
conveyor protection assembly. The special
surface of conveyor and chains greatly
prolongs service
1 2 -27 life of conveyor system, 1 2 -27 2-27
adapts the
23-system to various bad working 2023- 3-1
2
conditions,0 and makes the maintenance ande 202
a z ae za aza
e
replacement convenient.
m ma m
3.5.2.3 Guide units
The guide units are located at the front end

of conveyor system and mounted between
the side plates of the frame. The guide units
consist of shaft, shaft sleeve, guide wheel,
retainer ring, bearing,
2 - 27 lock banking stop. Shaft 2 -27 2-27
sleeve, guide- 1 wheel, retainer ring, bearing, - 1 3-1
023 ring are mounted on the shaft, 2023
shaft sleeve,
2 202
e e e
azabolts leg up thrust shaft to serve a tension
and
m m aza m aza
function. The main function of guide units are
to guide, bear and tighten conveyor chains.
When it is necessary to tighten or loosen

conveyor chains, first remove the lock banking
stop. When tension bolt is screwed in counter
clockwise direction, conveyor chains will
be tightened; when in clockwise direction,
conveyor chains will be loosened. Before the
paving, make sure to check whether conveyor
-27 or not. The proper tension
chains are tightened
1 2 1 2 -27 2-27
-
023lowest point of the sagging chain 2023
- 3-1
202
is that the
e 2 e e
aza be 25mm lower than the wall platembase
should
m aza m aza
at two sides of the frame. If not, chains should
be tightened and loosened.

2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1-Shaft 2-Shaft sleeve 3-Guide wheel 4-Ring 5-Bearing 6-Shaft sleeve

7-Ring 8-Tension bolt 9-Lock banking stop
Fig. 3-89
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Conveyor chains
3.5.2.4
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The conveyor chains are located between
guide unit and drive unit, and consist of chains
(live knots included), conveyor assembly and
elastic lock pin. It is mainly used to convey
material.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig. 3-90
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Drive units e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.2.5 za za
m ma ma
The drive units are located inside the backwall
plate of the frame, and throughout installed on
the both side plates with a set each side. The
structure of the drive units are shown in
Fig.3-91. They are made of drive sprocket,
bearing seat, bearing, seal, drive shaft,
sprocket. The drive units mainly function to
drive and bear conveyor chains. The seals
are provided on both sides of left, right
1 2 -27
and intermediate bearing seats to prevent
1 2 -27 2-27
leakage
23- of interior lubricant and ingression20of
23- 3-1
e 2 0
exterior mixture and water. e e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1 2 3 4
1- Sprocket 2- Drive shaft 3- Sprocket 4- Drive sprocket
Fig. 3-91
3.5.2.6 Tension of conveyor chains
Before paving, make sure to check the tension

7
-2chains. 27 27
of conveyor
1 2 The proper tension is that 12- 2-
23- point of sagging chains should 2be 023
- 3-1
the20
lowest 202
ae
z25mm lower than the bottom surfacesazof aewall aza
e
ma plates. If not, chains should be tightened
m or m
loosened.

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
When
az a tightening or loosening chains, a
first
z aza
m ma
unscrew the bolts on the front cross beam, m
remove the lock plate, then adjust tension bolts
to tighten or loosen chains to obtain the proper
tension.
If conveyor chains and drive sprocket are

badly worn, replace them in time. Due to wear,
replace the chain and sprocket wheel at the
same time, to avoid pitch errors of the chain
and sprocket wheel.
2-27 2-27 2-27

23-1 3-1 3-1
0
e 2Tension of conveyor drive chains
3.5.2.7 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
After the paver has worked for about a period (
generally 200h), check the tension of conveyor
drive chains. When checking the tension, press
the middle of loose side of conveyor drive
chains. The deflection shall be 5mm~10mm. If
not, chains should be tightened or loosened. 3
When tightening or loosening chains, first

unscrew 4 connecting bolts between sprocket
frame and transition plate assembly, and then 1
- 7
2bolt - 27 -27
adjust adjusting
1 2 3 up for tightening bolts 1 2 2 1 2
or down 3- loosening bolts, and tighten 4 023-
02for 023
-
2
e bolts after reaching proper tension.zaIfe 2 2
aza
mounting a ae
azchain
m m
drive chains and drive sprocket are badly worn, 1-Sprocket support m
2-Drive
3-Adjustment bolt
change them in time. Due to the wear, replace
sprocket and chains at the same time, to avoid Fig. 3-92
pitch errors of the sprocket.
3.5.2.8 Lubrication of conveyor
Lubricate the guide wheel of conveyor chain

manually every week. Other parts of conveyor
are lubricated2-by27 the centralized lubrication 2 -27 2-27
- 1 - 1 3-1
2 023 the conveyor is working, the 2023
system. When
202
e
centralized lubrication system begins to
zae e
m aza ma
automatically lubricate left and right conveyors. m aza
The lubricant grease directly enters into the
inner bearing to make the effect of lubrication
good and reliable. When the conveyor
2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 20is2 e2
02
az a
stops, the centralized a
lubrication system
z za
m automatically shutoff. ma grease
Lithium-based ma
is used for lubrication.
3.5.3 Auger system
3.5.3.1 Basic auger
The auger system has two independent drive

units, which could be controlled manually
1 2 -27
and automatically; the auger box is driven
1 2 -27 2-27
-
by the3hydraulic
02
motor through reducer and 3- 3-1
e 2
sprockets and chains driven. It can rotate
e 202 e 202
z a z a aza
ma forward and reverse. Auger box should mabe fi led m
with a certain amount of grease to ensure the
lubrication of chain.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1- Hanger 2-Lifting plate weldment 3-Adjustment group 4-Auger box

5-Blade 6-Auger shaft 7-Scale
Fig. 3-93
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae 6m auger extension
3.5.3.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
See Fig.3-94 for the structure of 6m
auger extension.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1-left striker plate 2-shaft assembly 450 (left ) 3-shaft assembly1055(left ) 4-left striker plate
1100 5-shaft assembly1055(right)
6-right striker plate 1100 7-shaft assembly 450 (right) 8-right striker plate 500
2-27 2-27 2-27

Fig. 3-94
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2
z3.5.3.3 Height adjustment zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
The height of the auger system can be
adjusted by the adjustment mechanism (1. 1
Shaking the mechanism slightly can set the
auger at an adaptable position of optimal
thickness.
NOTICE
Please keep the mounting hole in the mounting
7 auger box align the bolt hole
-2the -27 27
seat plate2of
1 1 2 2-
3-
in the2adjusting plate. Keep equal lifting within 23- 3-1
2 0
e whole width. Take the normal (original)
the e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma position as the benchmark and make ma sure Fig. 3-95 m
the hanger outside has the same lifting gear
(numbers of bolts) with the machine box
to ensure coaxiality and avoid the serious
wear of auger shaft and outer bearing. After
adjustment, screw bolts.
3.5.3.4 Tension of drive chains

7 7 27
Drive chains1 2-2 work in the conveyor box, and -12-2 2-
3 -
after02operation for a certain time chains need023 1 2 3 02 3-1
2 2 e2
ae be tightened. To achieve this, it onlyazneeds
zto ae z a
ma to unscrew the locking bolt (3) on m the motor m a
mounting seat (2) (shown in Fig.3-96)and
adjust chains and adjustment bolt (1) to move
overall drive mechanism up, and then tighten
these nuts. If after working for a long time and
requirements for tension are not met, replace
the chains.
1-Bolt 2-Motor mounting seat

3-Locking bolt
2-27 2 -273-96 2-27
3-1 3- 1Fig.
3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
3.5.4
z a Centralized lubrication system z a aza
ma ma m
Conveyor system and auger system of the
paver adopt the centralized lubrication way.
When the conveyors system start working, the
centralized lubrication system will automatically
work; when they stop working, centralized
lubrication system will stop automatically.
The oil is supplied by the lubrication pump
concentratedly. The lubrication system can
ensure the lubrication reliability and high
27
efficiency. The2-lubrication system is shown in 2- 27 2-27
Fig.3-97. 23 - 1 3-1 3-1
e 20 e 202 e 202
m aza m
Lithium-based grease is used for lubrication.
aza m aza
12 11
3
4
5
6
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
73-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza 8
m aza m aza
10
1-Manual lubrication pump 2-Bolt 3-Distributor 4-Steel pipe 5-Adapter 6-Hose 7-Detachable
27 8-Right angle joint 9-Adapter 10-3-2Hose
-joint
2
7 fitting 11-Adapter
2 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
Fig. 3-97
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
2 3-1 3-1 3-
e 20centralized e 20of2 e2
02
z a
The lubrication system a
consists
az za
ma lubrication pump, distributor, safetymvalve, oil ma
filte , joint and variable oil pipes. Specific parts
and their quantities are shown in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2 Specification and Configuration of Parts of Centralized lubrication System
No. Model Name Amount Notes
1 SB-M2/1.5 Manual lubrication pump 1
2 -27 2-27 2-27

2
02 3-1 M8×20GB5783 Bolt 3-1 2 3-1
e 23 8JPQ-M 202
Distributor
e 1 e 202
m aza 4 φ6×1/20
a
az pipe
mSteel 4 m aza
5 G6GB3745.1 Adapter 1
6 PUZ-925 Hose 5
7 KCJ-8 Detachable joint 8
8 M10×1 04012000306 Right angle joint 8
9 G6GB3737.1 Adapter 4
10
1 2 -27 3 hose fitting
12-
27 1
2-27
02
11 3- G06GB3749.1 Adapter23- 5 3-1
e2 e2
0
e 202
m aza ma
z a
m aza
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zaeCleaning system
3.5.5
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The paver shall be cleaned after working every
day. In particular, the moving parts directly
contacting with the paving materials, such as
conveyor, auger, vibration device and hopper,
shall be cleaned well. Otherwise this will result
in abnormal work next day, or even mechanical
mulfunctions. Therefore, the cleaning units are
indispensable.The cleaning system consists of
cleaning pump, sprinkling system, diesel filte ,
pipe assembly.
1 2 -27For thorough cleaning, the 2-27 2-27
- in motion.
paver shall3be 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 1 e 2022
maza m aza maza
1-Injector 2-Diesel oil sprayer
Fig. 3-98
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Towed arm e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.6 za za
m ma ma
The towed arm with a simple structure is
convenient to assemble and connect. Front
towed arm and rear arm are connected and
fastened through eight M20×60 high strength
bolts. The arm is connected with the tractor
in a floating manner by the lift cylinder and
leveling cylinder through the connecting shaft
and joint bearing. Two rollers limit the front and
rear positions of the towed arm.The screed is
articulated -with
2 27 the rear arm through the axis 2-27 2-27
pin. The
2 3 - thickness indicator is installed outside23-1
1 3-1
e2
0 cylinder to indicate the thickness
leveling e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma change conveniently . ma m
Main functions: The tractor and the screed are
connected by the arm. The left and right arms
are articulated at the middle of frame and the
whole screed is suspended at the rear of frame
by the lifting cylinder. The control cylinder of
automatic leveling device is installed at the
articulation point of arm and frame. The whole
mechanism is a set of suspending device.
During working,
2 - 27 the screed keeps floating on 2-27 2-27
the paving
2 3 -1 layer. The operating elevation of the23-1 3-1
screed0 can be changed by the swing of front
e 2 of arm to achieve leveling. e2
0
e 202
a z a
end a z a aza
m m m
3.5.6.1 Front towed arm
The front towed arm is composed of left and

right towed arms, leveling cylinder, lifting
cylinder and leveling sensor.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza maza
2 3 4
1 5
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
m1-Leveling cylinder m aza m aza
2-Leveling scale 3-Front towed arm 4-Lifting cylinder 5-Leveling sensor
Fig. 3-99
3.5.6.2 SE370 rear towed arm
7
The SE370 rear-2towed arm is composed of left -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
23- towed arms. It is used to connect 2023-
and right rear 3-1
the SE3702 0 screed assembly and the fronte 202
a z ae za aza
e
towed arm.
m ma m
1 2
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 0 2
e 2 2-Left rear towed arm
1-Right rear towed arm e 202
m aza m aza maza
Fig. 3-100

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Hopper e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.7 za za
m ma ma
The hopper (also called receiving hopper is
located at the front of the paver. It is used to
receive and store the discharging material from
trucks. The hopper is welded by high strength
quality steel plate. The maximum capacity is up
to 5 m3. The structure of the hopper is shown
in Fig.3-101.
There are limit stops before and behind the

hopper. After
1 2 -27the hopper is opened, the front 12-27 2-27
23- is supported against the unloading
limit stop
23- 3-1
2
rack 0 2 0 202
a ae of frame, and the rear part is supported
zagainst zae aza
e
m the bottom support bracket mofahopper m
on the front wall plate of frame. Therefore, the
hopper can be supported well without distortion
in case of large capacity or huge pressure..
1 2 3 4
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5 678 9
1-Right hopper 2-Left hopper 3-Rubber hose 4-Steel plate 5-Long pin shaft 6-Handle
7-Elastic pin 8-Pin shaft 9-Hopper cylinder
Fig. 3-101
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zaeFrame
3.5.8
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The frame is the main part to support and
protect functional parts of the paver. It consists
of power and hydraulic systems, conveyor, left
and right travel mechanisms (outside, canopy
(top, control console, towed arm (rear and
auger. The frame is the housing of the paver
and consists of several structural parts.The
frame structure of the paver is shown in
Fig. 3-102.
2-27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
1
e 202 e 202 e 202

aza aza
4
m m m aza 5
2 3
2-27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza aza
m 3-Indicative rod 4-frame 5-ladder
1-Push rolling 2-cover plate m aza
Fig. 3-102
2-27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Control system e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.9 za za
m ma ma
The control system consists of console and
screed panel. Any references about detailed
introductions of panels are given in section
3.3.3 "Control panel" on page 3-7. Only
their structures, mounting methods and notices
are introduced herein.
3.5.9.1 Structure and installation of console
See Fig.3-103
1 2 -27 for the structure and installation 12-27 2- 27
2 -
of the 3console. The panel is supported by
23- 3-1
two 2 0 2 0 202
a ae sliding rods and an adjuster, and aiszae
zlocked aza
e
m by the pin (6). The adjustermcan m
slide leftwards or rightwards. The control
system consists of control console,
adjustor and panel. The panel can be
tilting backwards by adjusting the adjustor
according to the requriement of operators.
The steering wheel connects with the steer.
Pipelines and wires of the steer connect
with the hydraulic oil tank, diesel engine
and other electircal elements.
2-27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza 1 2 3
m aza 4 5m aza 6
2-27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza aza
1-Supporting seat, left
m 2-Slide Rod 3-Operation Console Galaxy
m aza
4-Right bearer 5-Cross pin 6-Control console cover
Fig. 3-103

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
az a
3.5.9.2 Structure and Installation of screed
z a aza
m
panel ma m
See Fig.3-104 for the structure and installation

of screed panels. The left and right screed
panels are respectively suspended at the both
1 2
ends of the screed. The screed panels are
equipped with shock pads since the vibration
of screed is considerable.
• The indicator (2) for screed extension/
retraction is used to indicate extension/
7
retraction2-of2 the hydraulic screed, and -27 27
2 2-
F EED
P-
- 1 - 1 3-1
I
O
023 after the emergency stop button 2023
S T
NG
flashes
2 202
ae been pressed.
zhas zae
停
aza
e
ma ma
止供料
m
• Press the emergency stop button (1) to
stop feeding material in case of emergency SCREED EXTEND & RETRACT LEVELLING HORN
situation. Only when the emergency has

been eliminated, can the button be rotated
clockwise to release.
AUGER CONVEYOR
MANUAL
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza 3 4 5 6m 7 aza
1-Emergency stop button 2-Alarm light

3- Screed extend/retract switch 4-Auger
Fig. 3-104
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza maza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Seat rail e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.5.10 za za
m ma ma
The seat rail is installed over the floor of the
cab. It consists of the pedal, seat, left and right
rails, left and right seat brackets. See the seat
rail in Fig.3-105.
For the paver, a good vision and comfortable

working conditions shall be provided to
facilitate observation of operating conditions of
distributing trough, hopper and leveling device
1 2 -27
from the operation position. Therefore, two
1 2 -27 2-27
seats 3 - designed. For easy operation, the23-
are
02 consoles can slide to the left and right 3-1
2
control
e e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma to enable the operator to get the optimal
ma vision. m
The seat rail can rotate limberly. It is also
provided with a locking device. When the paver
is in transit or in operation, the seat rail can be
locked. Drive’s seat has many functions such
as fore-and-aft adjustment, backrest elevation
adjustment, stiffness adjustment, cushioning
lock. When the seat is rotated outside the
frame, the operator could stand on pedals
and handles could efficiently bear certain
overturning moment to ensure the safety and
27 operation.
2-the 27 27
reliability1of
3- 12-
3- 3-1
2-
02 02 202
e2 e2 e
m aza 2 3
m aza 4
m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 1 5 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1-Left seat support 2-Left rail 3-Seat 4-Right rail 5-Right seat support
Fig. 3-105
2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Canopy
3.5.11
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
For the paver, good vision and comfortable
working conditions shall be provided to
facilitate observation of operating conditions of
tank, hopper and leveling device.The paver has
no special cab but is mounted with the canopy.
The basic structure of the canopy is shown
in Fig.3-106. The canopy has the functions
to prevent fallouts and shade the sun, and it
consists of main canopy of glass steel and side
canopy which could
1 2 -27 extent to two sides. During 1 2 -27 2-27
2 -
shipment, 3canopy could rotate to the position
23- 3-1
marked 2 0 2 0 202
a z ae with dotted line to lower the heightazatoe aza
e
transport conveniently.
m m m
1 2
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1-Support group 2-Canopy group
Fig. 3-106
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e
02
2as e2
02
az a
Canopy lift operation procedures are
z a za
m follows: ma ma
1. Prior to canopy lift operation, pull out the

locating pins in the rear support.
2. Rotate the air spring and remove the

locating pin. Hold the upper canopy with your
hands and lay dow the canopy slowly close
to the limiting position of the front support
and touching the covering parts. When the
7 in rear upper support aligns
locating pin-2hole -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
23- pin hole in rear lower support, plug
the locating
23- 3-1
the2 0 2 0 202
a ae locating pin, and lowering canopy operation
zcould e
aza in aza
e
m be done. Take the proceduresmabove m
reverse to lift the canopy.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Covering parts
3.5.12
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The structural features of covering parts are
as follows: efficient to shield noises; with large
open angle; convenient to repair the engine
and other parts; convenient to change filter
element of air filter. Sound absorbing sponge
are attached on the inner walls of covering
parts, effectively reducing the noise.
1 27 2 3 27 4 27
2- 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1-Covering parts weldment assembly 2-Cover plate of hood 3-Air spring 4-Cover plate
Fig. 3-107
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
3.6z Screed Units aza aza
ma m m
The screed is paramount to compactness
and smoothness of the pavement. It is of
box structure and equipped with a tampering
mechanism. According to paving thickness,
material and experience, you can adjust the
vibration frequency steplessly within 0~25 Hz to
obtain optimal smoothness and compactness
of pavement.
The paver adopts

1 2 -27 hydraulic screed, whose 1 2 -27 2-27
width (2-6m
23-is assembled according to actual 2023- 3-1
2
situations
0 202
ae of the pavement.
z ae z aza
e
ma ma m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Hydraulic screed units e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.6.1 za za
m ma ma
The hydraulic screed SE370 matches the
paver, and the screed is assembled with
basic screed (3.7m), one screed (400/750mm)
at each side, left and right end plate assembly,
and electrical heating units.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1-Left end baffle 2-Left 400 screed 3-Left 750 screed 4-Basic screed 3.7m
5-Right 750 screed 6-Right 400 screed 7-Right end baffl
Fig. 3-1082-2
7 27 27
2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 Main technical parameterse 202
3.6.2
e e 202
a aza
azof hydraulic telescopic screed units aza
m m m
Table 3-3 Main Technical Parameter of Hydraulic Screed Units
Name Specifications Remarks

Basic width (m) 2.0 ～ 3.7
Max. working width (m) 6
Camber -1% ～ +3%
Compaction Type Single tamper + Vibration
Tamping frequency (Hz) 0 ～ 25
Tamper
1 2 -27amplitude (mm) 2-
2 27 2-27
3-
02Vibration 3-1 3-1
2020 202
frequency (Hz) ～ 40 If any
e 2 e e
maza Heating system
m aza Electrical heating z a
Gas heating(option)
ma

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae Basic screed 3.7m
3.6.3
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The basic screed (3.7m) comprises left and
right basic screeds, left and right hydraulic
screeds, middle pedal and middle cover
plate. The structure is shown in Fig.3-109.
1 2 3 4 5 6
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1-Left hydraulic screed 2-Covering parts 3-Left main screed 4-Right main screed
5-Hydraulic pedal 6-Right hydraulic screed
Fig. 3-109 2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza
3.6.4 Screed 400mm m aza m aza
The screed 400mm is mounted at the outer

hydraulic screed, which is used for wider width
than that of the basic screed. Left and right
screeds (400mm) have the same structure
and are symmetrical. It comprises plate carrier,
pedal, cover plate, tamper, striker plate, screed
plate. Its structure is shown in Fig.3-110.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza
1-Pedal 2-Plate carrier 3-Tamper 4-Striker plate 5-Cover plate 6-Screed plate 7-Coupling
Fig. 3-110
3.6.5 Screed 750mm
The screed 750mm is mounted at the outer

2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
hydraulic 1 screed, which is used for wider width 1
3- of the basic screed. Left and right
02that 023
- 3-1
than
2 2 202
ae
zscreeds (750mm have the same structure zae aza
e
ma and are symmetrical. It comprises plate ma carrier, m
pedal, cover plate, tamper, striker plate, screed
plate. Its structure is shown in Fig.3-111.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1 2 5 3 6
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
2 023-1 023-1
e 201-Pedal 2 plate 5-Cover plate 6-Screed platee 2
aza ae
2-Plate carrier 3-Tamper 4-Striker
z az
m ma ma
Fig. 3-111
3.6.6 Tamper system
The tamping system is one of the main

components of screed. It is equipped with
a single tamper. According to the paving
thickness and material, you can adjust the
tamping frequency. One tamper is on each
basic screed, hydraulic screed and screeds
7 27 27
400mm/700mm. 2-2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza tamper is directly driven through
The
m m azaa m aza
hydraulic motor and three V-type belts. The
tamper frequency could be adjusted steplessly
with 0-25Hz. If double tamper mechanism is
chosen, auxiliary tamper has the function of
pre-compaction while the main tamper could
achieve the final compaction
Tamper frequency could be set through

the control panel. Tamper stroke within
4mm could be adjusted according to
1 2 -27
construction requirements (paving thickness
1 2 -27 2-27
23-
and compactness. The combination of
23- 3-1
2 0
adjustability of rotating speed and variabilitye 2 0 202
a z ae za aza
e
of tamper stroke could suit compactness
m ma to m
correspondent working situations (paving
material type and paving thickness to meet
needed compactness.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Main tamper mechanism e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.6.6.1 za za
m ma ma
The main tamping mechanism of the basic
screed is composed of left and right tampers.
They are connected by the universal coupling.
The left tamper is composed of tamper shaft,
tamper connection seat, tamper mounting
seat, bearing, blade, electrical heating rod,
coupling and motor etc. Tamper bearing seat
is mounted on the tamper shaft. Shaft journals
are eccentric. The tamper frame is connected
with the tamper
1 2 -27 connection seat with bolts 12-27 2-27
23- with the locating pin. The tamper
and located
23- 3-1
2
blades
e
0 are mounted under the tamper frame.
e 2 0
e 202
maza m aza m aza
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1-Motor 2-Coupling 3-Tamper bearing seat 4-Tamper shaft 5-Tamper connection seat
6-Tamper frame 7-Drive shaft 8-Bearing 9-Blade
Fig. 3-112
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
2
3 . 6z.a6e. 2 H y d r a u l i c s c r e e d a n d s c r ezeade
202 e 202
m a ma m aza
400mm/750mm
The hydraulic screed and screed 400mm

have a similar structure except lengths of
tamper shaft, tamper frame and blades. The
hydraulic screed and screed 400mm/750mm
are connected with the coupling. The hydraulic
motor is mounted at the tamper shaft end of
the hydraulic screed to drive the coupling,
telescopic tamper shaft and tamper on the
screed 400mm/750mm. To avoid too much
2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
impact of road 1 on the tamper and violently 1
-
023of screed units, make phases of 2023
- 3-1
vibration
2
e tampers off 90° when extension e e 202
aza
adjecent
m m aza m aza
tamper is needed to assemble.
1 2 3 4
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza
1-Motor 2-Tamper 3-Coupling 4-Tamper for 400mm screed
Fig. 3-113
3.6.7 Vibration system
Vibration system consists of vibrator and

hydraulic motor.27The circling vibrator is the
1 2 - for screed. Vibrator consists 1 2 -27 2-27
vibration source
-
023 shaft, bearing seat, bearing and 2023
- 3-1
e 2
of eccentric
e e 202
azaand is directly driven by a hydraulic m
etc,
m aza
motor.
m aza
Each screed has a vibrator. The vibrators on
the left and right basic screeds are connected
by the universal coupling and when screed

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202are e 20of2 e2
02
az a
units assembled eccentric positions
z a za
m eccentric shaft should be aligned. ma ma
They are connected through the drive shaft.
The left and right vibrators take the hinge
center line of basic screeds as the base. Their
structure are arranged symmetrically. Operate
the hand flow valve to control oil flow through
the vibration motor and then to control rotating
speed of vibration motor to get different
frequency. The frequency is adjusted infinitel
within 0-50Hz by setting the percentage on the
-27
control panel.
2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza 1 2 3 4 5 6 m aza 7 8 m aza
1-Half coupling 2-End cover of bearing seat 3-Bearing seat 4-Bolt

5-Vibration shaft 6-Bearing 7-Universal coupling 8-Connection sleeve
Fig. 3-114
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
z3.6.8 Camber adjustment mechanism
z a aza
ma ma m
To make the road has a certain camber (-1%
~ +3%, a camber adjustment mechanism is
equipped to adjust the road camber. See
Fig. 3-115 for the structure.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza maza
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza 8
maza
1-Joint bearing 2-Pin shaft 3-Locking nut 4-Connection body 5-Ratchet spanner
6-Sprocket 7-Chain 8-Camber indicator
Fig. 3-115 2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza maza
3.6.9 Height adjustment unit
1 2 3 4
The height adjustment unit consists of joint
bearing, pin shaft, connection body and locking
nut as shown in Fig.3-116. Loosen the locking
nut and rotate the connection body to make
two joints bearing move forwards or reversely.
Then the lift frame will lift or descend to make
basic screed plate paralleled with hydraulic
27
screed plate.2-Through above procedures, 2- 27 2-27
- 1 3-1 3-1
23
height adjustment
20
can be implemented.
202 202
e e e
maza m aza aza
1-Joint bearing 2-Pin shaft
mnut
3-Pin shaft 4-Locking
Fig. 3-116

2 7
2- 12-
System functions
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 End plate assembly e2
02
e2
02
az a
3.6.10 za za
m ma ma
The end plate is installed outside the screed. It
, together with the guard board of screed and
1 2 3 4 5 6
the striker plate of auger, form a material tank.
Its main function is to prevent the material from
flowing outside the distributing width. The left
and right end plate assemblies have the same
structure. They are arranged symmetrically.
Take the left end plate assembly as the
example to introduce.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 1 2 -27

The left3-end plate assembly is composed of left 3-
2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 23-
end
a ae baffle, cranking handle, bracket, left
zconnection a z aseat,
e e
aza 3-Bracket
1-Leveling bracket 2-Lifting plate
m plate, pressure plate, m
mounting m
bracket of leveling control box, etc. Bracket is 4-Baffle 5-Base plate 6-Mounting bracket
fixed on plate frame of screed through bolts. Fig. 3-117
Left end baffle is connected with the rod in
cranking handle through connection plate.
Switching cranking handle can rise and lower
the height of blocking materials. Left seat in
rear bracket is used to mount screed panel and
leveling control box of the paver.
- 27 2-27 2- 27
-12 guide units
3.6.11 Stock
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
a e2 a e e
zThe stock guide units are mounted at athe
ma of the basic screed, which is usedmto
z end
m aza
avoid 1 2 3
distribution segregation and distribution fault.
The stock guide units consists of guide plate
and long guide plate.
The stock guide is convient to operate. Adjust

the nut of the guide plate group to move the
plate up or down and to control length of front
end of stock guide units into the front end of
screed. 1-Jack bar 2-Lock nut 3-Guide rack
-27 - 27 27
-12 2
-1Fig. 3-118 2-
02 3 02 3 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
aza
3.6.12 Electrical heating control system
m m aza m aza
Electric heating start button is installed on

the console of the paver. Before starting the
electric heating system, check electric heating
conductors and electric heating rods on
screeds for short circuit and make sure electric
heating connecting conductors between
screeds are connected well.
Only when the following7 conditions are met,

can the electric
1 2 - 2heating engine generate: 1. 1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 speed of the engine is more than 2023
- 3-1
The rotating
e 2 202
aza
1800rpm; 2. Emergency stop button is anot zae aza
e
m m
pressed; 3. There is no current leakage in load
m
system.
The electric heating cabinet has electric

heating indicator. Before starting electric
heating, observe the display prompt.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
System functions
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
27 27 27
E
2- 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
G
m m m
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

AN
3-1 3-1 3-1

e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
za e2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 Operation
12-
27 2-27
023-1 02 3- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
aza
m 4 Operation m aza m aza
4.1 Operator Qualifications 4-1
4.2 Initial Use of the Paver 4-1
4.3 Use of the Operation System 4-2
4.3.1 Use of the Console 4-2
4.3.2 Use of the Display 4-3
4.3.3 Use of the Screed Panel 4-4
4.4 Machine Assembly 4-6
4.4.1 Screed Assembly and Adjustment 4-6
4.4.1.1 2 27
-Assembling the Screed 400(750)mm2-2
7 4-6
2 -27
1 1 1
2 23- Vibrator Assembly
04.4.1.2 2 023
-
2
-
023 4-7
zae 4.4.1.3 400(750)mm Tamper Assembly zae zae 4-7
ma ma ma
4.4.1.4 Striker Plate Assembly 4-8
4.4.1.5 Stroke and Bottom Dead Center Adjustment for Tamper 4-9
4.4.2 Auger Units Assembly 4-9
4.4.2.2 Height Adjustment Procedures 4-10
4.4.2.3 Configuration of Assembly 4-11
4.4.3 Electrical Device Installation 4-11
4.4.3.1 Screed Panel Installation 4-11
4.4.3.2 2 27
-Material Level Sensor Installation 2-27 -27
4-13
2
3 - Leveling Device Installation 23-1
1 - 1
2
4.4.3.3
0 0 023 4-13
z a
4.5
e 2Operation before Starting the Machine
z a e2 zae
2
4-15
ma ma ma
4.5.1 Operator’s Seat Adjustment 4-15
4.5.2 Pre-operational Check 4-16
4.5.3 Check before Starting the Engine 4-17
Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
m 4.5.4 Electrical Control System Check
m aza m aza 4-19
4.6 Engine Start-up 4-20
4.6.1 Starting the Engine in Cold Weather 4-21
4.6.2 Jump-start the Engine 4-21
4.7 Adjusting without Load 4-23
4.7.1 Adjusting the Travel System 4-23
4.7.1.1 Moving the Paver 4-25
4.7.1.2 Reversing 4-25
4.7.1.3 Steering 4-26
4.7.2 Adjusting
1 2 -27 the Hopper 1 2 -27 4-27
1 2 -27
- - 3-
023
4.7.32Adjusting the Conveyor System 2 023 2024-28
zae zae zae
ma4.7.4 Adjusting the Auger System ma ma 4-30
4.7.5 Adjusting the Leveling System 4-32
4.7.5.1 Leveling System 4-32
4.7.5.2 External Leveling System 4-34
4.7.6 Adjusting the Screed System 4-35
4.7.6.1 Adjusting the Tamper System 4-35
4.7.6.2 Adjusting the Vibrator System 4-36
4.7.7 Adjusting the Towed Arm 4-37
4.7.8 Adjusting the Central Lubrication System 4-37
4.8 Construction
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 4-382-2
1
7
23- of Direction
4.8.120Line 2 023
-
2
3-
024-38
zae zae zae 4-38
ma4.8.2 Adjusting the Indicator Pole ma ma
4.8.3 Spraying Diesel Oil 4-39
4.8.4 Screed Warm-up 4-39
4.8.5 Placing the Screed 4-39
4.8.6 Butting the Truck 4-40
4.8.7 Feeding the Hopper 4-41
4.8.8 Operating the Conveyor 4-41
4.8.9 Operating the Auger 4-41
4.8.10 Moving the Paver 4-42
4.8.11 Moving
1 2 -27the Truck Away 1 2 -27 4-422-27
3- - -1
4.8.1202Receiving
2 the Mixture
2 023 0 2 3
4-42
e
4.9zaDistributing the Material zae z a e 2 4-43
ma ma ma
4.10 Adjusting during Paving 4-44
4.10.1 Adjusting the Evenness 4-44
4.10.2 Adjusting the Thickness 4-44
2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
za 4.10.3 Adjusting the Material Levelazae2 zae2
ma m ma 4-44
4.11 Adjusting and Operating the Auto-leveling System 4-45
4.11.1 Installation and Adjustment of Rotary Sensor 4-45
4.11.2 Installation and Adjustment of Slope Sensor 4-46
4.12 Stop Operation 4-48
4.13 Stop in the Abnormal Status 4-49
4.14 Transportation Information 4-49
4.14.1 Loading and Unloading 4-49
4.14.1.1 Before Loading the Machine 4-50
4.14.1.2
1 2 -27Starting the Machine 1 2 -27 1 2 -27
4-51
2 23-
04.14.1.3 Parking the Machine 2 023
- 3-
202 4-51
zae 4.14.1.4 Securing the Machine azae zae
ma m ma 4-51
4.14.2 Packing 4-52
4.14.3 Precautions for Transporting the Machine 4-53
4.14.4 Transferring the Machine 4-54
4.14.5 Storing the Machine 4-55
4.14.6 Lifting the Machine 4-56
2-27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
WARNING

2 -27 manuals 2-27
3-1 provided with this roller 1
23- and before 3-1
aza
e
a z ae the roller. Failure aza
e

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
z4e2
a OPERATION zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
4.1 Operator Qualifications
Only trained and authorized personnel who
are above 18 years old are allowed to use this
paver.
People who are addicted to alcohol or drugs

are prohibited to operate this machine.
The operator
1 2 -27 should have read and fully 12-27 2-27
u n d e r3s-t a n d t h e s a f e t y, o p e r a t i o n a n d 3- 3-1
e 202
maintenance requirement in the Safety, e 202 e 202
z a a
az other aza
ma Operation & Maintenance Manual m and m
manuals provided with this machine.
The operator is responsible for operating

the paver. Generally speaking, the operator
should be assisted by two assistants who are
responsible for monitoring the paving quality
on the both sides when the paver performs
paving.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
4.2 Initial
3-1 Use of the Paver 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
azThe paver z a
has been adjusted in theafactory aza
m before
m
delivery. The manufacturer will send
m
service engineers to service the machine and
train the authorized operator for the initial use
of the paver. Therefore, it is not necessary to
make adjustments when the machine is used
for the first time. You only need to perform pre-
operational check and maintenance.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
4.3z Use of the Operation Systemaz a aza
ma m m
4.3.1 Use of the console
Console (1) is the control parts of the whole

machine.
1.See Fig.4-1 for the layout of the console.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza F ig . 4 -1
m aza
2. The console can also be placed in front of

2 1
the left and right seats and can move along the
slide rod (2).
Pull up the fixed pin (3) to move the console to

the position a or b in front of the seat to fix it
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza F ig . 4 -2 m aza
NOTICE
When cleaning the equipment, never
jet onto the control console with high
pressure water gun. If the rain enters the
screed panel, it will result in short circuit
and affect its performance. a 3 b
7 7 27
2-2 2-2 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -3

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2
z4.3.2 Use of the display za e2 zae2
ma ma ma
Function keys (1) have corresponding functions
indicated in the icon of the display (3).
The indicator (2) flashes in case of fault.
F1
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 F2 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
maza m aza m aza
F3
F4
F5
F6
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza 3
m aza 2 1
m aza
1-Function keys 2-Fault indicator 3-Display area
Fig. 4- 4
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeUse of the screed panel
4.3.3
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The structure of the screed panel is as shown
in the following figure. It’s mainly used to
control the machine by the personnel on the
1 2
both sides of the screed.
NOTICE
When cleaning the equipment, never
jet onto the control console with high P-
F EED
-27gun. If the rain enters the -27 27
I
O
2-
S T
NG
pressure water 2 2
- 1 - 1 3-1
023 it will result in short circuit 2023
screed panel,
202
停
2
止供料
e
andaaffect its performance. ae e
ma
z
ma
z
maza
SCREED EXTEND & RETRACT LEVELLING HORN
AUGER CONVEYOR
MANUAL
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 3 4 5 6 zae720
2
maza m aza a m
1-Emergency stop button 2-Alarm light
3- Screed extend/retract switch 4-Auger
F ig . 4 -5
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza maza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 2In02the e 202 e2
02
az a
1. event of emergency, press
az a the za
m emergency stop button (1) to stop themmachine. ma
Rotate the button clockwise to release the
emergency stop button.
2- 27 F2 -2.7 4 -6
ig 2-27
23-1 2 3- 1 3-1
0 and modify the machine parameters
2.e 2Set e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma through the display and the function keys.
ma m
For more details on the display, See: Section
3.3.7 "Screed panel" on page 3-41.
3. 17-pin console connector:

The connector connects with the console.
4. 10-pin leveling7 controller connector:

2
The connector - 2 connects with the leveling 12-
27 2-27
3- 1 3- 3-1
202
controller.
e e202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5. 6-pin auger sensor connector:
The connector connects with the auger sensor.
6. Mounting seat (6) is used to be mounted on

the both ends of the screed.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
4.4z Machine Assembly aza aza
ma m m
WARNING
Never place any part of your body under
the screed if the screed is not well
supported. Or you may be crushed.
CAUTION
-27 and hard helmet when
Wear safety 2shoe
1 1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 the screed. Or it may cause 2023
assembling - 3-1
2 202
ae injury.
personal
z ae z aza
e
ma ma m
4.4.1 Screed assembly and adjustment
4.4.1.1 Assembling the screed 400(750)mm
1. Remove the cover plate and the striker plate

on the screed 400(750)mm.
2. Lift the screed extension (1) with a lifter

to connect it with
1 2 -27 the hydraulic screed (4). 1
7
12-2 2 3 4 2-27
3-b l e t h e t w o s c r e e d s w i t h t h e 023-
P r e a s s e2m 3-1
2 0 2 202
z ae
connection bolt (2).
z ae aza
e
ma ma m
3. Two height adjustment bolts (3) respectively
are located on the front and rear of the screed.
Adjust the bolts to level the bottom plate of the
screed.
N OTE: Check the screed levelness by your

hands or steel ruler.
4. Tighten all connection bolts (2). F ig . 4 -7
2 7 27 27
5. Assemble 1 2-other extension screeds by 2- 2-
following02 3 - 3-1 3-1
e
the steps above.
2 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
6. After assembling all the extension screeds,
check and ensure all the bottom plates are
leveled.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
az a
Assemble the extension screed a
in sequence
z za
m according to the paving width. ma ma
4.4.1.2 Vibrator assembly
Vibrators of basic screed, hydraulic screed and

screed 750mm have been preassembled on
the screeds.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

-
4.4.1.33400(750)mm
02
tamper assembly
023
- 3-1
2 2 202
zae zae aza
e
ma D i s a s s e m b l e t h e s t r i k e r p l a t emab e f o r e m
assembling the tamper of screed extension.
Assembly procedures:
1. Rotate the tamper shaft (1). Align the half

coupling (2) with the half coupling (3) on the
tamper shaft.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1 2 3 4
F ig . 4 -8
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 202 202
a a connecting the half couplingma(8),
2. zAfter zae aza
e
m
elastic body (7) and half coupling (5) (6) of the 5
m
vibrator, reset the half coupling. 7
8
8
7
6
9
9
2-27 -27 2-27

3-1 -1.24 -9
F ig
3 3-1
02 02 202
e2 e2 e
aza
3. When the spring stop pin (9) bounces,
m m the aza m aza
half coupling is reset.
N OTE: Clean off the asphalt left on the

tamper before assembling the tamper
of screed extension. 9
9
7 7 27
2-2 2-2 2-
02 3-1 02 3-1 3-1
202
F ig . 4 -1 0
e2 e2 e
m aza m aza m aza
4.4.1.4 Striker plate assembly
WARNING
1 2 3
Without safe support, never make your
body under the screed. Otherwise, it will
result in personal injury.
1 2 -27 plate on the tamper bearing

1. Hang the striker 2- 27 2-27
3- up it with a spring hook (1).
seat, and2pull 3-1 3-1
e 20 e 202 e 202
m aza
2. Adjust m
the screw (2). Keep the clearance
aza m aza
within the range 1-2 mm. Tighten the nut (3).
F ig . 4 -11

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
az a
4.4.1.5 Stroke and bottom a
dead center
z za
m adjustment for tamper ma ma
The procedures for adjusting the tamper stroke

are as follow:
1. Loosen the fixing screw (1) by 3~5 circles

1 2
2. Adjust the bolt (2) to make the tamper head
up or down. Make sure to lower the head to
the lowest position 0.3~0.8 mm lower than the
2 27
front end of-bottom plate.
2-27 2-27
23-1 3-1 3-1
20 adjustments, tighten all bolts.
3.e After e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -1 2
4.4.2 Auger units assembly
2- 27 2-27 2-27
023-1 WARNING 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
mazaBefore assembling auger z a
units, amake
m m aza
sure to close power supply. Otherwise,
improper opreation will lead to severe
personnal injury.
4.4.2.1 Height adjustment
Height adjustment of the auger units is

mechanical. The lifting movements of the
1 2 -27 implemented by adjusting bolts 12-27

auger units are
2-27
- slot and rear wall plate. The range is23-
on kidney
023mm. 3-1
2
0~120
e e2
0
e 202
maza m aza m aza
Generally, the bottom of the auger blade is
30~50 mm above the pavement.

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Height adjustment procedures
4.4.2.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
1. Loosen bolts connecting left and right lifting
plates (2) and rear wall plate of tractor.
2. Rotate the left and right adjustment

mechanism (3) synchrously by two persons to
lift or lower the whole lifting device.
3. Tighten all bolts till the lifting device reaches

the specified position
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza
1-Hanger 2-Lifting plate weldment m
3-Adjustment group 4-Auger box
aza
5-Blade 6-Auger shaft 7-Scale
Fi g. 4- 13
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Configuration of assembly e 202 e2
02
z a
4.4.2.3 z a za
ma ma ma
Table 4-1 Configuration of Auger
Paving width 3.7m ～ 4.5m 4.5m ～ 6m

shaft assembly 450 (right) 1 1
shaft assembly 450 (left ) 1 1
right striker plate 500 1 1
left striker plate 500 1 1
left materials guide SE370.01.1.5 1 2
1 2 -27 materials guideSE370.01.1.6

right
1 2 -27 1 2 2-27
023
-
right striker plate 1100 023
- 1 023-1
2 2 2
zae right striker plate 500 azae z a e 1
ma shaft assembly1055(right)m m a
1
shaft assembly1055(left ) 1
left striker plate 1100 1
left striker plate 500 1
4.4.3 Electrical device installation
2 - 27 NOTICE 2 -27 2-27

Check 1
- if the connector is dry before 23- 1 3-1
2 023 0 202
connecting
a e a e2
the cable. Connect the cable e
z
ma with the power disconnected. Short
z
macircuit m aza
of electrical system may cause damage to
the machine. 1
4.4.3.1 Screed panel installation
1. Take the two screed panels (1) out under the

seat before operation.
2. Respectively 7 install the screed panel at the

2
position-a1 on the striker plate of the screed on -12-
2 - 27 2-27
023and on the right. 3 3-1
the2left
e 202 e e 202
m aza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -1 4

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
3. Connect
aza
one end of the cable (2) to the rear
m m aza
wall plate of the frame at position b. Connect
2
the other end of the cable (2) to the screed
panel. Ensure the cable is well connected.
Check the screed panel for normal indication.
F ig . 4 -1 5
7 27 27
2-2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
N OTE: The structures of the two screed
m aza m aza
paneled are the same. The system
could automatically identify the left or
right screed panel.
4. Use the ten-pin cable to connect the leveling

controller with the screed panel. 2 1
5. Use the six-pin cable to connect the

conveyor sensor with the screed panel.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1-6-pin auger sensor connector

2-10-pin leveling sensor connector
3-17-pin cable connector
2-27 27
F ig1.24- -1 6 2-27
02 3-1 02 3- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Material level sensor installatione 202 e2
02
z a
4.4.3.2 za za
ma ma ma
1. Fix the bracket (4). Well adjust the height
and angle. Clockwise rotate the handle (3). 1
2
2. Install the ultrasonic paddle (1) on the 3

bracket. Connect it with the screed panel
through six-pin cable (2).
4
3. After the paddle is energized, it illuminates.
For the operation on the paddle, see the
-27
operation instruction
2
of the paddle.
2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza maza
NOTICE F ig . 4 -1 7
Never place the ultrasonic material level
sensor toward the auger. Or it could cause
damage to the ultrasonic material level
sensor.
4.4.3.3 Leveling device installation

12
11
As shown in27the figure, fix the leveling device 107 1 27
1 2- the leveling controller. Connect -12-2 2-
base. Install
-
023 controller with the screed panel2by 023 3-1
202
3 2
the2leveling
zae zae aza
e
ma ten-pin cable. Connect the leveling sensor
ma with m
the leveling controller (10) by seven-pin cable.
4 9
1. Install the leveling sensor (8) at position a. 5
Rotate the handle (7) clockwise. a 6 A
7
8
2. Loosen the nut (1). Rotate the rod (2). 。
A 8
Loosen the two handles (4). Slide the bracket 45
(3) along the rod (2) till the leveling sensor gets
to the specified position. Tighten the fixing nut F ig . 4 -1 8
(1) and the handle (4).
2- 27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202
3. Loosen
202
the handle (4). Slide the leveling
e e 202
a
zsensor upwards and downwards alongathe a
z rod aza
ma (5) to make the slipper (8) contact the
m ground. m
Tighten the handle (4).

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
z a
4.aConnect z a
the leveling controller (10) withathe aza
m m
screed panel (12) through ten-pin cable (11). m
Connect the leveling sensor with the leveling
controller (10) through seven-pin cable (9).
N OTE: Select leveling control mode of “two-

rotary- slope-sensor”, “one-rotary-and-
one-cross-slope-sensor” or “equalizing
beam” when paving. See the operation
manual of leveling sensor for more
details.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2- 27
-
023 vertical mounting position for 2023
The optimal - 3-1
2 202
ae sensor (2) is at the center line (1)azaofe
leveling
azauger. aza
e
m
the m m
The optimal horizontal mounting position for
leveling sensor (2) is 30 cm~50cm far from the
side striker plate. 1
30-50cm
3
F ig . 4 -1 9
7 27 27
2-2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Operation before Starting
z4.5 za the e2 zae2
ma ma ma
Machine
4.5.1 Operator’s seat adjustment
The operator should adjust the operator’s seat

before starting the engine for optimal seat
position to reduce fatigue. The operator should
be seated on the seat when adjusting the seat.
1. Forward and
7 backward adjustment
2-2 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
Pull
e 202the lever (1) upward, slide the eseat
202 e 202
a a
zto desired position, and release theaz lever. 3 aza
ma Adjustment space: 0~210 mm. m 2
m
4
2. Height adjustment
Pull the lever (2) upward. The seat can be

raised by 30 mm when you hear a "click" 5
sound, and another 30 mm at the second
"click". The seat can be lowered to the
minimum height if you continue to raise it. 1
Adjustable height: 60 mm (30 mm for each
7 27 27
2-2
adjustment) 2- 6 2-
023-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
ae Backrest adjustment
z3. aza
e F ig . 4 -2 0
aza
e
ma m m
Lift lever (4), move the backrest to an optimum
position where operation can be easily
conducted, and release the lever (4).
4. Lift the pin (5) to make the seat revolve

outward around the shaft (6).
2-27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
4.5.2
z Pre-operational check aza aza
ma m m
Make sure the operator and the related people
read and fully understand the Safety, Operation
& Maintenance manual and engine manual.
• Check the conveyor chain for tension.
• Check the sealing of hose, steel tube

and connector for leaks. If the leaks are
detected, repair them before operation.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

• Check - connection of each part for 23-
23the 3-1
e 2 0
looseness. In case of looseness, tighten it.ae 2
0
e 202
z a z aza
ma ma m
• Check the hydraulic oil level. Ensure the oil
level is at 1/2~2/3 of the oil dipstick.
• Check the battery to ensure the battery is

in good condition.
• Make sure the travel control lever is at the

NEUTRAL position.
• Make sure the

-27 screed vibration start/stop 2-27 2-27
at2 the stop position.
button is-1
02 3 023-1 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
z a z a
• a Check the grease quantity in the centralized aza
m ma m
lubrication pump.
• Check the gear reducer, hydraulic pump,

hydraulic motor and hydraulic oil pipe for
leaks.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
a e2
z4.5.3 za
Check before starting the engine e2 za e2
ma ma ma
Check the following items before starting the
engine:
• Check the engine oil level: Pull out the oil

dipstick. Check if the oil level is between
the Max. and Min. marks. In case of
insufficient oil, add engine oil
1 2 -27 WARNING 1 2 -27 2-27

- engine stops, never touch the 23-
After23the 3-1
2
parts
0
e2
e of engine and oil fluid immediately.
0 max
e 20in2
m
z a z a az a
ma Otherwise, it will result in severe
mascald. m
Operate the engine after the oil is cool. F ig . 4 -2 1
• Check the coolant level in the radiator

expansion tank through the sight glass. If
the coolant level is low, add coolant. a
NOTICE
WARNING
After the engine stops, never touch the
1 2 -27 and oil fluid immediately. 12-27

parts of engine
2-27
-
Otherwise, it will result in severe scald. -
023 the engine after the oil is cool. 2023 3-1
e 2
Operate e e 202
maza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -2 2
• Check the amount of water in the water

bowl of the oil-water separator. Drain the
water.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -2 3

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae
zCheck zae
the engine oil level and fuel level.
aza
e
ma Select the engine oil and fuel as required
ma m
(See: Section 5.3.16 "Fuel, lubricant and
filling amount" on page 5-44). Exhaust
the air in the fuel.
• Check the intake pressure senor. Make

sure if the air filter needs to be maintained
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -2 4
• Check the pipe clamps of the engine for
looseness. Check the rubber hose for
cracks. 7
2-2 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
• Check
e 202 if there is foreign substance arounde 202 e 202
a
zthe fan, belt and other rotating parts.azIna aza
ma case of that, clean it up in time. m m
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Electrical control system checke 202 e2
02
z a
4.5.4 za za
ma ma ma
WARNING
Make sure to run the electrical system
in the dry working environment. Oil fluid
will result in short circuit in the electrical
system. Even fire will occur and result in
personal injury and loss.
1) Check the battery. The battery is in normal

condition 2 27 indicator light indicates green. 2-27
if-the 2-27
Damaged
2 3 - battery or insufficient charging may23-1
1 3-1
20 20 202
z ae to failure in starting the engine.
lead
z ae aza
e
ma ma m
2) Check the connection of the cable. Check
the cable for damage.
3) Connect the power supply to energize the

system.
4) Insert the key into the ignition switch

(1). Turn the ignition switch (1) to position F1
I. The operation system is activated. After
F2
initialization, the display screen displays the
home page.27
1 2 - The engine idling indicator light 12-27 2-27
F3
- control panel illuminates, and the23-
(2) on 3the
02model indicator (3) on the control panel 3-1
2
travel
e e2
0
e 202 F4
z a z a aza
ma illuminates. ma m F5
5) Make sure the emergency stop button is not

F6
pressed.
6) Make sure the travel control lever is at the

NEUTRAL position, and the steering control F ig . 4 -2 5
lever at the NEUTRAL position.
7) Check if the vibrator, tamper, conveyor and

auger indicators extinguish to make sure they
are stopped.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 the horn to make sure it is in normal
8) Sound
023
- 3-1
2 2 202
ae
zcondition. zae aza
e
ma ma m
N OTE: For more detail on the buttons above,
See : Section 3.3.3 "Control panel "
on page 3-7.

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
4.6z Engine Start-up aza aza
ma m m
1. Make sure all the switches on the control
panel are stopped before starting the engine.
For its operation, see: section 3.3.3 Control
panel on page 3-7. For example: if the fuel
level is low, refuel.
4 3
2-27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2̇
1
Fi g. 4- 26 8
2- 27 27 27
2. Turn the-1travel
3
control lever (3) at the
3 - 12- 3-1
2-
F1
2
neutral20position (if the lever is not at the 202 202 F2
a e e e
m az
neutral position, the engine is forbidden
m aza m aza
to be started). After turning on the ignition F3
switch (1) to the Ⅰ gear, the control system
is activated. Observe the indications of the F4
coolant temperature gauge (4), the fuel gauge
F5
(6) and the engine oil pressure gauge (5) and
prompts (7) on the display. Check if the fault
F6
alarm indicators flash If any fault is detected,
eliminate it first. At this time, the parking brake 5 4 7 6
indicator (8) illuminates.
F ig . 4 -2 7
27 (2) before starting the
3. Sound the2-horn 2-27 2- 27
1
3- people around the paver.
engine to2warm 3-1 3-1
e 20 e 202 e 202
m aza
4. Press the engine start/stop button tomstart
aza m aza
the engine. Release the button after the engine
is started. Check if fault alarm is on the display
and all instruments are normal.
27
2- 12-
Operation
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
NOTICE
Do not keep the engine start/stop button
at “Start” position for more than 5
seconds. If the engine fails to start, you
have to wait at least one minute before
restarting the engine. If the engine still
fails to start, check the power system for
fault (For more details, See: Section 6.1.1
"Troubleshooting for power system" on
1 2 - 7 wait at least ten minutes 12-27

page 6-1), 2and
2-27
before
23- restarting the engine to avoid 23- 3-1
2 0
damage
e to the starting motor. e 2 0
e 202
m aza m aza m aza
CAUTION
Exhaust gas is poisonous. Pay special
attention to keep good ventilation when
starting the engine in an enclosure space.
Or it may cause damage to the human
health.
7 27 27
2-2 the engine in cold weather
4.6.1 Starting 2- 2-
023-1 02 3-1 3-1
e 2 the ambient temperature is below
When e 210 e 202
z a z a aza
ma 0C, idle the engine for 2~5 min, andmgradually
a m
increase the engine speed to the rated speed.
4.6.2 Jump-start the engine
Do not let the positive terminal (+) contact with

the negative terminal (-) when connecting the
cable. When connect the cable, first connect
the positive terminal (+); when disconnect the
1 2 -27
cable, first disconnect the negative terminal
1 2 -27 2-27
-
(-). Otherwise,
023
the electrical system may be 3-
02 3-1
2
damaged.
e e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -2 8

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza the following instructions to jumpmstart
Observe
m aza m aza
the engine:
• Using jumper cable to start engine requires

two persons working together (One is
seated in the operator's seat and another
handles the battery).
• Wear goggles and rubber gloves before

starting the engine with jumper cable.
• When jumper
1 2 -27 cable is used to connect 1 2 -27 2-27
23- machine with a faulty machine, 2023-
abnormal 3-1
the2 0 202
a ae battery voltage of normal machine
zshould aza
e
aza
e
m be the same with that of m faulty m
machine. Make sure that the two machines
never contact each other.
• When connecting the jumper cable, the

starting switch of both machines should be
placed to the OFF position. Otherwise, the
machine could move and cause danger
when it is powered on.
• In connection7 of jumper cable, connect

1
the positive 2 -2(+) first. When disconnecting 1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 cable, disconnect the grounding 2023
- 3-1
jumper
2 202
ae
aznegative (-) (the grounding side) first aza
e
aza
e
m m m
• When removing the jumper cable, pay
attention to keeping the clips of jumper
cable from touching each other or from
touching the machine.
NOTICE
Make sure positive and negative clamps
are connected correctly. Otherwise, it will
result in severe
1 2 -27 damage to the overall 2-27 2-27
-
electrical 3system. 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

27
2- 12-
Operation
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Adjusting without Load aza
z4.7 e2 zae2
ma m ma
NOTICE
Adjust each mechanism of the paver
before construction. The paver could
starts operation only after ensuring each
mechanism is normal.
4.7.1 Adjusting the travel system
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

1. Travel
023
- system mode:
023
- 3-1
2 2 202
zae zae aza
e
ma Travel system has two modes: “Travel”
ma mode m
and “Paving” mode. Select the travel mode or
paving mode through the switch. Select the
mode for travel system through the gear select
switch. “Paving” mode is used for paving.
“Travel” mode is used for transferring.
2. “Paving” mode:
Travel system has two functions under paving

mode: open loop and closed loop. Open loop
function is1 2 -27 alternate for the travel system. 12-27
often 2-27
-
023the closed loop failure appears, the open
-
023 F ig . 4 -2 9 3-1
When
2 2 202
ae is used as the operating mode. azae
azloop aza
e
m m m
Close loop:
Close loop mode is defaulted as the operating

mode. If the travel control lever is at the F
position and other operating systems are
under “Auto” mode, the machine is controlled
and coordinated by the travel system, and
other systems start or stop operating along
with the travel system. Only moving forward
and steering
1 2 -27can be realized under close loop 12-27 2-27
mode.23If- the travel control lever is moved to N23- 3-1
e2
0
position 20
or R position, other systems willaestop e 202
z a z aza
ma operating. ma m

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
z loop:
Open aza aza
ma m m
The performance of travel system will become
poor under open loop mode. But operating
mode of other systems under open loop mode
are the same with that under closed loop.
N OTE: D i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n o p e n l o o p
mode and closed loop mode: Travel
performance is better under close loop
mode.
1 2 -27 operation of open/closed

For switch
1 2 -27 2-27
23- mode, See: “Selecting open/ 2023-
0loop 3-1
2 202
zae closed loop mode” on the page. azae aza
e
ma For the procedures to fix the m towed m
arm, See : Section 3.3.3 "Control
Panel " on page 3-7.
NOTICE
Only when the travel motor speed sensor
(1) has fault can the open loop be used.
Otherwise it will affect the normal working
of the machine.
When the paver27is not working, use a fixed
1 2 - 1 22-27 1 2-27
23-
pin (2) with a towed arm. Otherwise, it will
23- 3-1
lead eto20leakage at the towed arm cylinder, e 20 e 202
azathus affect the normal working ofmthe
and
m aza m aza
machine.
For detailed procedures for fixing the
F ig . 4 -3 0
towed arm, see: section 3.3.3.1 "Functions
of Buttons" on page 3-7.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
a e2
z4.7.1.1 Moving the paver zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
Push the travel control lever forward when
the steering control is at neutral position,
and the paver moves forward.
1) The paving speed of the paver is set by the

paving speed potentiometer. Never change
the paving speed through the paving speed
potentiometer in the process of paving to avoid
affecting the paving quality. Stop the machine.
-27 speed.
Reset the 2paving 2-27 2-27
023-1 02 3-1 3-1
2) e 2“Travel” mode has two gears: high-speed
e2 e 202
z a z a F ig . 4 -3 1 aza
ma gear and low-speed gear. Travel mspeeda is m
controlled by the travel control lever under
“Travel” mode. Further the travel control lever
is pushed, higher speed could be obtained.
When the travel control lever is pushed at the
foremost position, the highest speed may be
obtained.
4.7.1.2 Reversing
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

1) Press
023
- the gear selection switch to select23- 3-1
2
high-speed
e gear or low-speed gear undere2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma “Travel” mode, and turn off the pivotmsteering
a m
switch.
2) Ensure the steering potentiomater is at the

neutral position. Slowly pull the travel control
lever backward, and the paver reverses in line
and carries out the function of reverse. When
the paver is reversing, its speed is determined
by the deviation of the travel control lever from
the neutral position. The bigger the deviation
is, the faster the speed is.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 When the paver is under “Paving”
NO TE:
e e 202 e 202
z a a
az in
mode, it’s prohibited to reverse, aza
ma m
order to prevent the paved road from m
damage.

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az Steering
4.7.1.3 aza aza
m m m
Turn the potentiometer to the left, and the
paver turns left. Turn the potentiometer to the
right, and the paver turns right. The bigger the
rotation angle is, the bigger its steering angle
is.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -3 2
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Adjusting the hopper e2
02
e2
02
az a
4.7.2 za za
m ma ma
Three switches are available on the control
panel to open or close the right and the left
hoppers simultaneously.
Turn the switch upwards to close the left and

the right hoppers.
Turn the switch downwards to open the left and

the right hoppers.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza F ig . 4 -3 3 m aza
NOTICE
When the paver is under “Paving” mode,
wrench the fixed pin (7) to the position a,
to avoid interfering up and down motions
of the towed arm and influencing the
pavement quality.
7
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 7
e 202
maza aza aza
WARNING m a
m
Before construction, read relative contents
in the safety section (See: Section 2.3
"Precautions for Driving and Working" on
Page 2-21).
Strictly observe operation regulations F ig . 4 -3 4
on construction. Any operation out of
specifications will cause serious hurt or
death to operators.
Before performing any operations on the
-27 the horn to warm people 12-27
hpppers,2sound
1 2-27
-
023 the paver, and ensure nobody 2is023
- 3-1
around
e 2 202
zaaround zae
the hoppers to avoid hurting them.
aza
e
ma ma m

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
4.7.3
z Adjusting the conveyor system az a aza
ma m m
1. Operating mode of the conveyor system:
• Conveyor control switchs locate on the

1
console, left and right screed panels.
Press the “Manual” mode switch (3), the
conveyor system runs independently and
the conveyor works at a constant and high 2
speed.
3 7
N O TE: Left conveyor
2 - 27 and right conveyor are
2 -2 2- 27
- 1 - 1 3-1
2 23
controlled
0controlled
independently, which are 23
0 202
a e by corresponding controla e2 e
ma
z
switches. ma
z F ig . 4 -3 5
maza
• When the conveyor system is under “Auto”

mode (2), and the travel system is under
“Paving” mode, if the paver moves forward,
the conveyor system starts; if the paver
stops, the conveyor system stops running.
Paddle (4) is located at the end of the conveyor

chain (5). The state of the conveyor system
is controlled by27 27 27
- the material level of paving 2- 2-
material (6) -in12contact with the paddle (4).
02 3 02 3-1 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
z a
a the material level arrives at the set m
1.If a z
height
a aza
m m
(as H in Fig. A), the conveyor stops running. A B
2.If the material level is lower than the set

height (as H in Fig. B), the conveyor runs.
4 4
• When the indicator goes out and the 5 6 5 6
manual switch is not turned on, the
conveyor system is stopped.
H
• Operating the conveyor control buttons on

the left and 2 27 screed panels is the same
-right 2 -27 2- 27
1 1 3-1
23-
with 0operating
2 the conveyor control buttons 023
2
- . 4 -3 6
F ig
202
ae the control panel.
azon aza
e
aza
e
m m m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
z a
2. Procedures for starting conveyor a
system:
z za
ma ma ma
• Start the engine. Increase the engine
speed to rated speed or economic speed.
Turn the left conveyor mode switch to the
auto mode, and the left conveyor runs at
a constant speed; Turn the right conveyor
mode switch to the auto mode, and the
right conveyor runs at a constant speed;
• On the home page, press F2 to come into

the conveyor system setting page.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27
On the3-conveyor system setting page, press 3- 3-1
F1 e 2to02choose the target item. Press F3 ore 2F4
02
e 202
z a z a aza
ma to set the speeds of the two conveyors.ma Press m
F5 to confirm it and press F6 to return to the
previous page.
NO TE: As shown in the figure, 0% indicates

the speed is 0; 100% indicates the
maximum speed.
2-27 2-27 F1 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
F2
F3
F4
F5
2-27 2-27 2-27

023-1 02 3-1 F6 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fi g. 4- 37

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeAdjusting the auger system
4.7.4
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
1. Operating mode of auger system
• Auger Manual/Auto mode switches

(2/3) locate on the control panel, left and
right screed panels. Turn the switches 1
to the Manual mode, the auger system
operates i n d e p e n d e n t l y. T h e a u g e r
r u n s a t a constant and high speed.
2
• The left and
1 2 -27 right augers have their 2- 27 2- 27
3-
corresponding control switches. 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 3 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
If the auger system is under “Auto” mode and
F ig . 4 -3 8
the travel system is under “Paving” mode, the
paver moves forward, and the auger system
starts; the paver stops, and the auger system
stops running.
Ultrasonic material level sensors (4) locate

at the both ends of the screed, which control
the speed of the left and right augers. When
the material level7 is low, the auger speed is
2
2-material 2- 27 2- 27
high; when the 1 level is high, the auger
2 3 - 3-1 3-1
20low.
speed is
e e 202 e 202 4
m aza m aza m aza
• When the paver is under “Travel” mode,
auger system stops. Any operations on any
switch would be invalid.
• If the auto mode indicator for the auger

system extinguishes and the manual mode
control switch isn’t pressed, the auger F ig . 4 -3 9
system is stopped.
• Operating the auger control switches on

27 screed panels is the same
the left and2-right 2 -27 2- 27
1 1 3-1
23-
with 0operating
2
the auger control switches 023-
2 202
ae the control panel.
zon zae aza
e
ma ma m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
2. e 202
Procedures for starting the auger system: e 202 e2
02
z a z a za
ma ma ma
• Start the engine. Increase the engine
speed to rated speed or economic speed.
Press the auger manual mode switch, and
the auger runs at a constant speed.
• On the home page, press F2 to enter the

auger system setting page.
On the auger system setting page, press F1

to choose the7 target item. Press F3 or F4 to
2
set the speeds
1 -2 of the two augers. Press F5 to 12-27 2-27
-
023 it and press F6 to return to the previou 023
- 3-1
confirm
2 2 202
ae
azpage. aza
e
aza
e
m m m
NO TE: As shown in the figure, 0% indicates

the speed is 0; 100% indicates the
maximum speed.
F1
F2
7 7 27
2-2 2-2 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 F3e 202
m aza m aza m az a
F4
F5
F6
Fi g. 4- 40
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeAdjusting the leveling system
4.7.5
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
4.7.5.1 Leveling system
1. Mode shift
• Turn the switch (1) to the "STANDBY"
position to stop leveling drive output.
• Turn the switch (1) to the "ON" position to
start leveling drive output.
2. Zero setting
Rotary sensor -27 -27 -27
1 2 1 2 1 2
• Install the
2 0 23- rotary sensor to make the angle 2023- 2 0 23-
between the ski or the sensing tube ande
a ae
zthe a z a 1 2 3 4 5 6 ae
az
m sensing arm at about 45 ℃ . Turn m the m
switch (1) to the "STANDBY" position. 1-Leveling control output switch
Hold the zero setting switch (5) for 3 2-Leveling UP indicator 3-Leveling Down indicator
seconds, and the indicators (2 and 3) go off 4-Cross slope adjustment 5-Leveling zero setting
simultaneously to finish zero setting 6-Leveling sensitivity adjustment
F ig . 4 -4 1
Slope sensor
• Install the slope sensor. Turn the switch (1)
to the "STANDBY" position. Hold the zero
setting switch (5) for 3 seconds, and the
indicators (2 and
2 - 27 3) go off simultaneously 2- 27 2-27
1 setting
to finish -zero
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 202
za e2 a e2 e
3.aThickness
m
adjustment
ma
z
m aza
First set zero and select the proper sensitivity
(the knob 6 is to set sensitivity, and 4~6 is
recommended). Then turn the switch (1) to the
"ON" position to finish thickness adjustment
There are two methods of thickness adjusment

for the rotary sensor.
• Through the adjustment lever on the
mounting bracket of the rotary sensor;
• Through the thickness adjustment switch
-27 or decrease its thickness by
(4) to increase
1 2 2- 27 2-27
1mm02 3- time. 3-1 3-1
202 202
each
e 2 e e
m aza m the aza m aza
When the slope sensor is equipped, use
thickness adjustment switch (4) to increase or
decrease its thickness by 1mm each time.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e2
02
e2
02
az a
4. Sensitivity selection
aza za
m Operate the knob (6) to set the m
sensitivity ma
within the range of 1~10. 4~6 is recommended.
5. Sensitivity selection
• Turn the switch (1) to the "STANDBY"
position, and the indicates (2 and 3)
indicate the direction tendency of output
signal.
• Turn the switch (1) to the "ON" position,

7
and the-2indicates (2 and 3) indicate the -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
3- of drive valve.
direction 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza• aza
If only one indicator flashes, it means
m the m aza
deviation of the elevation is small. If only
one indicator lights up all the time, it means
the deviation of the elevation is big. If
the two indicators flash simultaneously, it
means the rotary sensor is off the line or
beyond its range.
Before paving, turn the leveling mode switch

to the "AUTO" mode, and operate according to
the following procedures.
7
2- 2 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 zero 3-1 3-1
•
e 2Set e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
• Select sensitivity
• Shift mode to 'ON'
During paving, adjust the paving thickness

slightly through performing the thickness
adjustment.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae External leveling system
4.7.5.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The leveling system has three modes: AUTO,
STOP and MANUAL. Control indicator
Except the switches on the leveling controller, Valve switch
other five switches are available for the whole Control indicator
leveling system: leveling mode selection switch Sensitivity adjustment
(AUTO, 0, MANUAL) on the control console, Selection switch
elevation preadjustment manual switch (UP, 0,
DOWN) on the left and the right screed panels.
• -27
When the12leveling mode selection switch 1 2
72
F ig . 4-2-4
2-27
-
023control console is at the "MANUAL" 2023
- 3-1
on the
2 202
ae
zposition, zae
the leveling system is not linked aza
e
ma with the status of the paver. The leveling
ma m
controller is working independently. If
the height of the screed is required to
be adjusted manually, first turn the valve
switch to the "STANDBY" position on
the left and the right screed panels, and
then operate the elevation preadjustment
manual switch on the control console or
the screed panels. Turn the elevation
preadjustment manual switch upward to lift
7
the leveling-2scale, and release the switch -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
- automatically return to the "0" 23-
and it23will 3-1
e 2 0
position. Turn the elevation preadjustment e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma manual switch downward to lower mathe m
leveling scale, and release the switch and it
will automatically return to the "0" position.
• When the leveling mode selection switch

on the control console is at the "AUTO"
position, the solenoid controlled by the
leveling system is linked with the status
of the paver. When the paver is traveling,
the leveling solenoid is electrified. When
the paver stops traveling, the leveling
7
-2powered -27 27
solenoid is
1 2 off to avoid wrong
1 2 2-
23- The leveling controller is still 2023-
movements. 3-1
2 0 202
a ae
zelectrified to give orders and the output
aza
e
aza
e
m signal is cut off. When the leveling m mode m
selection switch on the control console is
at the "AUTO" position and the paver is
traveling, operate the manual switch on the

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2screed e 202 e2
02
z a panels to adjust the a
corresponding
az za
ma heights of the leveling cylinders. m
Usually, it ma
is not necessary to adjust the height of the
leveling cylinders.
• When the leveling mode selection switch

on the control console is at the "0" position,
the leveling system is cut off, and the
leveling controller only has the indication
function.
7 the screed system 27 27

2-2
4.7.6 Adjusting 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202 F1
m aza WARNING m aza m aza F2

Before adjusting the screed, make sure
F3
there is no workers around it. Otherwise, it
will result in personal injury and loss. F4
F5
4.7.6.1 Adjusting the tamper system
F6
After starting the engine and increase the
engine speed to rated speed or economic
speed: F ig . 4 -4 3
-27
12 home page, press F1 to enter the 3-12-
27 2-27
1. On
02 3 -
the 3-1
e 2tamper setting page. e 202 e 202
z a z a aza
F1
ma ma m
F2
2. On the tamper setting page, press F1 to
shift items and move the cursor in the firs F3
line.
F4
3. Press F3 to increase the temping frequency
F5
and press F4 to decrease the temping
frequency. F6
4. Press F5 for confirmation, and press F6

F ig .7 4 -4 4
27 interface.
back to the
- 2-2 2-27
23 -12 2 3-1 3-1
0
5.e 2When the engine is at the rated speed, e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma sound the horn to warm people,mand a then m
turn the tamper control switch on the
control console to the "MANUAL" position,
and the temper will run at the set frequency.

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae the paver is paving, the statusazof
6. zWhen ae aza
e
ma the tamper system depends on its m travel m
system. If the paver runs, the tamper
system runs. If the paver stops, the tamper
system stops.
7. Operate the temping frequency switch on

the control console to adjust the tamping
frequency by increasing or decreasing it by
0.5Hz for each operation.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
- . 4 -4 5
F3ig 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
4.7.6.2 Adjusting the vibrator system m
m aza m aza
Vibrator system has three gears: “Auto”, “Stop”

and “Manual” modes. Start the engine and
increase the engine speed to the rated speed
or economic speed:
1. Manual mode
Shift the vibrator mode switch on the control
console to the "MANUAL" mode. Rotate the
vibration speed 7valve (1) on the rear wall
2-2 clockwise to decrease the
plate on the-1tractor 1 2 -27 2-27
23 or anticlockwise to increase 202
3- 3-1
vibration
2 0frequency 202
ae
thezvibration frequency. zae aza
e
ma ma F ig . 4 -4 6
m
2.Auto mode
Shift the vibrator mode switch on the control
console to the "AUTO" mode, and the paver is
in a linked status. Rotate the vibration speed
valve (1) on the rear wall plate on the tractor to
1
adjust the vibration frequency.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -4 7

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
2 3-1 3-1 3-
e 20vibration e 202 e2
02
az a
The a
frequency could be adjusted
z za
m within the ma the
range of 0~50Hz without ma
indication on the display during adjustment.
The adjustment of the vibration frequency
depends on experience of operators or the
actual paving requirements.
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- F ig . 4 -4 8 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza4.7.7 Adjusting the towed arm m aza m aza
Turn the towed arm lift switch upward (toward

the direction 1) to lift the towed arm, and
release the switch to stop lifting the towed
˛
arm. Turn the towed arm lift switch downward
(toward the direction 2) to lower the towed arm, ˛
and release the switch to stop lowering the
towed arm.
3
2-27 2-27 2-27

NOTICE
3-1 3-1 a 3-1
202 paving, turn the locating epin
During
e 202 e 202
a a
z (4) to the position (a) in order toaavoid
z aza
ma interference due to movements of m towed m
arm. Otherwise, it will affect road paving F ig . 4 -4 9
quality.
4.7.8 Adjusting the central lubrication

system
The central lubrication system is mainly used

for the conveyor
2 - 27 and the auger systems. Each 2-27 2-27
time before
2 3 -1 paving, operate the grease pump23-1 3-1
e
0
to 2grease lubrication points of the conveyor
e2
0
e 202
z a
a and the auger systems. a z a aza
m m m

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e202 e 202 e 202
aza “Manual” mode for the initially-used
Select
m m aza m aza
paver to ensure all lubricating points are well
lubricated. Attention: Bearing seats of tamper
and vibrator of extension screeds are not
lubricated by the central lubrication pump, and
you should grease them by using the grease
gun.
4.8 Construction
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 WARNING e 202 e 202
a
az construction, read relative contents
z a aza
Before
m ma m
in the safety section (See: Section 2.3
"Precautions for Driving and Working" on
Page 2-21).
Strictly observe operation regulations
on construction. Any operation out of
specifications will cause serious hurt or
death to operators.
4.8.1 Line of direction

7
2-2 2- 27 2-27
3-1
02 pavement before construction. 202 3-1 3-1
Clean 2the
e 202
a
az out a line of direction with lime on
Mark zae
athe aza
e
m m
pavement. Pull the indicator pole out of the
m
tractor. Make the chain align with the line of
direction. The operator should drive the paver
along the line of direction. 1
4.8.2 Adjusting the indicator pole

a
B
1. Indicator pole (1) locates beneath the left
and right hoppers. Loosen the bolt. B
7 7 27
2-2
-1pole (2) locates at position (a). 23-1 2-2 2-
2. Indicator 2 3 3-1
Install
20 indicator pole (2) in to indicator polee 20
e the e 202
a z a a za aza
m
(1). Adjust it according to the paving width. m m
F ig . 4 -5 0
3. Tighten the bolt.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Spraying diesel oil e2
02
e2
02
az a
4.8.3 za za
m ma ma
5 1
Use oil sprayer to spray a thin diesel oil film
onto the hopper(1), roller(2), conveyor(3),
auger(4), screed(5) before paving. Open the
conveyor, auger, vibrator(6), tamper (7) and
hopper in turn and clear off asphalt on them.
4 6 7 3 2
2 -27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 F ig . 4 -5 1 e 202
maza4.8.4 Screed warm-up m aza m aza
1. Start the engine. Increase the engine speed

to “MAX”.
2. Press the screed heating button. Warm up

the screed for about 30 minutes.
N OTE: Illuminating button indicator indicates

2 - 27 2- 27 2- 27
-1the heating is in progress.
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
maza m aza m aza
4.8.5 Placing the screed
1. Press the screed lift switch (1) to lift the

screed to a proper position.
2- 27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -5 2

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
a zae
2. Underlay zae
the screed with wood plate (5).
a aza
e
m m
Underlay the screed at two points at least. m
The thickness of the wood plate equals to the
thickness of the pavement.
27 27 27
4
2- 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 5
e 202
aza
3. Press the screed lower switch (3) to m
m lower aza F ig . 4 -5 3
m aza
the screed (4) on the wood plate (5).
4. Press the elevation angle height control

switches (8) (9). Ensure the reading of the 8
9 6 7
leveling scale (1) (2) is 20 (If the reading is
not 20, adjust the elevation angle. For more
details, See: Section 4.4.1 "Screed assembly
and adjustment" on page 4-6). Make sure
the front of the screed is 4 mm above the wood
plate.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
4.8.6 Butting the truck F ig . 4 -5 4
Park the truck. Make the tire of the truck 100

mm~300 mm away from the push roller of the
paver. Make the paver push the truck to dump.
Dump the mixture divided into several times.
1 2 -27WARNING 1 2 -27 2-27

Communicate
23- with the truck driver before 2023- 3-1
dumping 2 0 and paving to avoid accident. 202
a zae zae aza
e
m ma m
N OTE: The hopper is open when feeding the
hopper.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e
4.8.7202Feeding the hopper e2
02
e2
02
az a za za
m ma ma
Press the hopper open button (See: Section
4.7.2 " Adjusting the hopper" on page 4-27).
Completely open the hopper.
4.8.8 Operating the conveyor
Press the conveyor control switch (1) (2) to

convey the material to the end of the passage. 1 2
2 -27 2-27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza maza
F ig . 4 -5 5
4.8.9 Operating the auger
Press the left auger control switch (1) and

7
right auger-2control switch (2) to distribute -27 1 2 27
1 2 1 2 2-
23- at the end of the passage to 2the
the material 23- 3-1
2 0 0 202
a ae
ztrough zae (3).
(5) which is in front of the screed
a aza
e
m Release the button till the depth of the m material 4
m
in the trough is 2/3 of the auger blade (4).
5 3
F ig . 4 -5 6
2- 27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza maza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Moving the paver
4.8.10
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
1. Select “Paving” mode.
2. Push the travel control lever forward.
N OTE: W h e n t h e p a v e r i s p a v i n g , t h e
systems of the paver are controlled
automatically.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza F ig . 4 -5 7
m aza
4.8.11 Moving the truck away
Sound the horn after the truck has discharged

to warn the truck off.
4.8.12 Receiving the mixture
After the truck moves

2 - 27 away, press the hopper 2 -27 2-27
open/close -switch
1 to close the hopper to let 1
023 accumulate into the passage. But 2023
- 3-1
the material
e 2 202
aza haft of the material should be left and
about zae
anot aza
e
m
conveyed into the trough.
m m
The hopper needs to receive the mixture if the

mixture in the passage decreases gradually.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Distributing the Material aza
z4.9 e2 zae2
ma m ma
Start the conveyor and auger to convey the
mixture into the trough after the mixture has
been dumped to the hopper. The material level
in the trough should be at a proper position (the
height of the material should be lower to some
degree than the top of the auger blade).
Select “Auto” mode to perform paving. First,

pave from the low section of the cross slope.
Each pavement
1 2 -27 with the same length will be 12-27 2-27
2 -
better, 3which reduces the time to assemble the 3- 3-1
2 0
extension
e screed. When paving the pavementse 202 e 202
z a z a aza
ma with different width by single paver, you’d
ma better m
pave the narrower pavement first, for reducing
times of disassembling the extension screed.
The heating power shouldn’t be too strong
when heating the screed, to avoid overheating.
When paving by multi-paver, the width of

each pavement could be different (echelon
operation), and you should reduce paving
times. The distance between the echelons
couldn’t be long,
2 - 27 and it’s better to keep them 2-27 2-27
1
within 5-m~10
3
m, so that no indentation on the -1
3 3-1
20 2
joints. 202 202
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
Before starting the operation or restarting the
operation after shutdown, heat the screed,
even in the summer. Because the mixture
above 1000C contacts the bottom plate of the
screed below 300C, the mixture may adhere to
the bottom plate, which may cause damage to
the pavement.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
4.10a
z Adjusting during Paving az a aza
ma m m
4.10.1 Adjusting the evenness
Heat deformation of the screed may occur due

to heating in continuous paving, which could
lead to cross fall or looseness on both sides,
resulting in poor compactness.
Check for cross fall. In case of that, adjust the

brace rod and tie rod of the screed.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

-
4.10.2 Adjusting
023
the thickness
023
- 3-1
e 2 2 202
zae
aza paving thickness fails to satisfy the paving aza
e
If the
m ma 1 m
requirements, you must increase or reduce
the paving thickness. Anticlockwise rotate the
rocker arm (1) to increase the thickness. Two
mm is increased in one circle. Clockwise rotate
the rocker arm (1) to reduce the thickness.
For ensuring the evenness, you shouldn’t

adjust the thickness frequently and quickly. A
second adjustment could be performed after
the paver has moved
7 for 1m.
2-2 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -5 8
4.10.3 Adjusting the material level
You should adjust the sensors of conveyor and

auger during paving, for ensuring the mixture
level in the trough at a proper position, so that
the conveyor and auger could run continuously.
Observe the material level in trucks, hoppers

and trough, and
1 2 -27observe the leveling sensor, 2- 27 2-27
23- various conditions. 3-1 3-1
202 202
so as to 0handle
e 2 e e
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
za4.11 Adjusting and Operatingza the e2 zae2
ma Auto-leveling System ma ma
Two configurations of the auto-leveling

system are available to adapt various working
conditions.
As for the paving width is 6m, and the rotary

sensor is unable to be installed at one side,
use a rotary sensor and a digit slope sensor.
1 2 -27 width is more than 6m, use 12-27

As for the paving
2-27
3- sensors (one for each side).
two rotary 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza4.11.1 Installation and adjustment
m of aza m aza
rotary sensor
When the rotary sensors are applied, take a

steel rope or the built road surface or road
shoulder as the references. Two kinds of
installations are for the rotary sensor. For more
details, see Operation Manual of Leveling
Sensor.
• The rotary7 sensor is installed at the place

where1 2 -2aligns with the center line of the 12-27
it 2-27
-
023 bar. 3- 3-1
e 2auger e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
• When paving the road surface with a
mobile big-ski device, install the rotary
sensor according to the requirements of the
big-ski.
1. See the figure for the control unit of rotary

sensor. Control indicator
Valve switch
Control indicator
7 -27 27
2-2 2-
Sensitivity adjustment
2
3-1 1
3- Selection switch 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
F ig . 4 -5 9

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza setting
2. Zero
m m aza m aza
After the leveling controller has been installed,
start the engine to the rated speed. Turn the
leveling mode switch on the control console
to the "MANUAL" position, and then turn the
valve switch on the leveling controller to the
"STANDBY" position. Connect the cables. Take
the following procedures for zero setting.
• Operate the leveling up/down switch

manually on the control console or the
1 2 -27 and adjust the screed to the

screed panels,
2-27 2-27
23- zero position.
mechanical 3-1 3-1
e 20 e 202 e 202
•
m aza to the
Turn the sensitivity adjustment knob m aza m aza
"6" position.
• Adjust the lever on the controller holder

upwards or downwards to set or revise zero
for the electrical system until the control
lights on the panels go off.
• Turn the valve switch to the "ON" position,

and the controlled solenoid should have no
movement. 7
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 202 202
a
az Installation
4.11.2 and ae
adjustmentazof aza
e
m m m
slope sensor
The slope sensor should be installed on the

reference surface. For example, it can be
installed on the slope sensor holder on the
screed. Four fastening holes are located at
the holder of the slope sensor. One principle is
required for the installation of the slope sensor:
operational convenience.
7
-2NOTICE 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
2 3- 23-1 3-1
e2
The arrow 0 direction of top of the slope 20 202
a z a zae aza
e
sensor
m ma
should be the same with the
m
forward direction of the paver.

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a See the right figure for the control unit e2 e2
ma
z1.
m azaof the ma
za
slope sensor.
The mobile phone is used to set the slope

value that the road requires. A LCD display is
equipped on the phone. Press the ▲▼ keys to
set the slope value up to the maximum value
of 15%. During setting, press F to shorten the
setting time.
When setting the slope value, hold the R key

until the icons
1 2 -27 ▲ ▼ show up simultaneously 12-27 2-27
and stop23- flashing. It means the setting has 23- F ig . 4 -6 0 3-1
2 0
been done. After that, pressing the ▲▼ keys 2
e in
0 202
a zaaeshort time just changes the displayed
a zavalue aza
e
m m m
on the LCD instead of affecting the set slope
value.
2. Leveing zero setting:
After the leveling controller has been installed,

turn the valve switch to the "STANDBY"
position. Connect the cables. Take the following
procedures for zero setting. ON-OFF CONTROL
7 7 27
ON
2-2
1 level gauge to make the actuator 3-1 2-2 2-
• Use-the
3-1
F
2 3
202 2R02
STANDBY
0 as the screed level.

2such L
SLOPE
R
e e e
m aza m aza SONIC maza
• Power on the power supply device to
CRADE SENSITIVITY
LASER
supply power for the controller.
• Turn the sensitivity adjustment knob at the F ig . 4 -6 1

middle position.
• Press the key ▲ or ▼ to make two output

indicators on the controller go off.
• Turn the valve switch to the "ON" position,

and the 2 27
-controlled solenoid should have no 2 -27 2-27
- 1 - 1 3-1
2023
movements. 023
2 202
e e e
m aza m aza maza

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az Stop Operation
4.12 aza aza
m m m
After paving, make sure there is no material in
the hopper and then switch the travel control
lever to the neutral position. All working devices
are stopped.
Set the travel mode to the position “Travel”,

and push the lever forward to move the paver.
When the asphalt materials are used:
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

-
023 clear away the materials on the 2023
After paving, - 3-1
2 202
zae auger and other parts and dilute them
hopper,
a a zae aza
e
m
with diesel oil. m m
When cleaning the conveyor, press the manual

switch for the conveyor to make it run. Then
spray diesel oil onto conveyer chains and the
conveyor till mixed materials are cleared away.
After cleaning tamper assembly, adjust the

tamper frequency to the maximum and make it
run for about 5 minutes. It could clear away all
27
asphalt in the clearance
2-
of tampers.
2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
20 switch (2) to adjust the engine to thee 20
Presse the e 202
z a
a speed. Confine the idle speed for about za aza
idle
m ma 5 m
minutes, and then press the Start/Stop button
1
(1) to stop the engine.
2-27 72
F ig . 42-6
2- 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
za e2 za e2 zae2
ma 4.13 Stop in the Abnormal Status
ma ma
CAUTION
Only when personal safety is in danger,
can the emergency button be used.
Frequent use of the emergency button will
affect the lifetime of the engine.
During paving, press emergency buttons

( 1 ) to stop the 7 paver in case of emergency.
The paver 2 - 2
has three emergency buttons, 12-
27 2-27
- 1 - 3-1
023
respectively
2 mounted on the main console
2 023 202
ae and the screed panels at both asides
zpanel zae of 1zae
ma screed. m ma
After the emergency buttons are

pressed, a l l s y s t e m s a r e s t o p p e d .
T h e n a f t e r troubleshooting, rotate the
buttons clockwise to release them.
F ig . 4 -6 3
2-27 2-27 2-27

023-1 02 3-1 3-1
2 2 202
z4.14
ae Transportation Information
zae aza
e
ma ma m
4.14.1 Loading and unloading
Use an access ramp with enough strength.

Make sure that the width, length and thickness
of the access ramp is capable of providing a
safe loading/unloading operation (at an angle
≤12°). Make sure the access ramp is free from
grease, oil, water and debris.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2- 27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Before loading the machine
4.14.1.1
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Park the machine on solid, flat surfaces before
shipping the machine.
1. Insert the pin latches (1) on both sides of

the left and right hoppers into the locating
hole (b) on the front wall plate, for preventing
the hopper from being opened during
transportation.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3-1 1
3-1
e2 e2 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
a
b
F ig . 4 -6 4
2. Pack the brace rod with steel wire, and place
the packed brace rod into the hopper.
3. Insert the dowel pin into the pin hole under

the seat to prevent
7 the seat shifting.
2-2 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
4.Remove
e 202 the muffle tail pipe, and put it on thee 202 e 202
az a
transportation vehicle. Lower down the canopy aza aza
m
and lock the pin.
m m
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202F ig . 4 -6 5
e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Starting the machine e2
02
e2
02
az a
4.14.1.2 za za
m ma ma
Lift towed arm lift cylinder at top dead center
position, and level scale at the lowest position).
Drive the machine at a speed no more than
2m/s. Adjust tires. Drive the machine onto the
access ramp.
4.14.1.3 Parking the machine
1 2 -27
Park the machine at the gravity center of the
1 2 -27 2-27
3- vehicle.
transport 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza aza
1) Chock the tracks of the paver onmthe front m aza
and on the rear. Place sleepers with the same
thickness (40~100 mm) under the left and right
basic screeds. Lower the screed to the sleeper.
2) Lower the canopy. Remove the fixing bolts

of support leg of the canopy. Lean the canopy
backward, and fix it with bolts. The total height
of the paver with the canopy lowered is 3200
mm.
2-27 -2.7 4 -6 6
F2ig 2-27
3-1 3- 1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az4.14.1.4 Securing the machine aza aza
m m m
Tie down the left and right of the machine with
wire rope whose diameter is no less than φ12
onto the transport vehicle. Place thick cloth or
rubber pad on the tie-downs to resist friction
between the wire rope and the tractor to avoid
damage to the machine caused by friction. Tie-
downs are position (a) and (b) as shown in the
figure. a
Block b
-
Mark the position
2 27 of the paver on the transport 2-27 Block c
2-27
2 3 -1Mark on the track shoe and on the23-1 Sleeper
3-1
202
vehicle.
0 0
a e2 e2
of the transport vehicle withzapaint e
ma
zplatform
ma
F ig . 4 -6 7
m aza
to check if the paver has shifted during
transportation.

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
4.14.2
z Packing aza aza
ma m m
• Pack the machine according to the
protection and transportation requirements.
Remove the wear parts from the screed
and auger, and pack them with packing
case.
• The packing case should be firm so as to

prevent the paver being damaged during
storage and transportation.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

• Conduct 23-moisture and rust protection to the 2023- 3-1
2 0 202
a ae
attachments
zpacking zae
like tools and spare parts. Use
aza
e
m case to pack them. ma m
• Conduct moisture and waterproofing
protection to the documentation.
• Tools used for loading and unloading the

machine are capable of proving a safe
loading/unloading operation.
• Observe the operation regulation when

using a crane 7to lift the machine.
2-2 2-27 2-27
2 3-1 3-1 3-1
• The20spreader bars must be centered over 202 202
a e e e
z aza
ma the machine. Keep the on-lookers amsafe m aza
distance away.
• In case of the loose parts when lifting the

machine, tighten them.
• Unqualified wire rope is prohibited to be

used to lift the machine.
• A warning plate is needed in the event that

the paver is extra-wide.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
az a
4.14.3Precautions for transporting
z a the za
m machine ma ma
• Observe the following items when

transporting the machine:
• No matter how the machine is transported,

by road or by train, transport vehicle with
proper loading capacity is required.
• Take measure to prevent the paver slipping

-27 during transportation.
and shifting
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 2 3-1 3-1
• e 2L0o w e r a n d l o c k t h e c a n o p y weh2e0n e 202
z a za aza
ma transporting the machine. ma m
• Understand the transport vehicle as well as
machine's overall length, width and height
so as to avoid hitting any barriers in high
place or narrow passage.
• Lock the left and right fences and the seat.
• Make sure the slope grade of the road is

≤10° when7 transporting the machine with a
-2 2-27 2-27
3 -12 truck.
platform
3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
m az•a The transport vehicle with z a
sufficient
ma m aza
carrying capacity is required.
• Close the hopper and fix it with the support

rod on the both sides.
• Put the control devices (for example:

leveling device) into the packing case.
• A warning plate is required when

transporting an extra-wide machine.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Transferring the machine
4.14.4
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• Drive the machine at a speed less than 2.4
km/h when transferring.
• When transferring the machine, fix the

towed arm with the fixed pin
• When transferring the machine, if the

screed is too wide so that it easily contracts
the ground when travelling, and the rear
is too heavy,
1 2 -27you must add counterweight 1 2 -27 2-27
2 - hopper. Make sure the load 2023-
in the 3front 3-1
2
evenly0 distribute on the track beam. Usee 202
a ae
zthe za aza
e
m extension screed or concrete blockma as m
counterweight.
• Generally, never drive the paver for a long

distance at a high speed. When transferring
the machine for a long distance (more than
3 km), use a transport vehicle to transport
the machine.
• When transferring the machine on an

uneven road, 7
stop transferring.
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
• 202 of emergency, never move thee 202
In case
e e 202
a
azpaver by towing it. aza aza
m m m
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Operation
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Storing the machine e2
02
e2
02
az a
4.14.5 za za
m ma ma
• Store the machine in a dry and well-
ventilated warehouse. Or take measures
to protect the machine against sun, rain,
moisture and corrosion.
• Check the machine completely for

protection, sealing and parts condition
before storing the machine for a long time.
• -27track properly.
Chock the
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 2 3-1 3-1
0 the adjusting hole, filler opening, and
• e 2Seal e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma intake/outtake with cap or plug. ma m
• Disconnect the battery. If the paver is
stored over two months, remove the battery
and store it.
• If the paver is stored for over one year,

drain the fuel, lubricant, hydraulic oil,
coolant and water.
• If the paver
2 - 27 is stored for over one month, 2-27 2-27
remove -1 the liquefied gas tank from the23-1
2 3 3-1
e
0
2paver and keep it in a safe place.
e 20 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
• If the paver is stored for a long time,
regularly check it. Observe the following
items when performing check:
1) Check it once every six months in warm

climate.
2) Check it once every three months in tropical

or cold climate or in coastland.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Operation 2- 27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Lifting the machine
4.14.6
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
As shown in the figure, lift the machine.
27 27 27
- 12-
Lifting point
3 3-1
2-
3-1
2-
e 202 e 202 e 202
z a aza aza
ma m m
Block
Tie-down point
Gravity center
Tie-down point Lifting point Lifting point
Sling Sleeper
27 27 27
Fi g. 4- 68 3 - 12- 3-1
2-
3-1
2-
e 202 e 202 e 202
z a aza aza
ma m m
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Operation
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Operation 2-27 2-27 2-2
SAP Series Paver
7
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 023-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 Maintenance
12-
27 2-27
023-1 023- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
a Maintenance
az5 aza aza
m m m
5.1 General 5-1
5.1.1 Notes on Maintenance 5-1
5.1.2 Notes on Fuel System 5-2
5.1.3 Notes on Engine Performance 5-2
5.1.4 Notes on Hydraulic System 5-2
5.1.5 Notes on Cooling System 5-3
5.2 Oil & Fluids Selection 5-4
5.2.1 General requirements 5-4
1 -27
5.2.2 2Requirements of oil and fluids
1 2 -27 1
5-6
2 -27
23-
5.3 0Maintenance
2 2 023
-
2
-
023 5-9
zae 5.3.1 Routine Maintenance zae zae 5-10
ma ma ma
5.3.2 Regular Maintenance 5-11
5.3.2.1 Technical Maintenance after Running in for 50 h 5-11
5.3.3 Technical Maintenance for Long-time Storage 5-14
5.3.4 Maintenance for the Engine 5-15
1 2 -27 Engine Oil-Check/refill/change 12-27

5.3.4.1
1 2 -27
5-15
- - -
2 023 5.3.4.2 Change the Engine Oil Filter2 023 2 023 5-16
zae aza
5.3.4.3 Fuel-Check/refill/change e zae 5-17
ma m
5.3.4.4 Oil Water Separator - Check/water draining/exhaust
ma 5-19
5.3.4.5 Change the Oil Water Separator 5-19
5.3.4.6 Change the Duplex Fuel Filter 5-21
Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza 5.3.4.7 Clean the Radiator
m aza m aza 5-22
5.3.4.8 Change the Coolant 5-22
5.3.4.9 Drive Belt of Engine - Check/tension/replace 5-24
5.3.4.10 Maintain and Change the Air Filter 5-26
5.3.4.11 Check Engine Installation 5-30
5.3.5 Maintaining the Hydraulic System 5-30
5.3.5.1 Hydraulic Oil - Check/refill/change 5-30
5.3.5.2 Change the Hydraulic Oil Filter 5-32
5.3.6 Maintaining the Electric System 5-33
7
5.3.6.1-2Maintaining the Batteries -27 5-33 -27
1 2 1 2 12
2 23- Maintaining the Electric Control
05.3.6.2 2
3-
02Cabinet 3
5-35
202
-
zae 5.3.6.3 Replacing the Fuse zae z a e 5-36
ma ma ma
5.3.7 Replacing the Gear Oil in Transfer Case 5-37
5.3.8 Routine Maintenance of Engine and Reducer 5-37
5.3.8.1 Before Starting the Engine 5-37
5.3.8.2 Reducer 5-38
5.3.9 Lubricating Points 5-39
5.3.10 Routine Inspection of Tamper Blade,
Base Plate, Auger Blade and Conveyor 5-41
5.3.11 Hydraulic System 5-42
1 2 -27 System
5.3.12 Electrical
1 2 -27 5-43 -27
12
- - -
2 023Propel System
5.3.13
2 023 3
5-44
202
ae
z5.3.14 Screed zae z a e 5-44
ma 5.3.15 Grease Points ma ma 5-45
5.3.16 Fuel, Lubricant and Filling Amount 5-46
5.3.17 Check the Bolts 5-47
5.4 Repair 5-48
5.4.1 General 5-48
5.4.1.1 Basic Principle 5-48
5.4.1.2 Basic Maintenance Methods 5-48
5.4.2 Replacing the Conveyor Chain 5-50
1 2 - 7
5.4.2.1 2Replacing Procedures
1 2 -27 5-50 27
12-
- Required Tools
5.4.2.2 - -
5-51
2 023 2 023 3
2025-51
ae Adjusting the Tension of Conveyor
z5.4.3 aza
e Chain z a e
ma 5.4.3.1 General m ma 5-51

7
2
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 023-1 023-
za e2 5.4.3.4 Notes
e2
za za e2 5-52
ma ma ma
5.4.4 Replacing and Tensioning the Conveyor Drive Chain 5-53
5.4.4.2 Adjusting the Tension of Conveyor Drive Chain 5-53
5.4.5 Removing and Installing the Conveyor 5-54
5.4.5.1 Removing Procedures 5-54
5.4.5.2 Installing Procedures 5-54
5.4.6 Replacing and Tensioning the Conveyor Chain 5-55
5.4.6.1 Checking Method and Requirements 5-55
1 2 -27 Removing the Conveyor Chain12-27

5.4.6.2
1 2 -27
5-55
2 23- Adjusting the Tension of Auger 2Chain

05.4.7 023
-
2
-
023 5-56
zae 5.4.7.1 Adjusting Requirements zae zae 5-56
ma ma ma
5.4.7.4 Notes 5-57
5.4.8 Replacing the Travel Reducer 5-57
5.4.8.1 Replacing Requirements 5-58
5.4.9 Installing and Removing the Hopper 5-59
1 2 -27 Installing the Hopper

5.4.9.1
1 2 -27 1 2 -27
5-59
- - -
2 023 5.4.9.2 Removing the Hopper 2023 2 023 5-59
zae 5.4.10 Replacing the rubber crawler e
aza shoe aza
e 5-60
ma m
5.4.11 Replacing the bearing wheel m 5-60
5.4.12 Maintenance of Screed 5-61
5.4.13 Replacing the Travel Pump 5-62
5.4.14 Replacing the Travel Motor 5-63
5.4.15 Replacing the Conveyor Auger Pump 5-64
5.4.16 Replacing the Front Drive Vibration Pump, Auxiliary Steering Pump, Tamper
Pump and Generation Pump 5-64
5.4.17 Replacing the Front Drive Motor 5-65
1 2 -27
5.4.18 Replacing
1 2 - 7
the Conveyor Motor and the2Auger Motor
1 -27
5-65
2
- Replacing the Tamper/vibrator/generator
5.4.19 - Motor - 5-65
2 023 2 023 2 023
zae 5.4.20 Replacing the Cylinders azae aza
e 5-65
ma m
5.4.20.1 Environmental Requirements the Cylinders m 5-65
5.4.20.2 Towed Arm Cylinder 5-66
5.4.20.3 Leveling Cylinder 5-68

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 202 202
5.4.20.4 Large Hopper Cylinder zae e
m aza ma m aza 5-69
5.4.20.5 Small Hopper Cylinder 5-69
5.4.21 Adjusting Auxiliary System Pressure 5-69
5.4.21.1 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve 5-69
5.4.21.2 Adjusting Pressure of Main Relief Valve on Leveling Valve Group 5-70
5.4.21.3 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve for Towed Arm Hopper System 5-70
5.4.21.4 Adjusting Pressure of Brake Relief Valve 5-70
5.4.21.5 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve for Leveling Cylinder Rodless
Chamber 5-71
5.4.21.627Adjusting Pressure of Leveling Relief2Valve
1 2 - 1 2 - 7 5-71 27
12-
3 -
5.4.21.7 Adjusting Pressure of Towed Arm3 - Load Relief Valve -
5-71
3
02
25.4.21.8 2
20Arm 2025-72
z a e Adjusting Pressure of Towed
a e Boosting Relief Valve a e
ma az ma
z
5.4.21.9 Adjusting Pressure ofm Manual Brake Relief Valve 5-72
5.4.21.10 Adjusting Pressure of Relief Valve for Generation System 5-72
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
WARNING

2 -27 manuals 2-27
3-1 provided with this roller 1
23- and before 3-1
202 operating or servicing 2 0 202
aza
e
a z ae the roller. Failure aza
e
m to do this canmcause property damage, m

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
z5 e2
a MAINTENANCE zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
5.1 General
5.1.1 Notes on maintenance
Read all applicable safety instructions when

you maintain the paver.
The working reliability of essential components

will be increased and their lifetime will be
prolonged with
1 2 -27 thorough machine maintenance. 12-27 2-27
23- that result from not observing 2the
The faults
23- 3-1
2 0
safety 0
instructions will cause more effort ethan 202
a ae
zmaintenance za aza
e
m work. ma m
During maintenance, you should:
• The terms right/left are always determined

according to travelling direction forward.
• Prior to maintenance, completely clean the

machine and engine.
• Park the7machine on level ground for

-2 2-27 2-27
-12
maintenance.
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
m az•a Usually only after the engine is shut
m
a
az down m aza
can the maintenance work be carried out.
• Depressurize hydraulic pipes before

working on them.
• Disconnect power supply of main battery

and cover it with insulation materials before
working on the electrical system.
• Collect the effluent lubricant, coolant and

-27
fuel to2prevent
1 them from seeping into the
1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 or flowing in sewerage system 023
ground - 3-1
e 2 e 2 e 202
m aza• m
The used filters should be stored in
aza m aza
a designated waste container and be
disposed environmentally.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeNotes on fuel system
5.1.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The service life of diesel engine mainly
d e p e n d s o n t h e f u e l p u r i t y. D u r i n g
maintenance, you should:
• Make sure the engine is free of dirt

and water or the injection parts may be
damaged.
• Never use a galvanized iron barrel to store

fuel. -272 2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
• Before0
e 2 drawing the fuel out from a barrel,e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma store the barrel for a long time. ma m
• Prevent the fuel suction pipe from churning
the fuel barrel.
• Never draw the fuel out on the bottom of

the barrel.
• The fuel left at the bottom of the barrel

cann't be used by the engine. It is only
used for cleaning.
7
2- 2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
z Notes on engine performance az
5.1.3 a aza
ma m m
The rate between combustion air and fuel
injection of the diesel engine has been carefully
adjusted. Engine’s performance, temperature
level and the quality of the exhaust gas are
determined by that.
You should consult the after-sales service

department of our company or engine
manufacturer if the machine has to work with
-27 air (at high altitude).
full load in the 2thin 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
5.1.4 Notes on hydraulic system
m m aza m aza
Keep the hydraulic system from contaminating.

Make sure no dirt or any other dirty substance

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 the system, as even tiny particles emay
202 e2
02
z a
enters
az a za
ma scratch the valve, make pumps tomseize or ma
block the throttle or guide hole, resulting in high
repair cost.
• If the oil level is found to have dropped

during the daily check, check all lines and
hydraulic elements for leaks.
• Seal the external leakage at once. If

necessary, inform the relevant after-sales
service department for repair.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27
23- leave the barrel containing hydraulic
• Never
23- 3-1
2 0
oil in the open air. The water may enter 2 0 202
a zae the barrel through the oil outlet because
zae of aza
e
m ma m
weather changes.
• Use oil filling and filtering devices to refill

hydraulic oil. This device is equipped with
a filter that can filter the hydraulic oil and
prolong the lifetime of the filter.
• Before removing the connector and oil tank

cover, clean them and the surfaces around
to prevent dirt from entering the system.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

23- it is necessary, do not leave the
• Unless
23- 3-1
2 0
oil filler of the hydraulic oil tank open.2 0 202
a zae Otherwise, the dirt may enter the oilatank.
zae aza
e
m m m
• Never open the cover of oil tank randomly
to prevent dirt from entering the system.
5.1.5 Notes on cooling system
Coolant quality control is very important to

water-cooled engine. Otherwise, the engine
may be damaged
2 - 27 by corrosion, cavitations or 2-27 2-27
freezing.-1
023 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
a
azThe a
cooling water is the mixture ofazwater aza
m and
m
coolant. Check the mixture every day.
m
The mixture can be checked with special
instrument.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
5.2z Oil & Fluids Selection aza aza
ma m m
5.2.1 General requirements
1. SANY special oil and fluids are

recommended.
2. Select oil and fluids with proper quality
grade, technical specifications and viscosity
as per latest standard of related authorities
according to this manual.
3. Failing to use 7the oil and fluids according
1 2 2
-machine 1 2 -27 2-27
to this manual, performance may be
23- fault may be caused to relevant 2023- 3-1
affected
e 2 0and
e e 202
aza
parts.
m azam m aza
4. To ensure machine performance, oil and
fluids of different brands should not be mixed;
otherwise, sediments or layers may be caused,
which lead to performance degradation or
failure, even fault of machine and parts.
5. Disposal of oil and fluids should comply with
local laws and regulations.
6. Viscosity selection
27
a. Ambient temperature
2- 2-27 2-27
Ambient 3-1
02 temperature refers to the air 202 3-1 3-1
2 202
ae
ztemperature ae
surrounding the machine. zDo
aza
e
ma check the local temperature and possible
ma m
air temperature before selection. Generally,
viscosity selection is based on the higher
temperature in the standard. When
the machine starts, the max. allowable
viscosity under ambient temperature could
be selected. In extreme cold area, it’s
better to use parts heating system and oil
and fluids of higher viscosit .
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae 2b. Viscosity grade e2 e2
ma m aza ma
za
Proper viscosity depends on the min.
ambient temperature, which is the
temperature for machine startup and
operation. To determine proper viscosity
grade under the min. ambient temperature
for startup and operation, refer to the
“Min. Temp.” in the following tables. To
determine proper viscosity grade under the
max. ambient temperature for startup and
operation, refer to the “Max. Temp.” in the
following
1 2 -27tables. Unless specially specified, 12-27 2-27
23-max. allowable viscosity grade under 023
- 3-1
2 0the 2 202
zae ambient temperature should be selected aza
e
aza
e
ma for machine startup. For long-term m m
operation, oil and fluids of higher viscosity
should be selected for transmission and
differential, so as to maintain the thickest
film
7. Oil and fluids used under low temperature
a. Before start-up of the machine, ensure
engine oil, transmission oil, hydraulic oil
and other fluids are fully flowing. Take out
-27dipstick easily. Oil or fluid diluted 12-27 27

the dipstick, check that the oil or fluid flow
1 2 2-
down
3- the
3- 3-1
e 20by2 kerosene is prohibited. e 202 e 202
m aza aza
m under
b. If different oil or fluid is replaced m aza
low temperature, the filter element should
be replaced too. Otherwise, the filter
element and housing will be solidified.
Drain the oil and fluids in hydraulic cylinder
and pipelines. After replacement, run the
machine to circuit the oil and fluid
c. Select proper viscosity according to this
manual.
d. In case 7 of change of temperature,
change
1 2 - 2
proper oil and fluids according to 1 2 -27 2-27
23-manual. 3- 3-1
e 20this e202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeRequirements of oil and fluids
5.2.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Table 5-1 Engine Oil Under Different Ambient Temperature
Type, quality grade & technical Viscosity grade Ambient temp.（℃）
Part/System
spec. of oil & fluids of oil & fluids Min. Temp Max. Temp.
SAE 0W-20 -40 10
SAE 0W-30 -40 30
SAE 0W-40 -40 40
Diesel Engine Oil
SAE 5W-30 -30 30
Engine crankcase • API CI-4
SAE 5W-40 -30 40
• GB 11122
2- 27 2- 27 SAE 10W-30 -20 40

2- 27
02 3-1 02 3-1 SAE 10W-40 -20 50 3-1
02
za e2 zae2 SAE 15W-40 e
-15 250
ma ma m aza
1. Unless specially specified, this machine adopts Diesel Engine Oil CI-4
15W-40 when delivery. It is specially used for SANY machine.
2. For engine with emission of China Ⅱ or Euro Ⅱ standard for off-road
machine, API CH-4 or lubricant of higher grade should be used.
Note 3. For engine with emission of China Ⅲ or Euro Ⅲ standard for off-road
machine, API CH-4 or lubricant of higher grade should be used.
4. For engine with emission of Euro Ⅳ standard for off-road machine, API CJ-4
or lubricant of higher grade should be used.
2- 27 -27 Temperature
Table 5-2 Gear Oil Under Different Ambient 27
3-1 3
Type, quality grade & technical- 12 Viscosity grade Ambient temp.（℃） 3 - 12-
202
Part/System 202 2
20Temp.
zae z e
spec. of oil &afluids of oil & fluids Min. Temp Max.
z a e
ma maGear Oil
Industrial Enclosed ma
(mineral oil) 150 -10 40
• DIN 51517 Part 3-group CLP
• ISO 12925-1 CKD
• AIST 224
• AGMA 9005-E02:EP 220 -5 50
Transfer case/Reducer • GB 5903
Industrial Enclosed Gear Oil (PAO)
• DIN 51517 Part 3=>group CLP 150 -40 50
• NF-ISO 6743-6 Category CKD
• AIST 224
2- 27 • AGMA 9005-E02
2 -27 220 -40 50
2-27
3-1 • GB 5903 3- 1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza Note
ma
z a
Select proper oil according to environment temperature.
maza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 02 3-1 023
-
zae2 Table 5-3 Hydraulic Oilae
2 e 2
aza
Under Different Ambient Temperature
ma m az m
Type, quality grade & technical spec. of Viscosity grade of Ambient temp.（℃）
Part/System
oil & fluids oil & fluids Min. Temp Max. Temp.
Normal Temperature Hydraulic Oil HM /
L-HM Anti-wear Hydraulic Oil 32 -20 5
• AFNOR NF E 48-603 HM
• ISO 11158 L-HM
• CINCINNATI P68、P69、P70
• EATON-VICKERS M-2950 S、I-286 S 46 -20 10
• PARKER-DENISON HF-0、HF-1、
HF-2
• Q/SH303 0550 68 -15 50
2 - 27 • GB 11118.1 2 -27 2- 27
- 1 - 1 3-1
2 023 023 / L-HV
Wide-temperature Hydraulic Oil HV
2 202
e
zaHydraulic system Low-temperature Hydraulic
e
zaOil 32 -30 e 10
ma • AFNOR NF E-48-603 ma HV m aza
• ISO 67434/4 HV
• DIN 51524 P3 HVLP 46 -30 15
• CINCINNATI P68、P69、P70
• EATON(VICKERS) M-2950 S、I-286
S
68 -25 50
• Q/SH303 0661
• GB 11118.1
Aircraft hydraulic oil
• SH 0358 10# -40 5
• Q/SH PRD0476
2- 27 2 -27 2 -27
3-1 3- 1
1. Unless specially specified, this machine adopts Normal Temperature Hydraulic 1
-Oil HM
023machine
e 202Note 68/L-HM Anti-wear Hydraulic 2 02when
Oil delivery. It is specially used for 2
SANY
aza zae zae
m ma of -15 ℃ to 50℃ .
with applicable temperature
ma
Table 5-4 Lubricant Under Different Ambient Temperature

Type, quality grade & technical spec. Speed NLGI Ambient temp.（℃）
Part/System
of oil & fluids with load grade Min. Temp Max. Temp.
EP Lithium-based Lubricating Grease
• ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 00
00 -30 10
• DIN 51502: GP00G-30
• GB/T 7323
EP Lithium-based Lubricating Grease
1 2 -27 • ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 0 1 2 -27 1 2 -27
3- system
Screed
• DIN 51502: MP0K-25 023
- / 0 -25
023
-
20
202 2 2
zae • GB/T 7323 zae zae
ma ma
EP Lithium-based Lubricating Grease ma
• ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 1
1 -20 50
• DIN 51502: KP1K-30
• GB/T 7323

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 202 202
aza zaeGrease
EP Lithium-based Lubricating
a aza
e
m m
• ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 1 High 1 -30 m 40
• DIN 51502: KP1K-30
Centralized EP Lithium-based Lubricating Grease High 2 -25 50
lubricating device/ • ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 2
Mid 2 -20 40
guide device • DIN 51502: KP2K-25
• GB/T 7323 Low 2 -25 40
Tank Lithium-based Lubricating Grease
/ 2 -50 50
GJB 4364
1. Unless specially specified, this machine adopts the following fluids:

a. Screed system: Extreme Pressure Lithium-based Lubricating Grease 00#/ 1#. It is
-27 -27
specially used for SANY machine with applicable temperature of -30℃ to 10℃ (00#) 27
12-
Note-12 or -20℃ to 50℃ (1#). - 1 2 -
02 3 3 3
e2 b. Centralized lubricating device
e 202 and guide device: Extreme Pressuree 2Lithium-
02
za a
z It is specially used for SANY machine with a
az applicable
ma
based Lubricating Greasea2#.
m
temperature of -25℃ to 50℃ .
m
Table 5-5 Coolant Under Different Ambient Temperature

Type, quality grade & technical Viscosity grade Ambient temp.（℃）
Part/System
spec. of oil & fluids of oil & fluids Min. Temp Max. Temp.
Antifreeze -35 -30 50
Cooling system
• OAT
(Engine radiator) -45 -40 50
• GB 29743
1. Unless specially specified, this machine adopts Antifreeze OAT -45 when
27 -27 machine with applicable temperature 1of2-27
3-12-
Note 2
delivery. It is specially used for 1SANY
- -
02 -40℃ to 50℃ . 023 023
e2 e 2 e 2
maza maza maza
Table 5-6 Diesel Oil Under Different Ambient Temperature

Type, quality grade & technical Grade of oil (as per Ambient temp.（℃）
Part/System
spec. of oil & fluids condensation point) Min. Temp Max. Temp.
Diesel Oil 5# 8 50
Diesel Oil 0# 4 50
Fuel system Regular diesel oil Diesel Oil -10# -5 50
(Diesel engine) GB 252 Diesel Oil -20# -14 50
2- 27 2
7 Oil -35#
-2Diesel -29 50
2- 27
02 3-1 02
1
3- Diesel Oil -50# -44 50 3-1
e2 e2 202
za az a z ae
ma Note
1. Unless specially m
specified, ma deliver .
this machine adopts Diesel Oil 0# when
2. Regular diesel oil meeting national and local emission standard is
recommended.

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Maintenance
z5.3 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
The paver maintenance contains routine
maintenance and regular maintenance.
The intervals regulated in regular maintenance

are the same with those specified in the Engin
User’s Guide.
The time for regular maintenance is calculated

from the engine start.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

23- every 1000h regular maintenance,
• After
23- 3-1
2 0
the paver enters into the next new cycle 2 0
of 202
a zae regular maintenance a zae aza
e
m m m
• Stop the engine during maintenance. The
engine may be started only when it is Fig. 5-1
required for maintenance work.
• Park the machine on flat and solid ground
• Lock up the power supply switch and

starting switch of electrical system.
• Clean the paver. Never use corrosive

7 27 27
2-2 Always use non-fiber cloth
detergents. 2- 2-
2 3-1 2 3-1 3-1
• e 2B0 e f o r e i n j e c t i n g w a t e r o r v a p2o0r
e e 202
z a azaother aza
ma (highpressure detergent) or usingm any m
detergents, cover or bind up all openings
which may be affected (for the safety or
function of such parts as the electric control
cabinet and oil filler)
• After cleaning, remove the cover. Check

the cleaning area for water. Check all fuel
pipeline, engine oil pipeline and hydraulic
oil pipeline for leakage, loose connection,
and cracked
2 - 27 or damaged part. In case of 2-27 2-27
1
any -defect,
3
repair or replace the defective -1
3 3-1
0 2
2part. 202 202
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
• Prepare a proper container and some
adhesives in case the lubricant spills during
maintenance and installation.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeRoutine maintenance
5.3.1
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
(1) Clean the paver.
• Remove the mud and sand on the paver

surface.
• Remove the dust and dirt on engine

surface, hydraulic elements and other
parts.
• 7 fillers and air filters from

Prevent all-2oil 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
3-
being contaminated. 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
(2) Check the machine parts for tightness.m
m aza m aza
Especially check the connecting bolts for

looseness and breakage.
Tighten or replace the loose or broken bolts.
(3) Check all parts of the paver for oil leak. If

any, do troubleshooting. Avoid environmental
pollution and system failure.
- 27 2-27 2-27
-12oil level.
(4) Check the
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 202
a e2 a e2 e
(5)azCheck
m
the oil level in engine crankcase,
ma
z
m aza
fuel tank and hydraulic oil tank. Refill oil to the
specified mark
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Regular maintenance e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.3.2 za za
m ma ma
5.3.2.1 Technical maintenance after running
in for 50h
Before putting the machine into use, carry out

50h running-in. Otherwise, it is not allowed
to put into formal use. After that, perform
technical maintenance according to relative
specifications of the Engine User’s Guide. After
running in, perform technical maintenance in
7 the following regulations:
accordance-2with 27 27
2 2- 2-
23-1 2 3-1 3-1
• e 20Replace the engine oil. Drain the engine
e2
0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma oil when warming up the machine, ma and m
then add new engine oil. After a short-time
operation, check whether the engine oil
level is at the specified height
• Replace the lubricant in transfer case. Drain

it when warming up the machine, and then
add new lubricant.
• Replace the lubricant in all reducers

(including
2 - 27 reducers for travel system, 2-27 2-27
conveyor,
-1 and conveyor system). Drain it -1
2 3 023 3-1
e 2 0when warming up the machine, and then
e 2 e 202
m aza add new lubricant. m aza m aza
• Replace the element of engine oil filte .
• Replace the element of fuel filte .
• Check the hydraulic oil level. Add hydraulic

oil to the specified volume
• Check the engine coolant level. Add

coolant to the specified volume
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 each hydraulic system for leakage.20If2 3-1 3-1
202
• Check
2
zae any, rectify it. zae aza
e
ma ma m
• Check the auger blade for crack. If any,
replace the blade.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
• ae
zCheck ae
the each auto leveling sensor zfor
aza
e
ma normality. ma m
• Check each cylinder for leakage. If any,

rectify it.
See: Section 5.3.16 "Fuel, lubricant and

filling amount" on Page 5-46 for filling
amount of fuel and lubricant.
5.3.2.2 Technical
1 2 -27 maintenance every 100 2-27 2-27
3-
working hours 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
•
m aza
Repeat all routine technical maintenance
m aza m aza
items.
• Maintain the engine in accordance with the

technical maintenance items after 100h
operation specified in the Engine User’s
Guide for the engine.
5.3.2.3 Technical maintenance every 200

working hours 7
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
• 202 all technical
Repeat
e
maintenance items
e 202 e 202
a
azafter 100h operation. aza aza
m m m
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
az a
5.3.2.4 Technical maintenance every
z a 500 za
m working hours ma ma
• Repeat all technical maintenance items

after 200h operation.

• Check the welded part on such key parts

-27 and oil tank for crack. Check 12-27
as the2frame
1 2-27
-
023 track beam for deformation. If any, 023
- 3-1
202
the
2 2
zae rectify it. zae aza
e
ma ma m
• Check the electrical wiring for each
operating switches and monitoring devices
for normal. In case of any damage, repair it
at once.
• Check the conveyor units for wear.
• Check the storage battery for oxidization at

both electrodes, etc.
1 2 -27
5.3.2.5 Technical maintenance every 1000
1 2 -27 2-27
3- hours
working 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza • Repeat all technical maintenance
m items aza m aza
after 500h operation.

technical maintenance items after 1000 h
• Replace the hydraulic oil filte .
• Replace the
7 engine oil.
2-2 2-27 2-27
023-1 3-1 3-1
•
e 2Besides the above regular technical
e 202 e 202
maza az a
maintenance, perform a complete overhaul
m m aza
to the machine every winter. Replace the
lubricant in each reducer and transfer case.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza Technical maintenance for m
5.3.3
m aza
long-
m aza
time storage
If the machine is to be stored for 3 months,

maintain it in accordance with the following
instructions:
• Perform the technical maintenance for

long-time storage and rust-proof treatment
in accordance with the Engine User’s
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

• Clean 3 - inner and outer surfaces of the 23-
2the 3-1
e 2 0
machine, working parts of the hopper,e 20 e 202
z a za aza
ma screed, auger units and conveyor units.
ma If m
available, park the machine in the garage
or at a ventilated place in the open air and
cover it with canvas.
• Level up the screed with wooden blocks.
• Take off all the hoppers and leveling

cylinders, and coat them with lubricating
grease.
27
2- part of screed units and 27 27
• Only the
3 - 1basic 3 - 12- 3-1
2-
202 units may be left on the basee 202
conveyor
e e 202
a
azmachine for a long-time parking. aza aza
m m m
• Do cleaning and rust-proof treatment to the
accessories and put them in a clean and
ventilated room.
• Add new lubricant or grease to each

lubricating point. (See: Section 5.3.16
"Fuel, lubricant and filling amout" on
Page 5-46 for filling amout of lubricant.)
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Maintenance for the engine e 202 e2
02
z a
5.3.4 za za
ma ma ma
5.3.4.1 Engine oil-check/refill/change
The following steps show how to change the

engine oil.
1. Start the engine and idle the engine for 5-10

min. Stop the engine.
1 2 -27 CAUTION 1 2 -27 2-27

Protect
23-yourself from the engine oil. Since 23- 3-1
its2 0
e temperature is very high, it will zbadly 2 0 202
a zaburn ae + 80 ℃
aza
e
m you if it spills onto your skin.ma m
NOTICE
Never start the engine when draining the
engine oil. Otherwise it will cause severe OIL
damage to the engine.
Fig. 5-2
2. Place a vessel (volume should be more than

22.5L) under
1 2 -27the engine oil outlet. Remove the 12-27 2-27
23-the oil outlet. 023
- 3-1
202
plug0on
e 2 e 2 e
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 5-3
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae oil is drained, install a new washer aand
3. After
a zae aza
e
m m
screw the plug back. Then fill the appointed m
(See: Table 5-7 on page 5-46) engine oil
through the inlet.
4. Start the engine and check the plug for
1 2 -27 appears, screw the plug

leakage. If leakage
2-27 2-27
again. 3- 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
5. Shut down the engine. After the enginemcools
m aza Fig. 5-4
m aza
down, check the engine oil level. The level
should be between Max. and Min. positions.
5.3.4.2 Change the engine oil filter

engine oil filter
1. Thoroughly clean
7 the outside of the filte .
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1
2. Use2a02proper tool (belt spanner) to clamp 202
3-1 3-1
202
ae element
azfilter
the aza
e
aza
e
m m m
3. Remove the filter element
CAUTION
Protect yourself from the engine oil. Since
its temperature is very high, it will badly Fig. 5-5
burn you if it spills onto your skin.
7
-2NOTICE 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
3-
02 the engine when the engine 202 3-1 3-1
Never2start
e 202
a zae
oilazfilter is removed. Otherwise engine aoil aza
e
m m
will flow from the pipeline and cause the
m
engine lack of lubricating.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 3-1 3-
e 2Clean e 202 e2
02
z a
4. the sealing on the filter carrier
z a from za
ma any dirt. ma ma
5. Slightly oil the rubber seal on the new filte .
6. Tighten the new filter element by hand until

the seal contacts.
7. Tighten the filter element for another half

turn until it aligns the fixing flamp. After that,
tighten the bolt.
1 2 -27 2-27 2-27

8. Check
023
- the filter element for leak 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
m aza
5.3.4.3 Fuel-check/refill/change
WARNING
Fire hazard! When working on the fuel
system do not use open fire, do not
smoke and do not spill any fuel. There is a
possibility of catching fire.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 NOTICE 3-1 3-1
The
e 202engine must be shut down before e2
0 2
e 202
az a z a aza
m ma will
changing the fuel! Or insufficient fuel m
be sucked into the engine, and it will
cause the engine to work inefficiently
or even shut down. This will shorten the
service life of the engine.
fuel.
1. 1 . B l o w t h e o u t s i d e o f t a n k w i t h
compressed air to remove the dust.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
23-1 NOTICE 2 3-1 3-1
Teh2e0 p u r i t y
o f t h e f u e l s h o u l d eb2e0 Fig. 5-7 e 202
az a za aza
m guaranteed. Otherwise the impurity ma such m
as dust will make the oil water separator
to invalidate more easily and bring big
resistance of fuel suction.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae a vessel (volume should be more
2. zPlace
aza
e
aza
e
ma than 50L) under the outlet of the fuelmtank. m
Unscrew the oil-drain plug at the bottom of
tank to drain the dirty oil.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202Fig. 5-8 e 202
3.
m azaOpen the cover on the top of the tank.mBlowaza m aza
out the remaining oil and grain materials,
esp., the blind corner, with compressed air.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202Fig. 5-9 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
4. Refill an appropriate amount of clean diesel
oil (or kerosene) into the fuel tank. Use a
new brush to clean the tank up and down.
When the oil gets dirty, change it with new
oil and continue cleaning till no dirt and
sediment are found on the wall and bottom
of tank.
5. Screw the oil-drain plug tightly back in. And

screw the tank cover back to the tank.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

-
0 3 tank with appointed fuel (See: 2023
6. Refill 2the - 5-10
Fig. 3-1
2 202
ae 5-7 on page 5-46) through the filter.
zTable zae aza
e
ma ma m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2Release e 20in2 e2
02
az a
7. a
the air that possibly mixed
z za
m the fuel mamanual
pipeline by pressing the ma
pump (See: Fig.5-11) up and down before
starting the engine.
5.3.4.4 Oil water separator - check/water

draining/exhaust
WARNING
Don't use open fire or smoking. There is a
27 catching fire.
possibility-of
2 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae the following steps to exhaust.
zTake aza
e
aza
e
ma m A m
B
1. Unscrew the screw (A) on the filte .
2. Operate the manual pump (B) until the fuel

runs out from the screw (A) without any bubble.
3. Tighten the screw (A).
2- 27 2 -275-11 2-27
023-1 023- 1Fig.
3-1
2 Change the oil water separator e 2 202
zae
5.3.4.5 a z aza
e
ma ma m
WARNING
NOTICE
The engine must be shut down before
changing-2the 7 oil water separator! Or -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
23-
insufficient fuel will be sucked into the 3-
2 3-1
2 0
engine,
e and it will cause the enginee 2to0 e 202
z a z a aza
ma work inefficiently or even shut down. ma This m
will shorten the service life of the engine.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza the following steps to change the oilmwater
Take
m aza maza
separator.
1. Disassemble the filter with a proper tool
2. Clean the sealing on the filter carrier.
2-27 2- 27 2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza
3. Unscrew the water separator from the filter

cartridge.
4. Apply a thin coat of oil to the rubber seal of

the water separator (1).
5. Screw the water separator on by hand (2),

until the seal contacts.
27 27 27
6. Tighten the
3 - 12-water separator for another half 3-1
2-
3-1
2-
2
turn20(3). 202 202
e e e
m aza maza Fig. 5-13
maza
7. Fill the filter cartridge with clean fuel (4)
1 2 3
8. Apply some oil to the rubber seal of the
filter element (5) and screw it on by hand,
Oil +1/2
until the seal contacts.

turn (6). Fuel
4 5 6
Oil
10. Release the air that possibly mixed in the
7 pressing the manual pump +1/2
fuel pipeline-2by
1 2 1 2 -27 2- 27
(See:23 - 5-11 on page 5-19) up and 23-
Fig. 3-1
2 0 20 202
ae before starting the engine.
down
z ae Fig. 5-14
z aza
e
ma ma m
11. Check the filter cartridge for leaks after a
short-time test run.

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Change the duplex fuel filter e 202 e2
02
z a
5.3.4.6 za za
ma ma ma
WARNING
NOTICE
The engine
1 2 -27must be shut down before 12-27 2-27
c h a0n23
-
g i n g t h e d u p l e x f u e l f i l t e r ! O 0r 23
- 3-1
e 2 2 202
zainsufficient fuel will be sucked into zaethe aza
e
ma engine, and it will cause the engine ma to m
work inefficiently or even shut down. This
will shorten the service life of the engine.
Take the following steps to change the duplex

fuel filter
1. Disassemble the filter with a proper tool
2. Remove the filter element
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

-
023 oil the rubber seal on the new filter.
3. Slightly
023
- 3-1
2 2 202
zae zae aza
e
ma 4. Add fuel in the new filter. ma m
5. Tighten the new filter element by hand until

the seal contacts.
Fig. 5-15
turn until it aligns the fixing clamp. After
that, tighten the bolt.
7. Release the air that possibly mixed in the
1 2 -27 by
fuel pipeline pressing the manual pump
1 2 -27 2-27
up and
- down (See: Fig.
023 starting the engine.
5-11 on page 5-19)
3- 3-1
e2before 202 e e 202
m aza m aza m aza
8. Check the filter element for leaks after a
short test run.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Clean the radiator
5.3.4.7
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
WARNING
Perform cleaning work only after the
engine has cooled down and with the
engine stopped. Otherwise people could
easily be burned by the radiator.
1. Blow the radiator out with compressed air.
N OTE: Start to blow out from the exhaust

side. -27 27 27
2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2. Use detergent to remove dirt on the radiator.
3. Use water or steam to clean the radiator.

Fig. 5-16
5.3.4.8 Change the coolant
NOTICE
2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
Check the -coolant
1 to prevent the engine 1
3
f r o m 2b0e2i n g d a m a g e d b y c o r r o s i o n , 202
3- 3-1
202
zae
cavitations or freezing. zae aza
e
ma ma m
Take the following steps to change the coolant:
1. Open the cover of radiator.
CAUTION
Change the coolant only after the engine
cools down. Otherwise
7 people could easily
be burned -by 2 - 2 2-27 2-27
3 1 the hot coolant spilling from 3-1 3-1
20 2
the radiator. 202 202
e e e
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Place e2 e2
az a
2. a vessel (volume should bezamore
a za
m mRemove
than 33L) under the coolant outlet. ma
the drain plug, and collect coolant with the
vessel.
3. After coolant is drained, screw the plug

back.
4. Then fill the new appointed coolant (See:

Table 5-7 on page 5-46) through the inlet.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza
Fig. 5-17
5. Screw the cover of radiator back.
6. Start the engine. When water temperature

2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
of the1 engine rises to 75°C-93°C, shut 1
-
023 the engine. 3- 3-1
e 2down 202e e 202
maza maza m aza
7. Wait until the engine cools down, then
check the coolant level. Add coolant if the
level is below the appointed mark.
Fig. 5-18
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza Drive belt of engine - check/tension/
5.3.4.9
m m aza m aza
replace
WARNING
Work on the belt must only be performed
with the engine shut down. Otherwise
people will be badly hurt by the belts.
Check the condition of the belt . If excessive

wear happens, replace the belt at once.
7
After installing2-a2 new belt, run the engine for
7 27
1 1 2-2 2-
-
23 the belt tension with a V-belt 2023 - 3-1
202
15min. 0 Check
2
zae gauge (available from SANY)azas
tension
a ae aza
e
m
follows. m m
Put the indicator arm into the gauge:
Fig. 5-19
1. Place the gauge on the middle b e lt
between pulleys. Stick the flange at the
-27onto the belt.
gauge bottom
2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2. Press the black flange B slowly at a correct

angle until the spring is locked.
A
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Move e2 e2
az a
3. the gauge carefully, and znever a za
m maarm.
change the position of the indicator I m
II
a III
Fig. 5-21
-27value on the black indicator arm.

4. Read the
2 2-27 2- 27
23-1 23-1 3-1
5.e 2If0 necessary, tension the belt and etake
20 e 202
z a z a aza
ma another measurement. ma m
LBS
50
100
150
Procedures of tensioning belts of coolant pump Fig. 5-22

and oil pump:7
2- 2 2-27 2- 27
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
1. 2Loosen
e
the bolts 1 and 2.
e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2. Push the oil pump to the correct tension
position in the arrow direction.
1
3. Tighten the bolts 1 and 2.
2
Procedures of replacing belts of coolant pump
and oil pump:
1. Loosen the bolts 1 and 2.

3
2. Push 2the
1 -27oil pump in the reverse arrow 12-27 2- 27
023
- and then loosen the belts. -
023 Fig. 5-23 3-1
202
direction
2 2
zae zae aza
e
ma 3. Replace the belts and tight them.ma m

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae
Procedures zae
of tensioning the belt of generator:
aza
e
ma ma 4 m
1. Loosen the bolts 1 and 2. 3
2. Move the generator 3 in arrow direction until 2

the belt tension is proper.
1
Procedures of replacing the belt of generator:
-27 1 and 2.
1. Loosen the bolts
2 2- 27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
2. Push 0
e 2 the generator in the reverse arrow e2
0
e 202
a z a z a aza
direction,
m and then loosen the belt. ma Fig. 5-24 m
3. Replace the belt and tight it.
5.3.4.10 Maintain and change the air filter
7
-2NOTICE 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
3- 3-1 3-1
Cleaning,
e 202 maintenance and repair work e 202 e 202
a
az be done only after the engine is m
can aza
shut aza
m
down. Never start the engine after the air
m
filter is removed. Otherwise dust will be
drawn into the engine. And this will badly
shorten the service life of the engine.
When the engine is in operation, if the sensor

of induction system is in red, you should
maintain the air filte .
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202the 02
e 2air e2
02
az a
Take following steps to a
maintain zthe za
m filter. ma ma
1. Open the covering parts.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
1-Covering parts
Fig. 5-25
2. Take off the end cover of the air filter.
3. Clean the end cover and the dust bag.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig. 5-26
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae the main filter element carefully.
4. Loosen
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The main filter is installed on the air intake
pipeline for sealing the interior filter cover.
Take off the filter element with care to reduce
released dust. To eliminate seal resistance,
pull it up and down as well as turn it around. To
avoid contact between the main filter element
and the house, carefully take the main filter
element out of the house. Clean the sealing
surface of outlet pipeline. Dust on the outer
diameter of outlet
1 2 -27 pipeline will affect the 2-27 2-27
sealing. 3- 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
5. Check the used main filter element. The

main filter element used can display foreign
particles causing leakage on the sealing
surface. The linear dust on the air side of the
filter may leak. Clear the items before fixing a
new filter.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig. 5-28
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig. 5-29

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 dry compressed air (pressure less ethan
202 e2
02
z a
6. Use
az a za
ma 0.5Mpa) to blow along the inside of mthe pleats ma
toward the main filter element, and then direct
the compressed air along the outside of the
pleats to blow from interior to exterior. Never
clean the safety filter element
NOTICE
It's forbidden to clean the main filter
element by 7
-2knocking, otherwise the main 27 27
1 2 2- 2-
3-
filter element could be damaged. 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
7. It's advised to change the main filter

element if it has been cleaned for three times.
Meanwhile the safety filter element should be
changed as well. If the main filter element is
damaged, the main filter element and safety
element must be replaced regardless of the
cleaning times is three or not.
8. Reinstall the
2 - 27 end cover. Make sure that the 2-27 2-27
1 firmly screwed and the dust bag is 3-1
screws -are
3 3-1
0 2
set2vertically. 202 202
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 5-31
N OTE: It's advised to send for the SANY

service to maintain the air filter.
Any damage to the engine due to
customer’s improper maintenance to
the air cleaner will be assumed by the
customer.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Check engine installation
5.3.4.11
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• Tighten the fastening screws on the intake
and exhaust pipes on the cylinder head.
• Check the connection and clamps between

a i r f i l t e r, e x h a u s t t u r b o c h a r g e r a n d
intake pipe, and the lubricant pipeline for
looseness and leakage.
• Tighten the fastening screws on the engine

27 base.
oil pan and -engine
2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5.3.5 Maintaining the hydraulic system
5.3.5.1 Hydraulic oil - check/refill/change
NOTICE
Change the hydraulic oil under the
working temperature. Otherwise some
impurity may not be drained out with the
hydraulic oil. And
2 - 27 they will cause great 2-27 2-27
1 hydraulic element.
damage to -the
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
m aza m aza m aza
NOTICE
Except for the regular hydraulic oil
change, replacement should be made as
well after major repairs. Otherwise the
hydraulic elements will be worn more
easily.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
CAUTION
Protect yourself from the hot hydraulic oil.
Since its temperature is very high, it will
badly burn your skin if it spills onto your
skin.
Changing procedures:
1. Start the engine. Until the temperature of

7
-2arises -27 27
hydraulic oil
1 2 to the working temperature
1 2 2-
23- the engine.
shut0down 023
- 3-1
e 2 e 2 e 202
m aza2. Place a vessel (volume should be m
aza
more than m aza
270L) under the hydraulic oil tank. Remove
the oil-drain plug at the bottom of the oil tank.
Drain the oil.
NOTICE
Never start the engine when draining
the hydraulic oil. Otherwise it will cause
damage to the whole hydraulic system.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae Check the seal ring and replace
z3. aza
eit if
aza
e
ma necessary. Tighten it and the oil-drainmplug. m
Fig. 5-32
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae off the filter and add new appointed
4. Take
a a zae aza
e
m m
hydraulic oil (See: Table 5-7 on page 5-46). m
5. Refill oil to 1/2~2/3 of the level gauge scale
6. Install the oil filler cap
2-27 2 -27 2-27

3-1 1
3- 5-33
Fig. 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5.3.5.2 Change the hydraulic oil filter
CAUTION
Cleaning, maintenance and repair work
can be carried out only after the engine is
shut down and cools down. Otherwise, it
will burn you if the hot hydraulic oil spills
onto your skin.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza NOTICE m aza m aza
Replace the hydraulic oil filter element
every time when you change the hydraulic
oil. Otherwise the hydraulic oil may be
contaminated by the impurity on the old
hydraulic oil filter.
Fig. 5-34
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202the following steps to change the e 202 e2
02
z a
Take za za
ma hydraulic oil filter. ma ma
1. Disassemble the filter with a proper tool in

the cold state of the engine.
2. Remove the filter element.
3. Apply some oil on the rubber seal on the

new filter.
1 2 -27 new filter element by hand until 12-27

4. Tighten the
2-27
3-contacts.
the seal 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
5. Tighten the filter element for anotheraza
m half m aza
turn until it aligns the fixing clamp. After that,
tighten the bolt.
6. Check the filter element for leaks after a

short-time test run.
5.3.6 Maintaining the electric system
- 27 2-27 2-27
-12
5.3.6.1 Maintaining
3
the batteries
3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
m aza aza aza
WARNING m m
Explosion hazard! When working on the
batteries do not use open fire, do not
smoke. There is a possibility of explosion.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
CAUTION
Wear proper clothes to avoid skin from
erosion by acid when filling acid to the
batteries.
NOTICE
Never leave tools on the batteries.
Otherwise the batteries may become short
circuit and the
1 2 -27electric devices may be 2-27 2-27
023
- 3-1 3-1
202 202
influenced.
e 2 e e
m aza m are aza m aza
• The batteries used in the paver
maintenance-free. You shall fix it on the
paver firmly and check it frequently for
looseness.
• To install the battery, coat the terminals with

a little of vaseline and connect the wire to
positive pole (+) firs and then to negative
pole (-).
• 27 storage battery, disconnect

To take out -the
2 2 -27 2-27
- 1 - 1 3-1
2 023 from negative pole (-) first and 2023
the wire
202
z ae from positive pole (+).
then aez aza
e
ma ma m
The following maintenance helps to prolong
the service life:
• Turn off all consuming electrical appliances

(such as ignition switch, lamp, indoor lamp
and radio).
• Check the battery open-circuit voltage

regularly at least once a year.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

• When 3the
- voltage is 12.25V or less,
02 the battery at once instead of 2023
- 3-1
2
recharge 202
zae zae aza
e
ma supercharging. The open circuit voltage
ma m
refers to the voltage of the battery in 10
hours after the last charging or in one hour
after the last discharging.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2Do e 202 e2
02
z•a not use battery in one hour after
z aeach za
ma charging. ma ma
• If the battery is stored for more than one

month, disconnect the connection of the
battery. Check the open circuit voltage
regularly.
Battery maintenance procedures:
1. Open the access door at the front wall plate.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

2. Clean
023
- the battery case and its surface.
023
- 3-1
2 2 202
zae zae aza
e
ma 3. Clean the electrodes and electrode ma clamp, m
and coat some vaseline.
4. Check the tightness of the battery.
5.3.6.2 Maintaining the electric control

cabinet
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 NOTICE 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a a
z Keep the electric control cabinet dryazwhen aza
ma maintaining the electric control m cabinet.
m
Otherwise the control modules may
become void.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a a
az the following steps to maintain the electric
Take az aza
m
control cabinet. m m
1. Open the door of the electric control cabinet.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
2. Use a dry brush to clean out the dust lightly

on the control modules.
3. Check the connection of each electric

contact point of the controller, relay and fuse.
4. Lock the door of the electric control cabinet.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az Replacing the fuse
5.3.6.3 aza aza
m m m
Check the fuse to see whether they are in good
condition or not.
NOTICE
When replacing a new fuse, the capacity
should be right. Otherwise it will melt
again or be not easy to melt when circuit is
overloading. This will influence the electric
system. 2 - 27 2-27 2-27
13- 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
e2 e e
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Replacing e 202 e2
02
az a
5.3.7 the gear oil a
in transfer
z za
m case ma ma
1. Place the engine or machine on a level

position.
2. Shut down the engine.
3. Place an oil collector under the oil-drain pipe

of transfer case.
4. Unscrew the oil-drain plug.

27 27 27
12- gear oil.
5. Drain-the
3 3-1
2-
3-1
2-
02 202 202
a e2 a e e
z6. Fit a new washer and screw downathe
ma drain plug. m
z oil-
m aza
7. Add the new gear oil.

Fig. 5-36
8. Check the oil level.
5.3.8 Routine maintenance of engine

and reducer
5.3.8.1 Before starting the engine

2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 the coolant level in the cooling water 3-1 3-1
202 202
• Check
e 2 e e
z a tank. If necessary, add it. z a aza
ma ma m
• Check the engine oil level. If necessary, add
it.
• Check the fuel level in oil tank. If necessary,

add it.
• Check all the plugs, harnesses and battery

Fig. 5-37
terminals in the electric system.
• 27 connector in the oil line for 2-27

Check -each
2 2-27
3- 1
leakage. 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
• Drain the water in the diesel primary aza
m filte m aza
or diesel prefilte . After that, bleed the filte
with manual oil pump.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 the tension of belts for fan, watere 202 e 202
• z a
Check za aza
ma pump and generator. ma m
5.3.8.2 Reducer
Every day before the operation, check the

travel reducer. Failure to perform maintenance
timely may lead to early damage in the
reducer.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 5-38
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202Lubricating points e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.3.9 za za
m ma ma
The performance, operation safety and service
life of the machine greatly depends on the
right selection of lubricant and grease. Select
the lubricants according to the oil material
table and maintenance table. If the lubricating
grease to be used is not covered in the tables
above, you should consult the local dealer
or aftersales personnel. The quality of oil/
grease should be at least equivalent to the
recommended -27 lubricants/ greases.
2 2-27 2-27
23-1 2 3-1 3-1
1.e 2 0
Lubrication e2
of screed vibration and tamper 0
e 202
z a z a aza
ma mechanism: Manual lubrication is adopted
ma for m
the screed vibration and tamper mechanism.
The grease is filled through the grease points
on the screed frame. Then the grease enters
the bearing seats of vibrator and tamper
shaft through the distributors and grease
pipes. Before paving, you should check all
grease pipes and connectors for damage. If
any, replace the damaged one in time. Add
lubricating grease once a shift.
27 27 27
12- of delivery mechanism and 3-12-
2. Lubrication
3 - 3-1
2-
202 mechanism: Central lubrication
conveyor
e e 20is2 e 202
a a
zadopted for the auger engine box, the ahanging
z aza
ma seat of bearing and the drive for m conveyor
m
device.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2 1
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
5
1-Manual lubrication pump 2-Distributor 3-Pipe connector

4-Detachable connector 5-3-hole clamp
Fig. 5-39
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

27
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
az a
5.3.10 a
Routine inspection of tamper
z za
ma and
m blade, base plate, auger blade ma
conveyor
Checking them for looseness and wear:
• The mounting position of tamper blade

greatly affects the flatness and smoothness
of pavement. Thus, you should check
the relative position of the bottom face of
blade and the screed base before paving.
Normally,
1 2 -27the bottom face of blade should 12-27 2-27
be3-0.3~0.5 mm lower than the screed 3-
2 3-1
e 2 0plate. Otherwise, adjust the position e 20of2 e 202
a
z tamper seat. z a aza
ma ma m
• Before paving, check the mounting bolt of
screed base for looseness. If any, tighten
the nut. Due to the different use frequency
of screed plate, you should check if all
screed plates are in the same plane (max.
tolerance: 0.5 mm) during assembling. If
not, adjust or replace that.
• Before paving, check the liner plate

2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
between1 the screed frame and tamper 1
-
023 for looseness. Actually, the loose 023
- 3-1
2blade 2 202
zae fixing screw or locking pin may aleadzae to aza
e
ma m
looseness of liner plate and roughen the
m
pavement. Thus, you should check the
screed liner plate regularly.
• Before paving, check the mounting bolt of

auger blade for looseness and check the
blade for damage. In the service, the auger
blade will be subject to wear inevitably.
The heavily worn auger blade may lead
to pavement material segregation. Thus,
to ensure
1 2 -27 the high-quality pavement, you 12-27 2-27
23- replace the damaged blade. In case 023
- 3-1
2 0should 2 202
zae of any loose bolt, tighten the bolt ainzatime.
e
aza
e
ma m
The flanges at both sides of the engine box m
are easily wear parts. You should replace
the flange in case of the engine conditions:
larger clearance between the flange and
Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae side of the engine box; sands aand
zany zae aza
e
ma stones stuck in the clearance; a mlarge m
chamfer of ring flange. Otherwise, the wor
ring flange may grind off the copper sleeve
in the engine box.
• Before operation, check if each lubricating

point on the conveyor units is filled with
grease. Check each fastening bolt for
looseness.
•
1 2 -27
Before operation, check the tension of
1 2 -27 2-27
23-
the conveyor chains and the drive chain.
23- 3-1
The2 0 2 0 202
a ae conveyor chain should drop downazatoe
zthe aza
e
m lower of the side plate of tractor.m You m
can adjust the tension of the drive chain
through the adjusting bolt under the drive
chain sprocket seat. You can adjust the
tension of the conveyor chain through the
4 tension bolts at the front of tractor, under
the tappet rollers. After adjustment, lock the
bolts with lock blades.
After working for a certain period, the fixing pin

of conveyor assembly
2 - 27 may be damaged or may 2-27 2-27
fall off. Check
2 3 -1 the conveyor assembly timely 3-1 3-1
20 the connecting pin if necessary.
and replace
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5.3.11 Hydraulic system
• Regularly check the hydraulic oil pipeline

and all seals for leakage.
• R egular l y check the temp e ratu re o f

hydraulic oil (generally below 75℃ ).
• Regularly check the dipstick of hydraulic

oil tank. If the oil level is below the 1/3 of
7 27 27
2-2hydraulic oil to the 2/3 mark.
dipstick, add 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 check the pollution indicator one 202 e 202
• z a
Regularly za aza
ma the oil filter. If it indicates the pollution
ma m
degree is beyond the warning line, replace
the filter element

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Regularly e 2for e2
az•a a
check the hydraulic zoil za
m ma the
emulsification and oxidation. Change ma
hydraulic oil once every 1000 h or 1 year.
• Regularly check the operation of hydraulic

pump and motor for abnormal noises.
5.3.12 Electrical system
To prevent the negative influences on the

machine operation due to electrical faults, you
1 2 -27 check the control electrical 12-27

should regularly
2-27
3-
system: 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
• aza
Check the elements (switch, instrument,
m m aza
fuse, etc.) of control console, control
cabinet and screed panel for obvious
damage. Keep each operator’s station and
electric control cabinet clean and never put
oily or dusty articles on them.
• Check the electrical wiring and connectors

in the control console and control cabinet
for obvious looseness. Timely tighten the
loose screws, connectors and harnesses
2 - 27 2 -27 2-27
of electrical
1 parts. Always keep the door of 1
23- control cabinet closed. Keep 2the 023
- 3-1
2 0electric 202
zae electric control cabinet clean and dry, e
aza free aza
e
ma of oil, dust and water.
m m
• Before starting, check the indication on the

water thermometer, engine oil pressure
gauge and fuel gauge on the control
console. Check the text display. Check
if the engine speed indicated on the text
display is correct.
• The material level meters and leveling

-27expansive key parts and easy to 12-27
meter 2are
1 2-27
-
023 lost and damaged. Thus, you should 023
- 3-1
202
get
2 2
zae remove and clean them (clear away e
aza the aza
e
ma m
water, oil and dust) after work. You’d m
better leave them in a ventilated place for
a while to completely dry them. After that,
keep them in a dustproof, shock-proof,
Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae
zwaterproof zae
and lightning-proof place with
aza
e
ma some drier. Before paving, install and
matest m
them. Regularly check their power cables
for damage. Keep the plugs and sockets
away from lubricant, asphalt, cement and
other dirty substances. Remove the asphalt
and cement on the sensor arm with proper
solvent. Continuously lubricate the bearing
of leveling meter.
• Regularly check and clean the generator,

starter motor
1 2 -27and storage battery. Tighten 2-27 2-27
3- terminals.
the loose 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5.3.13 Propel system
• During paving, check the track roller for

no rotating and overheating. If any, rectify
it or replace the track roller. After paving,
remove the large stones and asphalt
mixture between the rubber plates of track.
• Weekly check the connecting bolt between

the bogie frame
2 - 27 and tractor for looseness. 2 -27 2-27
If any, tighten
1 the bolt at once. Tighten the 1
-
023 screw of front/rear track beam 2023
- 3-1
connecting
2 202
ae
azsupport to 560±58 Nm. aza
e
aza
e
m m m
• Continuously check the oil level in the
reducer.
5.3.14 Screed
• After paving, timely remove the remaining

materials between the striker plate and
screed frame. Remove the materials on the
tamper mechanism.
1 2 -27 Otherwise, the tamper 2-27 2-27
02 3 - 3-1 3-1
202 202
will fail to rotate due to large resistance.
e 2 e e
m aza aza aza
• After paving, if the machine is to be m
stored m
for a long time, lubricate the screed frame
and screed base to prevent rust.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Grease points e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.3.15 za za
m ma ma
See the drawing on the paver for grease
points.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Fig.5-40
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Fuel, lubricant and filling amount
5.3.16 zae aza
e
ma ma m
Table 5-7
Type, Quality Grade & Technical
Part / System Value
Spec. of Oil & Fluids
Fuel tank Diesel oil 0# 200 L (tank capacity)
Engine crankcase Engine oil CI-4 15W-40

13 L
Travel reducer Industrial gear oil L-CKD 220 3 Lx2
Transfer Industrial gear oil L-CKD 220 4L

-27 -27 2-27
-12 system
Hydraulic
3 Hydraulic oil HM
3 - 2
168 220 L
3-1
02 202 202
e2 e ae
maza Radiator
ma
z a
Antifreeze OAT -45 25 L az
m
Central lubrication pump EP Lithium lubricating grase 2# 1.5 L
1. Without special requirements, above fluids are used for this equipment.
Note
2. Proper liquid types should be selected according to different environment temperature.
N OTE:
The values in above Table are just as
references. The actual filling amount
shall depend on the scale or the
27 27 27
12-
dipstick.
3- 3-1
2-
3-1
2-
02 202 202
e2 e e
maza m aza m aza
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Check the bolts e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.3.17 za za
m ma ma
Check the tightness of following bolts before
the first 50 working hours, and then check
them every 250 working hours. See the Table
for detailed tightening torque.
Table 5-8 Torque table for regular bolts
Thread Tightening Torque (N.m) Thread Tightening Torque (N.m)

M67 10~12 7 M16 214~256
2 -2 -2 2-27
3 -1 M8 25~30
3 -12 M18 294~353
3-1
02 02 0 2
e2 M10 49~59 e2 M20 e2
417~500
m aza M12 m aza
86~103 M22 m aza
568~680
M14 137~164 M24 722~864
• Check and tighten the loose fastening bolt

/nut to the above torques. Replace the
damaged bolt/nut with the one of the same
or higher grade.
• Ensure the threads of bolts and nuts are

-27 installation.
clean before
2 2- 27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
0 lubricant on the bolts and nuts20to
• e 2Coat 202
z a zae aza
e
ma ensure their friction coefficient ma m
• Timely tighten the mounting bolts for
counterweight, and contact the nearer
authorized dealer and our service engineer.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
5.4z Repair aza aza
ma m m
5.4.1 General
5.4.1.1 Basic principle
All maintenance work shall be done by the

professional maintenance personnel assigned
b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r. O p e r a t i o n b y t h e
personnel at the job site shall be authorized
by the maintenance engineer assigned by
the manufacturer
1 2 -27in advance. Consequences 1 2 -27 2-27
arising from
23- unauthorized operation to the 2023- 3-1
machine 2 0 202
a z ae shall be assumed by the relevant zae aza
e
operator. We don’t undertake the joint liability.
m ma m
5.4.1.2 Basic maintenance methods
a Observation method
Observation before maintenance is the basic

method for diagnosis and maintenance. It
applies to the whole maintenance process. You
must observe the 7following points carefully and
-2 2-27 2-27
3-12
comprehensively:
3-1 3-1
02 202 202
ae2 zae e
• azThe
environment, ground conditions aand
m weather conditions (ambient temperature
m m aza
and humidity, air condition, etc.) around the
machine.
• Loose welds on the tractor and structural

members; the connection of all parts;
the condition of indicator lamps; the
condition and display of the operation
panel; difference between the normal
and abnormal working conditions of the
7 27 27
2-2
operation panel. 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza maintenance, you must perform
Before
m m aza m aza
analysis according to the observation. Pay
attention to the following points before
maintenance:

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 3-1 3-
e 2Analyze e 202 e2
02
z•a and determine the possible a
causes
z za
ma before maintenance. ma ma
• Check the relevant documents for technical

requirements and operation characteristics
according to the observation, and take
them as the basis for maintenance.
• Perform analysis and diagnosis with

your own knowledge and experience; for
problems you are not familiar with, turn to
1 2 -27 engineer for suggestion and 12-27

the technical
2-27
3-
help. 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
b Replacement method m aza m aza
Replace the suspected defective part with a

good one to see if the malfunction still exists.
c Comparison method
The comparison method is similar to the

replacement method. The causes may be
determined by comparing the appearances and
functions of the
2 - 27 suspected defective part and a 2-27 2-27
well-conditioned
-1 one.
023 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m azda Test method m aza m aza
Test the electrical or hydraulic part of the
defective system. Determine the causes
according to the comparison between the test
results and standard values.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zaeReplacing the conveyor chain
5.4.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
5.4.2.1 Replacing procedures
1. Loosen the 4 tension bolts on the conveyor

chain to loosen the chain (See: Section 5.4.3
"Adjusting the tension of conveyor chain"
on page 5-51).
2. Loosen and remove the 8 M12 bolts at the

left guide plate.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

2 - remove the 4 M16 bolts at the 2023-
3. Loosen 3and 3-1
middle 2 0
guide plate. 202
a zae zae aza
e
m ma m
4. Loosen and remove the 8 M12 bolts at the
right guide plate.
5. Find out the joint of the conveyor chain.

Remove the 4 8x40 elastic pins with a proper
tool and then take off the joint.
6. Remove the conveyor chain from the

backwall plate of the machine.
27
2- conveyor chain from the rear 2-27 2-27
7. Install the-1new
3 3-1 3-1
202of the machine.
wall plate
e e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
8. Install the joint. Fit the 4 8x40 elastic pins.
9. Install the left guide plate. Tighten the 8 M16

bolts.
10. Install the middle guide plate. Tighten the

6 M16 bolts.
11. Install the right guide plate. Tighten the

8 M16 bolts.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 the 4 tension bolts. 3-1 3-1
202 202
12. Tension
e 2 e e
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Required tools e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.4.2.2 za za
m ma ma
Adjustable spanner and plier
4 5 6
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza 1 2 m aza 3 m aza 7 8
1-Leading wheel units 2-Conveyor chain 3-Drive shaft 4-Conveyor chain

5-Conveyor motor mounting seat 6-Small drive paddle 7-Paddle 8-Conveyor motor
2-27 2-27 2-27

2 3-1 3-1 3-1
Fig.205-41
e e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
5.4.3 Adjusting the tension of conveyor
chain
5.4.3.1 General
Before paving, check the tension of conveyor

chain. The lowest deflection point of the chain
should be 25mm lower than the bottom of the
7
wall plate 2at-2two sides of the tractor. Tighten or -27 27
1 1 2 2-
-
023the chain to achieve a proper tension. 023
- 3-1
202
loosen
e 2 e 2 e
maza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
z Adjusting procedures
5.4.3.2 aza aza
ma m m
1. Unscrew the locking plate fix ng bolt 4 on the
leading wheel shaft.
2. Take off the locking plate 3.
3. Adjust the tension bolt 2 to tighten or loosen

the chain, till a proper tension is achieved.
4. Mount the locking plate 3.
1 2 -27 112-
27 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 -27
- - -
0 3 locking plate fixing bolt 4
5. Tighten2the
2 2 023 2 023
zae zae 1- Leading wheel AS 2- Tensionzaebolt
ma ma m a
3- Locking plate 4- Locking plate fixing bolt 5-
Locking nut 6- Leading wheel shaft
Fig. 5-42
5.4.3.3 Required tools
Adjustable spanner
5.4.3.4 Notes
2-27 2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
Replace 0
e 2 the heavily worn conveyor chain and e2
0
e 202
z a
a sprocket in time. The worn sprocket z a aza
drive
m maand m
chain may have pitch error, so you should
replace them at the same time.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
az a
5.4.4 Replacing and tensioning
z a the za
m conveyor drive chain ma ma
1. Use an adjustable spanner to unscrew the

4 M8 bolts on the guard plate 1. Take off the
guard plate. 2
2. Use an adjustable spanner to loosen the

M20 bolts 2 and nuts 3 shown in the figure.
7 motor seat.
Lower down-2the 27 27
2 2- 3 2-
23-1 3-1 3-1
20
3.e Remove the conveyor drive chain. e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
4. Install the new conveyor drive chain.
1
5. Adjust the bolt 2 to keep a deflection of 5~10

mm. Tighten the bolts 2 and nuts 3.
1-Guide plate 2-Adjustment bolt

6. Fit the guard plate. Tighten the 4 M8 bolts
3-Drive chain
on the guard plate with an adjustable spanner.
Fig. 5-43
5.4.4.2 Adjusting the tension of conveyor

2 - 27 2-27 2-27
-1
drive chain
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
a e2 e e
mazAdjustment requirements:
m aza m aza
After a certain period (normally 200h), you
should check the tension of the conveyor drive
chain. To do this, press the middle of the loose
part. The deflection should be 5~10 mm. If not,
tension or loosen the chain.
Adjusting procedures:
1. Remove the guard plate 1.

2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 3-1 3-1
202 202
2. Unscrew the locking nut 3 and adjusting bolt
e 2 e e
z a
2, till a proper tension is achieved. z a aza
ma ma m
3. Install the guard plate 1.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae tools:
Required
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Adjustable spanner
N OTE: Replace the heavily worn drive chain

and drive sprocket in time. The worn
sprocket may have pitch error, so you
should replace them at the same time.
5.4.5 Removing and installing the

conveyor -27 2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza
5.4.5.1 Removing procedures
m m aza m aza
1. Use a hammer and an awl to knock out the

8x50 elastic pins at both ends of the conveyor.
2. Lift the chain up and tap the fixing pin to

separate the conveyor with the fixing block
1 2 3
3. Push the conveyor back and forth to take off

the conveyor.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 2 02
aza aza zae
1- Pin 2- Conveyor pin 3- Conveyor
m m Fig. 5-44
ma
5.4.5.2 Installing procedures
1. Install the 2 conveyor pins into the holes at

both ends of the conveyor.
2. Lift the chain up and set the conveyor under

the fixing block. Insert the conveyor pin into the
hole on the fixing block
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 the conveyor pin and insert the 202 3-1 3-1
202
3. Rotate
2
zae pins.
elastic zae aza
e
ma ma m

27
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 e 202 e2
02
az a
5.4.6 Replacing and tensioning
z a the za
m conveyor chain ma ma
5.4.6.1 Checking method and requirements
After a certain period, you should tension the

chain. As shown in the figure, just loosen 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
the locking bolt 8 and adjust the adjusting
bolt 6, to move the whole drive mechanism
upward and tighten the locking bolt 8. After
long-time operation and several times of
adjustment,
1 2 -27check the chain for stretching 12-27 2- 27
23-
and lubrication. If any, adjust the tension and 3-
02 3-1
2
grease
e
0 the chain in time. If you still cane 2not e 202
z a z a aza
ma adjust the tension of chain properly, mareplace m
the sprocket and chain at the same time.
1-Drive chain 2-Right reducer seat plate

3-Sprocket 4-Pressure plate 5-Bolt
6-Adjusting bolt 7-Cover plate 8-Locking bolt
9-Mounting bolt of reducer 10-Reducer
-27 2- 2 7 11-Small cover plate 12-Motor 2-2
7
3 -12
5.4.6.2 Removing the conveyor chain
3 -1 3- 1
202 2
20 Fig. 5-45 202
ae
zRemoving zae
procedures are shown as below: zae
ma ma ma
1. Use a spanner to unscrew the 6 M6 bolts on
the cover plate 7. Remove the cover plate 7.
2. Remove the small cover plate 11 at the side

of case.
3. After the machine starts, control auger

manually and rotate chain joints slowly to the
position of small cover plate 11 in the figure,
7 27 27
2-2 the machine.
and then stop 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae Use a spanner to loosen the 8 M16x50
z4. zae aza
e
ma locking bolt shown in figure. Adjustma the m
adjusting bolt 6 to lower the reducer seat and
loosen the chain.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
5. Remove
aza
the rubber hose on the motor 12.
m m aza
Collect the drained hydraulic oil with an oil
container. Close the rubber hose joint with a
plug or glue paper.
6. Clear away the grease on the chain.

Remove the chain joint from the notch on the
small cover plate 11. At this time, the chain is
divided into 2 parts. Take off the 2 chains from
the left and right sides.
Required tools: -27 -27

Fig. 5-46 27
2 2 2-
23-1 3-1 3-1
0
e 2 spanner
Adjustable e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5.4.7 Adjusting the tension of auger
chain
5.4.7.1 Adjusting requirements
Unscrew the 6 M6 bolts on the cover plate and

take off the cover plate. Press the middle of the
loose part. The deflection should be 5~7 mm. If
not, tension or loosen the chain.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202
5.4.7.2 Adjusting procedures
e 2 e e
m aza m aza m aza
1. Loosen the locking bolt 8 of the reducer.
2. Adjust the adjusting bolt 6 of chain. To

tighten the chain, move the whole drive
mechanism upward; to loosen the chain, move
the drive mechanism downward.
3. Unscrew the 6 M6 bolts on the cover plate

and take off the cover plate. Press the middle
of the loose part. The deflection should be 5~7
mm. -27 2 2- 27 2-27
23-1 3-1 3-1
0
e 2 the locking bolt 8 of the reducer.
4. Tighten e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5. Install the cover plate and tighten the 6 M6
bolts on the cover plate of the conveyor box .

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Required tools e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.4.7.3 za za
m ma ma
Adjustable spanner and ruler
5.4.7.4 Notes
1. After long-time operation and several times

of adjustment, check the chain for stretching
and lubrication. If any, adjust the tension and
grease the chain in time. If you still can not
adjust the tension
2 - 27 of chain properly, replace the 2- 27 2-27
sprocket-1and chain at the same time.
02 3 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
a
z2. Adjust the 2 adjusting bolts at the same a
z time. aza
ma ma m
5.4.8 Replacing the travel reducer
See the following figure for the parts of the

travel reducer.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza maza
9 10 11
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza aza wheel 3-Tensioning equipment 4-Front
1-Front clearing batching device 2-Leading
m m azabearing wheel
5-Crawler shoe 6-Steel plate 7-Chain rail 8-Bogie frame 9-Rear bearing wheel 10-Reducer 11-Drive
sprocket wheel
Fig. 5-47

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Replacing requirements
5.4.8.1
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
• 24 M20x85 and M20x60 bolts; tightening
torque: 560±58 N.m; mounting surface
parallel with that of rear carrier of bogie
frame
1. Pad up the tractor with reliable blocks to

set the bogie frame off ground. Use a 5t
fork to hold -the
2 27 bogie frame. 2 -27 2-27
1
2. Loosen3-and remove 2 M10 bolts on the 1 3-1
2 0 2 2 0 23- 202
rear
a ae carrier cover of the bogie frame.
zRemove zae aza
e
m connectors of inlet/outlet pipelinesma m
connecting the bogie frame and the tractor,
and block the tubes with proper plugs.
Remove the cable of the travel motor.
3. Loosen and remove 7 M20x100 bolts
securing the bogie frame and the front
carrier of the frame. Remove the side
cover, and then loosen and remove 8
M20x100 bolts securing the bogie frame
and the rear carrier of the frame.
4. Lift the bogie7 frame to a suitable place.
1 2 -2 of tension cylinder,and 1 2 -27 2-27
3-1
Relief pressure
- -
rem 2 0o2v3e t h e r a i l c h a i n . R e m o v e t h e 2023 202
ae
zconnectors of inlet pipeline and oil drain aza
e
aza
e
ma pipeline connecting the travel motor. mBlock m
them with proper plugs. Remove the travel
motor.
5. Loosen and remove 10 M20x60 on the
sprocket with the reducer. Loosen and
remove 24 M20x70 on the reducer with the
bogie frame. Remove the reducer.
6. Assemble the reducer onto the bogie
frame, and tighten 24 M20x70 bolts
according to the torque. Install the travel
motor and2remove
1 -27 plugs on the ports and
1 2 -27 2-27
-
023 pipelines. 023
- 3-1
202
connect
2 2
ae
7. zTighten 20 M20x60 on the sprocket with
aza
e
aza
e
ma the reducer. Install the rear carrier m cover m
and tighten 2 M10x20 bolts. Install the rail
chain.

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 3-1 3-
e 2Hold e 202 e2
02
az a
8. the bogie frame with the fork,z a and za
m ma carrier
tighten 7 M20x100 bolts on the front ma
and 8 M20x100 bolts on the rear carrier.
9. Connect outlet and inlet pipelines, and oil
drain pipelines of the bogie frame to the
tractor, and tighten them. Connect the
cable of the motor.
10. After startup, pressurize tension cylinder
through the pressure port of leveling
system to 100bar with the pressure tool.
1 2 -27 tools
5.4.8.3 Required
1 2 -27 2-27
2 -
Socket3spanner, adjustable spanner and torque 3-
02 3-1
2 0
spanner
e e2 e 202
m aza m aza maza
5.4.9 Installing and removing the hopper
5.4.9.1 Installing the hopper
1. Use a crane to lift the hopper on the frame.

Align the pin bushes on the hopper and the
frame.
2. Use a hammer to tap the long pin shaft 1 of

the hopper into
7 the pin bush 2. 2
-2 -27 3 2-27
3-12 3 1
- 12
3-1
202 the elastic cylindrical pin into thee 2pin
3. Install
e
02
e 202
a a
zhole in No. 3 in the figure to fix the long
z pin aza
ma shaft. ma m
1-Long shaft pin 2-Pin bush
4. Install the hopper cylinder. 3-Elastic cylindrical pin
Fig. 5-48
5.4.9.2 Removing the hopper
1. Remove the hopper cylinder.

2. Use a hammer and an awl to knock out the
elastic cylindrical pin in the pin bush.
27 into the threaded hole of lon
3. Screw a2-fixture 2 -27 2-27
- 1 - 1 3-1
023 Move the iron in the fixture to push
pin shaft.
2 2 023 202
ae the long pin shaft. Or use a hammer
zout zatoe tap aza
e
ma the fixture and remove the long pin shaftma m
4. Remove the hopper with a crane.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza Replacing the rubber crawler
5.4.10
m m aza m aza
shoe
1. Start up the paver, close the hopper, and

insert the positioning pin well.
2. Jack up the frame to make the crawler off
the ground.
3. Remove the crawler shoe at the front of the
bogie frame under the hopper. Remove 4
connecting bolts securing the shoes and
the steel plates with a socket spanner.
4. Replace the-2old 7 rubber crawler shoe with a -27 27
1 2 1 2 2-
23- and tighten the 4 bolts.
new one,
23- 3-1
5. After2 0 2 0 202
a ae the crawler shoe under the hopper
zhas zae aza
e
m ma
been replaced, start the paver forward m
and place the shoe to be replaced under
the hopper. Repeat Step 3 and Step 4.
5.4.11 Replacing the bearing wheel
1. Start up the paver, close the hopper, and

insert the positioning pin well.
2. Jack up the frame
2 - 27 to make the crawler off 2 -27 2-27
the ground.1 Pad the frame with blocks. 1
3-
02pressure in the tension cylinder and 202
3- 3-1
3. Relief
2 202
ae
azloosen the rail chain. aza
e
aza
e
m
4. Remove 4 mounting bolts of the bearing
m m
wheel to be removed, and remove the
bearing wheel. Install a new bearing wheel
and tighten the mounting bolts with the
torque (120±9.8)N•m.
5. Pressurized the tension cylinder to 100bar,
tension the crawler, and put the bearing
wheel onto the rail chain.
6. Jack up the frame and remove the blocks.
Lay down the frame and the crawler.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Maintenance of screed e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.4.12 za za
m ma ma
Adjusting clearance between the striker plate
of screed and blades:
The underneath part of striker plate should be

close to the tamping blades, and the 1-2mm
clearance between blades should be reserved
to secure the normal working of tamping
blades. After working, clean accumulated
material on the blades and striker plate, and
readjust the
1 2 -27clearance between the striker 12-27 2-27
3- blades.
plate and 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
mazaProcedures of cleaning accumulated aza
mmaterial m aza
and adjusting clearances:
1. Take off the spring handle on the striker

plate.
2. Start the engine and speed up it to the rated

rotating speed, and set the tamping frequency
at 12-15Hz.
3. Wrench the
2 - 27 tamper auto/manual/stop 2-27 2-27
selection -1switch to the "Manual" position, and23-1
2 3 3-1
e
0
the2tamping mechanism will make accumulated 0
e 2 of e 202
z a
material on blades and the underneath z a
part aza
ma striker plate fall down. ma m
4. After that, hang and tight the spring handle.
5. Check if the clearance between blades and

the undernearh part of striker plate is 1-2mm.
If the puller bolt underneath the frame is not
adjusted by a spanner, the clearance between
the underneath part of the striker plate and
tamping blades should be 1-2mm.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Replacing the travel pump
5.4.13
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
Required tools: hexagon socket spanner (in
all sizes), socket spanner, and adjustable
spanner.
A cam-type axial piston pump is adopted for

the product as the travel pump. The travel
1 2 3 4 5
pump is equipped with an oil-filling pressure
valve (1) and an auxiliary oil-filling pump (4)
for pressure control. Two overflow valves (2)
are set at the -high
2 27 pressure oil side on the 2 -27 2 -27
1 1 1
2 0 23-
pump to protect the pump and motor against
2 0 23- 2 0 23-
overload.
a z ae These two overflow valves areanot zae zae
adjustable. The pressure for working oil
m m port ma
of variable pump (5) is set as 350 bar, with the
maximum allowable instantaneous pressure of
400 bar. The pump is provided with a pressure
shutoff valve (3) which may be activated by the
pressure adjustment. As soon as the set point
value is reached, the control valve will adjust
the output of oil pump to 0. In the case of
acceleration or deceleration, this shutoff valve
may disable the opening of high-pressure 1-Oil-filling pressure valve 2-Overflow valve
overflow valve to7prevent the system against 3-Pressure cutoff valve 4-Electromagnetic
2 - 2 2
valve- 275-Working oil port of variable pump 2-27
heating. The
2 3 -1 pump is controlled through 23-1 2 3 -1
0
electromagnetic valve. The travel pump 20 Fig. 5-49 0
z a
(without
e 2 filter) draws oil through the oil suction
z a e z a e2
m a ma ma
return filte .
A cam-type axial piston pump is adopted for

tamper pump, auger pump and conveyor pump
as the travel pump. The pressure for working
oil port of auger and conveyor is set as 240
bar, with the maximum allowable overflow high
pressure of 300 bar. Their adjusting methods
are the same.
7
-2adopted for auxiliary pump, 7 27
A gear pump 2is
1 1 2-2 2-
-
023the travel pump. And the pressure 2023
- 3-1
202
tamper as
e 2
andzaoutput e e
m a m aza
are not adjustable, and they adjust
m aza
the working pressure by adjusting pressure
valve in relative systems.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Replacing the travel motor e 202 e2
02
z a
5.4.14 za za
ma ma ma
Required tools: inner hexagon spanner and
adjustable spanner.
Inserted tilting-axis motors are adopted for the

product as the hydraulic travel motors. The
output of motor is controlled by a proportional
electromagnet. Two of these motors are
provided with speed sensors to detect the
traveling speed and prevent the wheel from
skidding. The
1 2 -27mounting flange of motor is set 12-27 2-27
23-
in the middle of shell, which saves the space of 3-
02 3-1
2 0
structure.
e e2 e 202
maza m aza m aza
To ensure the lifetime of the motor, fill the
motor up with hydraulic oil in the first startup
and normal operation. There is an adjusting
nut on the Min. motor output adjustment. Our
product has passed strict tests before delivery
and the traveling speed has been calibrated.
Never loosen the protective caps randomly.
If output adjustment is required as a result of
faults approved by SANY engineers, you must
ask the technicians
7 for adjustment.
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 procedures:
Adjusting
e e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
• Use an adjustable spanner to loosen the
adjusting nut. Adjust the bolt with a suitable
inner hexagon spanner.
• Adjust the bolt half a circle each time. Do

lock the nut after adjustment, otherwise
accident may happen.
• Gerotor motor is adopted for auger motor

and conveyor motor. This type of motor is
7 27 27
2-2 and not adjustable.
quantitative 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza Replacing the conveyor auger
5.4.15
m m aza m aza
pump
Required tools: inner hexagon spanner, socket

spanner and adjustable spanner
The conveyor auger pump is a sensitive load

pump whose output pressure and flow could
automatically adapt the load requirement,
greatly improving the energy-saving
performance of the hydraulic system.
1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

The conveyor
23- auger pump is installed in 2023- 3-1
2
the middle 0 of the upper transfer case. It ise 202
a z ae za aza
e
equipped with a flow valve and a pressure
m ma m
valve. Our product has passed strict tests
before delivery. Never adjust the product
randomly. If the adjustment is required as a
result of faults approved by SANY engineers,
you must ask the technicians for adjustment.
5.4.16 Replacing the front drive vibration

pump, auxiliary steering pump, tamper
pump and generation
7 pump
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
The front
e 202drive vibration is a dual gear pumpe 202 e 202
az a
installed aza
on the shaft of the right travel pump. aza
m
The auxiliary steering pump is a dual gear
m m
installed on the shaft of the left travel pump.
The tamper pump is installed on the shaft of
the conveyor auger shaft and the generation
pump is installed on the power takeoff port at
the side of the engine.
The front drive vibration pump, the tamper

pump, the auxiliary steering pump and the
generation pump are all gear pumps whose
-27
pressure and 2displacement
1 are unable to be
1 2 -27 2-27
3- working pressure is adjusted by 023-
adjusted.02Their 3-1
e 2 2 202
zapressure
their valves. zae aza
e
ma ma m

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Replacing the front drive motor e 202 e2
02
z a
5.4.17 z a za
ma ma ma
In order to ensure the lifetime of the motor,
ensure the motor housing is filled with hydrauli
oil for the first usage and during the normal
working.
5.4.18 Replacing the conveyor motor

and the auger motor
The conveyor motor and the auger motor are
1 2 -27 motors which are unable to 12-27

both fixed gerotor
2-27
3-
be adjusted. 3- 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
5.4.19 Replacing the tamper/vibrator/
m aza m aza
generator motor
The tamper/vibrator/generation motors are

fixed external gear motors which are unable to
be adjusted.
5.4.20 Replacing the cylinders
5.4.20.1 Environmental requirements for

removing and
7 installing cylinders
2-2 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 the environment clean for removaleand
1. Keep
e 202 e 202
a a
zinstallation. Never remove or install cylinders
z aza
ma outdoors. Otherwise the dirt andmaforeign m
materials would cause second contamination.
2. Use pressure oil of 0.8~1.2 MPa to take the

piston rods out during removal. All the oils must
be kerosene or hydraulic oil of the same grade.
3. Before installation, clean all elements by

kerosene or hydraulic oil of the same grade;
dry them by high pressure air; coat some clean
7 27 27
2-2of the same grade.
hydraulic oil 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
ae When installing the cylinder, if you awant
z4. zae to aza
e
ma operate the piston rods, use the high-pressure
m m
air as the power source.

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae Towed arm cylinder
5.4.20.2
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
The towed arm cylinder is used to lift/descend
and load/ unload the screed. It is mounted at
the rear of the machine. The cylinder body is
articulated on the upper part of the frame. The
piston rod is articulated with the rear of the
towed arm.
The towed cylinder mainly comprises threaded

pressure cover, cylinder body assembly, guide
sleeve, piston rod
1 2 -27 (piston), oil cup and various 2-27 2-27
seals. 3- 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
Fig. 5-50
Removal procedures:
1. Set the cylinder on the fixing rack and lock it.

Use a spanner to loosen the threaded pressure
cover. There is a 7milled deltoid at each side of
2-2 for spanner fitting 2-27 2-27
the pressure-1cover
02 3 3-1 1
3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
1-Threaded pressure cover

Fig. 5-51
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e 2Add e2 e2
az a
2. pressure oil of 0.8 ~1.2 MPaza(i.e., za
ma grade)
m hydraulic oil or kerosene of the same ma
from the oil port of the rodless cylinder.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 Fig. 5-52
e 202
m aza
3. Remove the guide sleeve, piston aza
mrod and m aza
piston under the effect of pressure oil.
1 2 3
1-Piston 2-Piston rod 3-Guide sleeve
2-27 Fig.27
2-
5-53
2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202
4. Remove 202
the set screw in piston and screw
e e 202
a
zout the piston from the piston rod. Aftera
z that, 1 2 aza
ma remove the guide sleeve and themacylinder m
removal is finished.
1- Piston 2- Guide sleeve

Fig. 5-54
7
-2 piston seal ring for damage and 12-2 7 27
5. Check 2the
1 2-
023
-
023
- 3-1
202
its compression allowance. In case of any
2 2
ae
zdamage, zaeone
replace the seal ring with a new
aza
e
ma of the same size. ma m

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
zae procedures:
Installing
aza
e
aza
e
ma m m
1. Check all removed elements.
2. Clean the elements with kerosene or

hydraulic oil of the same grade. Otherwise, dust
and foreign materials would cause secondary
contamination. Blow off the removed elements
with high pressure air for several times to make
sure to dry them.
3. Set the cylinder

1 2 -27 body upright. Install the 1 2 -27 2-27
2 -
piston rod 3(together with the piston and guide
23- 3-1
sleeve) 2 0 2 0 202
a z ae into the cylinder body by external aza
e
aza
e
force. (Apply even force to the piston rodm
m when m
tapping it with a hammer.)
4. Set the cylinder on the fixing rack and lock it.
5. Use an adjustable spanner to fix the

threaded pressure cover on the cylinder body.
6. Charge some high-pressure air from the oil

ports at both ends of the cylinder.
7. Turn on the
1 2 -27switch to make the piston 1 2 -27 2-27
2 -
rod move 3outwards under the effect of high-
23- 3-1
2
pressure0
e air. e 2 0
e 202
m aza m aza m aza
8. Strictly carry out dwell test to the cylinder till
it meets the requirements.
5.4.20.3 Leveling cylinder
The cylinder body is articulated on the front

part of the frame. The piston rod is articulated
with the front of the towed arm. The cylinder
extends and retracts to control the screed
elevation angle7and adjust the pavement
2 27 27
thickness. -12- 2- 2-
023 023-1 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
The
a z ainstallation/removal of leveling cylinderz a
is aza
m
the same as that of towed arm cylinder.
ma m

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Large hopper cylinder e2
02
e2
02
az a
5.4.20.4 za za
m ma ma
The large hopper cylinder controls the opening/
closing of the hopper. It is mounted at the
outside of the hopper. The cylinder body is
articulated with the frame. The piston rod is
articulated with the hopper.
The installation/removal of large hopper

cylinder is the same as that of towed arm
cylinder.
1 2 -27 2-27 2-27

5.4.20.5
023
-Small hopper cylinder 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
zae aza
e
aza
e
ma The small hopper cylinder controls m the m
opening/closing of the hopper. It is mounted at
the outside of the hopper (near the front of the
hopper). The cylinder body is articulated with
the frame. The piston rod is articulated with the
hopper.
The installation/removal of small hopper

cylinder is the same as that of towed arm
cylinder.
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
202 Adjusting auxiliary system
5.4.21
e e 202 e 202
a
azpressure az a aza
m m m
5.4.21.1 Adjusting pressure of relief valve
First tighten the main relief valve of the leveling

valve group and the relief valve of the towed
arm hopper valve group to the maximum value.
Adjust the relief valve of the brake relief valve
group to the middle position to avoid damage
to the gear pump due to the excessive system
pressure.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1
02 a 40MPa pressure gauge with 2the 02 3-1 3-1
202
Connect
e 2 e e
z a
measuring pressure port of auxiliary z a
pump.
aza
ma Adjust the engine to a rated speed. Operate
ma the m
relative switch to close the hoppers completely

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza
to release
aza
pressure of the auxiliary system.
m m aza
Then adjust the relief valve of the brake valve
group at 220bar. After that, lock it.
5.4.21.2 Adjusting pressure of main relief

valve on leveling valve group
Connect a 40MPa pressure gauge with the

measuring pressure port P of the leveling
valve group. Adjust the engine to a rated
speed. Operate the relative switch to close the
hoppers completely
1 2 -27 to release pressure of the 1 2 -27 2-27
23- Then adjust the relief valve of 2023-
auxiliary system. 3-1
2 0
the leveling valve group at 200bar. After that,e 202
a z ae za aza
e
lock it.
m ma m
5.4.21.3 Adjusting pressure of relief valve
for towed arm hopper system

measuring pressure port P of the towed arm
hopper valve group. Adjust the engine to
a rated speed. Operate the relative switch
to close the hoppers completely to release
pressure of the auxiliary system. Then adjust
2 - 27 2-27 2-27
-1 of the towed arm hopper valve
the relief valve
2 3 3-1 3-1
group at
e 20180bar. After that, lock it. e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
5.4.21.4 Adjusting pressure of brake relief
valve

measuring pressure port of the brake valve
group. Adjust the engine to a rated speed.
Turn the travel control switch to the TRAVEL
position. Then adjust the relief valve of the
brake relief valve group at 40bar. After that,
lock it.
2-27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
3-1 3-1 3-
e 202 Adjusting pressure of relief valve
e 202 e2
02
z a
5.4.21.5 z a za
ma for leveling cylinder rodless chamber
ma ma
First adjust the relief valve of the leveling valve

group to the maximum value. Then connect
a 40MPa pressure gauge with the measuring
pressure connector of the pipe connecting
the left leveling cylinder rodless chamber.
Adjust the engine to a rated speed. Lower the
left leveling cylinder to the bottom position to
release pressure of the left leveling cylinder
1 2 -27 Then adjust the relief valve 12-27

rodless chamber.
2-27
2 - cylinder rodless chamber at 100bar.
of the 3left
23- 3-1
2
After 0 2 0 202
a ae that, lock it. Use the same method
zadjust a z ae to aza
e
m the relief valve of the rightmcylinder m
rodless chamber at 100bar and then lock it.
5.4.21.6 Adjusting pressure of leveling relief

valve

measuring pressure port of the leveling valve
group. Adjust7 the engine to a rated speed. 7
2-2leveling cylinder to the bottom -12-2 2-27
Lower -the1 3-1
023 and hold it. Then adjust the relief valve
position
2 2 023 202
ae the leveling relief valve group at 50bar.
zof zaeAfter aza
e
ma that, lock it. ma m
5.4.21.7 Adjusting pressure of towed arm

load relief valve

measuring pressure port of the towed arm load
relief valve. Adjust the engine to a rated speed.
Lower the towed arm cylinder to the bottom
7 it. Then adjust the relief valve
-2hold -27 27
position and
1 2 1 2 2-
-
023 After that, lock it. 023
- 3-1
202
at 30bar.
e 2 e 2 e
m aza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza Adjusting pressure of towedmarm
5.4.21.8
m aza m aza
boosting relief valve
Adjust the engine to a rated speed. Perform

the towed arm boosting operation and observe
the pressure gauge of the towed arm boosting
valve group. Then adjust the relief valve at
30bar. After that, lock it.
5.4.21.9 Adjusting pressure of manual brake

relief valve -272 2-27 2-27
23-1 23-1 3-1
20 travel control lever to the middlee 20
Turn ethe e 202
a z a za aza
position
m ma
(the brake valve group is not working), m
and adjust the manual directional valve of the
manual brake valve group down to the OFF
position. Rotate the lever of the manual pump
and observe the pressure gauge of the manual
brake relief valve. Then adjust the relief
valve at 40bar. After that, lock it and pull the
manual directional valve up back to the original
position.
27 27 27
12-
5.4.21.10 Adjusting
3 - pressure of relief valve
3-1
2-
3-1
2-
20 2
for generation system 202 202
e e e
m aza m aza m aza
measuring pressure port of the generation
valve group. Adjust the engine to a rated speed
and power on the generation system. Then
adjust the relief valve at 210bar. After that, lock
it.
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Maintenance
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
G
m m m
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

Maintenance2-2
7 27 7
2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
G
m m m
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
023-1 023-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 Troubleshooting
12-
27 2-27
023-1 023- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
a Troubleshooting
az6 aza aza
m m m
6.1 Tractor 6-1
6.1.1 Troubleshooting for Power System 6-1
6.1.2 Troubleshooting for Travel System 6-9
6.1.3 Troubleshooting for Conveyor 6-10
6.1.4 Troubleshooting for Centralized Lubrication System 6-11
6.1.5 Troubleshooting for Cleaning Device 6-12
6.1.6 Troubleshooting for Tractor 6-12
6.1.7 Troubleshooting for Operating System 6-12
1 2 -27
6.2 Troubleshooting for Screed
1 2 -27 1 2 -27
6-13
23-
6.3 0Troubleshooting
2
for Electrical System 023- -
023 6-15
z a a e2
e6.3.1 Troubleshooting for ElectricalzSystem zae
2
6-15
ma ma ma
6.3.2 Troubleshooting for Circuit 6-17
6.3.3 Troubleshooting for Sensor 6-18
6.3.4 Troubleshooting for Switch 6-18
6.3.5 Troubleshooting for Controller 6-19
6.3.6 Other Faults 6-19
6.4 Troubleshooting for Hydraulic System 6-20
6.4.1 Troubleshooting for Travel Hydraulic System 6-20
6.4.2 Troubleshooting for Vibrator Hydraulic System 6-21
1 2 -27
6.4.3 Troubleshooting
1 2 -27
for Front Wheel Drive Hydraulic System
1 -27
6-22
2
- - -
023 Troubleshooting for Auxiliary System
6.4.4
2 2 023 2 023 6-23
zae6.4.5 Troubleshooting for SteeringaSystem
zae zae 6-24
ma 6.4.6 Troubleshooting for Conveyor m Auger Hydraulic System ma 6-25
6.4.7 Troubleshooting for Tamper Hydraulic System 6-26
6.4.8 Troubleshooting for Generation Hydraulic System 6-26
2 7 27 7
12-
Troubleshooting 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
6.5zaExample of Troubleshooting aza aza 6-27
ma m m
6.5.1 Fault 6-27
6.5.2 Possible Reasons 6-27
6.5.3 Troubleshooting Procedures 6-28
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
WARNING
2-27 manual before reading any2other-27 manuals 2-27
3-1 023
provided with this machine - 1 and before 3-1
e 202 2 202
aza zae the machine. Failure
operating or servicing
a aza
e
m m
to do this can cause property damage, m

2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 023-1 023-
z6 e2
a TROUBLESHOOTING aza e2 zae2
ma m ma
6.1 Tractor
6.1.1 Troubleshooting for power system
Table 6-1 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Power System
Fault Cause Solution
Use barring gear to rotate engine and check rotary

Restricted crankshaft rotation
resistance.
1 2 -27Loose or corroded start circuit 1 2 -27 and tighten wire connectors.

Clean
1 2 -27
23- - -
No rotation or
2
slow 0rotation Insufficient battery chargin
2 023 Check battery voltage and charge it if 2necessary.
023
zae e
aza motor Check solenoid voltage.
No voltage in solenoid of starting
aza
e
ma of engine Starting motor failure m Replace starting motor. m
Starting motor rotates, but the engine Remove starting motor and check spring of
doesn’t rotate. flywheel ring gear/starting motor for damage
Incorrect starting procedure Check starting procedure.
Low engine starting speed Check engine starting speed.
Long-time shutdown of engine or cold
Check and repair cold start aids.
start aids in winter.
Exhaust fuel system and check oil suction pipeline
Air in fuel system.
for leaks.
1 2 -27Fuel injection pump overflow valve 1Check

2 -27 oil return overflow valve of fuel injection
1 2 -27
- - -
023or failure
Difficult
2 2 023 pump. 2 023
e starting
zafailed zae zae and
ma of engine but Fuel supply failure ma
Clean or replace primary filter orascreen,
m
check flow resistance in fuel pipe
smoke from
exhaust pipe Blocked intake system Check flow resistance in intake system
Start the engine with a temporary fuel tank to
Contaminated fuel
testify.
Incorrect injection timing of fuel injection Determine top dead center and check fuel injection
pump timing.
Damaged or failed fuel injector Check and replace fuel injector.
Improper valve clearance adjustment Correctly adjust valve clearance.
-27Damaged or failed fuel injection pump Remove - 27

fuel injection pump and check it.
-27
3 -12 - 1 2 - 1 2
02 023 023
za e2 zae
2
zae
2
ma ma ma

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
m azaFault Cause
m aza Solution
m aza
No fuel in fuel tank Refuel
Check conductor for looseness and check the
Electric or manual parking lever not set
function of magnetic coil; check manual control
to operation position
lever and set it to operation position.
Loosen drain plug and use hand oil pump to check

Empty fuel inlet cavity of injection pump for oil leakage. Check and replace the oil transfer
pump if necessary.
Diesel engine
rotating but Air in fuel system during first starting
not started, no after7longtime shutdown of engine or Exhaust 7
-27
the fuel system.
2-2
smoke from -1replacement of fuel system elements 1 2 -2 1 2
3-
023 Failed oil return overflow valve of fuel 202Check 0 23-
exhaust2pipe 2
ae
z ae
z ae
oil return overflow valve of fuel injection
z
ma injection pump ma pump. ma
Fuel filter blocked by water or other dir Drain the oil-water separator of replace fuel filte .
Incorrect injection timing of fuel injection
Check fuel injection timing.
pump
Damaged or failed fuel injection pump Check or replace fuel injection pump.
Incorrect camshaft valve timing Check and calibrate the timing of gear drive.
Low idle speed Adjust idle speed.
Check resistance in intake/exhaust system and
Resistance in intake/exhaust system or
ensure parking electromagnet doesn’t move
failure in engine parking device
- 27 7 early.
parking2lever
2 in fuel system or insufficient fuel Exhaust - -27
Diesel engine-1Air
3 3 - 12 the fuel system and check oil suction 3-12
started 2 02not supply
but 202pipeline for leaks. 202
a e a e a e
az
operating
m for
ma
z
Fuel filter blocked or wax separated Drain water separator or replace filte
z
ma. Check for
a long time
due to cold weather wax in winter.
Clean or replace primary filter or filter element
Restricted fuel supply
check and clean fuel pipe.
Contaminated fuel
testify.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
Too low idle speed Check and adjust low idle speed adjustment bolt.
Exhaust the fuel system and check the oil suction
Air in pipeline of fuel system
pipe for leaks.
Fuel transfer pump failure Check and replace fuel transfer pump.
Clean primary filter and screen, and check the
Unstable Restricted fuel system
resistance of fuel pipe.
idling of
Blocked or failed fuel injection nozzle. Check and replace the fuel injection nozzle.
engine during
Damaged engine bearer. Replace the bearer.
warm-up
7Improper valve clearance adjustment
2 -27
Correctly adjust the valve clearance.
-27
2- 2 2
3-1 Low engine compression pressure023
1
- Check compression pressure and repair 2as3- 1
e 202 e 2 required. e2
0
maza ma
z a
Remove the fuel injection pump
z a
mato testify. Replace
Fuel injection pump failure.
it if necessary.
Low fuel level in fuel tank Fill up fuel tank.
Low idle speed Check and adjust low idle speed adjustment screw.
Exhaust the fuel system, and check the oil suction
Air in fuel system
Unstable pipeline for leaks.
idling engine Clean or replace primary filter or filter screen
check and clean fuel pipe.
Fuel injection pump abrasion or failure Replace the fuel injection pump.
2- 27Fuel injector failure -27 the fuel injector.

Replace
2 2-27
02 3-1 Improper engine oil level
1
3- Add or drain oil. 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
Improper engine oil grade Change oil as required.
m m
Oil leakage due to loose pipeline Check and eliminate leakage. m
Low engine
High engine coolant temperature Eliminate the fault.
oil pressure
Engine oil pressure gauge failure Check and replace oil pressure gauge.
Blocked engine oil filte Replace engine oil and filte .
Blocked engine oil cooler Check and replace oil cooler.
Pressure sensor or pressure indicator Check and replace the pressure sensor or
failure indicator.
High engine
Operate engine at medium speed for a certain
oil pressure Low engine operating temperature
period.
2- 27High oil viscosity -27 oil as required.

Change
2 2-27
3-1 3- 1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m azaFault Cause
m aza Solution
m aza
Oil leakage Check and eliminate the leakage fault.
High oil level Check the oil level.
High Incorrect oil grade or viscosity Check the oil and replace as required.
engine oil Leaked oil comes into the intake or Check the inlet or outlet of turbocharger for oil
consumption exhaust pipe from turbocharger leakage and eliminate.
Poor sealing due to piston ring or Perform compression check and repair as
cylinder sleeve abrasion. required.
Low coolant level. Add coolant.
-27 -27 -27

Loose water pump belt or fan belt. Check tensioner; check and replace the belt.
1 2
- Flattened, blocked or leaking radiator 23- 1 2 - 1 2
2 023 hose 2 0 Check the hose. Replace it if necessary. 2023
zae zae zae
ma Improper oil level ma Add or drain the oil. ma
Airfoil of cooling fan damaged or
Check, repair, replace or refit airfoil
separated from fan
Incorrect or defective radiator pressure Check radiator pressure cover and replace it if
High coolant cover necessary.
temperature High anti-freeze concentration Check anti-freeze and change it as required.
– gradual Damaged water temperature sensor or Check sensor and indicator; repair or replace it if
overheating indicator necessary.
Abnormal working, improper installation
Check and replace thermostat.
27
or damage
2-
of thermostat 27
2- 2-2
7
3-1 3 - 1 -
023 or
1
202 02Measure water outlet pressure of engine; repair
e Water pump failure 2 2
aza zae replace water pump. aza
e
m ma m
Unblock water passage of cooling system and fill
Blocked water passage
new coolant.
Contact manufacturer to improve fan, radiator and
Design issue of cooling system
other elements of cooling system.
Little coolant Add coolant
Check sensor and indicator; repair or replace it if
Temperature sensor or indicator failure
necessary
High coolant Damaged or loose fan belt Check tensioner; check and replace the belt.
temperature Flattened, blocked or leaking radiator
-27 7 hose. Replace it if necessary. 27
Check the
– sudden hose
2 2- 2 2-
1 3-1 3-1
23- Low specific pressure due to incorrect
overheating
20 202Check radiator pressure cover and replace 2it02if
e zae e
m aza or damaged radiator pressure cover
ma
necessary.
ma
z a
Incorrect or damaged thermostat Check and replace thermostat.
Water pump failure Repair or replace the water pump.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-
zae2 za e2 za e2
ma ma ma
Damaged, incorrect or failed thermostat Check and replace thermostat.
Low coolant Check and calibrate the sensor and indicator.
temperature Temperature senor or indicator failure Clean the outlet of cylinder cover, and replace it if
necessary.
Coolant in engine oil. Water leakage in

Check and rectify faults.
engine.
Contaminated
Too much engine oil sediments Check change interval for engine oil/filte .
engine oil
Low engine temperature due to fuel in Check idling time and ensure engine run at normal
7engine oil.
-2
temperature.
7 7
- 12 Blocked air intake - 1 2-2 and replace air filter element
Check - 1 2-2
2
0 3 023 Check and replace fuel injector. 023
a e2 Fuel injector failure e 2
zae
2
aza
Fuel/oil
a z
m leakage at Blocked oil return pipe of m
turbocharger Check and unblock oil passage. ma
exhaust pipe Oil leakage at seal ring of turbocharger Check and replace turbocharger.
Long engine idling time Check idling time.

Overloaded engine Eliminate overload.
Exhaust fuel system and check the suction part for
Air in fuel system
leaks.
Blocked air filte Check and replace air filter element
Air leakage between turbocharger and Check and eliminate leakage in pipelines between
intake/exhaust pipe turbocharger and engine.
7 7 7
Black smoke
- 1 2-2 Broken connection rubber hose behind-1Replace
2-2 connection rubber hose. - 1 2-2
0 3 023 023
out of2loaded turbocharger
2 2 2
zae e e
engine
ma m a a fuel Replace fuel injector or fuel injection
Defective fuel injection pumpzor
m aza pump.
injector
Defective turbocharger Replace turbocharger.
Low engine temperature (coolant outlet
See remedies for “low coolant temperature”.
temperature below 60°)
Check air pipe compression and repair it as

Worn piston ring or piston
required.
Low coolant temperature See remedies for “low coolant temperature”.
Low air intake temperature Check heater for air intake.
White smoke 2 - 27Low fuel quality -27 Replace the fuel if necessary.
testify.
2 2 -27
3- 1 - 1 - 1
2 02engine
out of Fuel transfer pump failure
2 023 Check and replace the fuel transfer pump.2 023
zae Fuel injector failure aza
e
aza
Check and replace the fuel injector.
e
ma m
Coolant into the combustion chamber Check and eliminate the failure.
m
Fuel injection pump failure Check and testify the fuel injection pump.

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
mazaFault Cause
m aza Solution
m aza
Overloaded machine Reduce the load.
Check the throttle pull rod. Ensure the pull rod to
Throttle pull rod isn’t at proper position
contact the stop screw at high speed.
Engine speed Tachometer sensor or indicator failure Testify with a standard tachometer. Replace if
fails to reach necessary.
the specified Blocked intercooler of air inlet Check intercooler. Clean or replace it if necessary.
speed with Restricted fuel supply Replace fuel filter and check fuel pipeline
load
Testify with a temporary fuel tank with qualified
Low fuel quality
fuel.
1 2 -27 2- 27
2-27
3- Damaged fuel transfer pump or fuel 3-1 3-1
e 202 injection pump e 202Replace fuel transfer pump or fuel injection
e
02
2pump.
maza Overloaded machine m aza Reduce the load. ma
z a
Improper connection of throttle
Check the throttle connection rod and adjust it.
connection rod
Poor fuel quality
testify. Replace the fuel if necessary.
Damaged fuel pipe or leaking connector Tighten and replace the connector or fuel pipe.
Check oil inlet pipe for leaks and exhaust the fuel
Air in fuel system
system.
Clean the primary filter and filter screen. Check th
2 -27 27 of oil inlet pipe. Replace the fuel filte .
resistance
12-and replace oil transfer pump. 12-
27
23-1Damaged oil transfer pump 3 -
Check 3 -
e2
0
Insufficient
e 202Drain the oil. e 202
z a
a power
High engine oil level z a z a
engine
m ma ma
Check the resistance of intake/exhaust system.
Blocked intake/exhaust system.
Check the air filte , and replace it if necessary.
High fuel temperature (above 70℃ ) Add proper fuel. Stop fuel heater.
Damaged nozzle Replace nozzle.
Check the boost pressure. If the boost pressure is
Damaged turbocharger.
low, replace the turbocharger.
Correctly adjust the valve clearance, check the
Improper valve clearance
components of push bar and spring.
Fuel injector abrasion or failure Check the fuel injection pump.
2 -27 Check
7
2 compression pressure, and repair it if 2-2
2-the
7
3-1Low compression pressure 3 - 1 3 -1
202 2 2
0 necessary. 0
e e 2 e 2
maza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 za e2 za e2
ma ma ma

Contaminated fuel
testify. Replace the fuel if necessary.
Exhaust the fuel system. Check the oil suction pipe
Air in fuel system
for leaks.
Tighten the loose connector. Check and replace
Oil leakage in high-pressure oil pipe
the damaged high-pressure oil pipe.
Oil transfer failure Check and replace the oil transfer pump.
Clean the primary filter and filter screen. Check th
resistance of fuel pipeline. Replace the fuel filte . 7
Engine dies
2- 27 7
2-2 the push bar and spring. Adjust the valve2-2
3-1 - 1Check
023 clearance. 023
- 1
e 202 Improper valve clearance adjustment
2 2
aza zae zae
m ma nozzle Replace the fuel injection nozzle.
Blocked or failed fuel injection ma
Fuel injection failure Check and replace the fuel injection pump.
Check the pressure and find out the cause (such
Low compression pressure in one
as piston ring, cylinder sleeve, air cylinder, valve
cylinder or several cylinders
and so on)
Damaged camshaft and push bar Check and replace the damaged components.
Check external leaks and check if the engine oil is
Fuel leakage
diluted by fuel. Eliminate the failure.
Poor fuel quality
- 2 7 27 Replace the fuel if necessary.
testify.
- -27
2 2 2
High 2
0 3-1 - 1
023 Operate in accordance with the operation 023
- 1
a e 2 oil Improper operation
zae
2 e 2
aza
engine requirement.
z
ma consumption ma m
Check the intake/exhaust resistance. Eliminate the
On air inflow or big exhaust resistanc
failure.
Incorrect timing of fuel injection pump Check and adjust the timing of fuel injection.
Fuel injector abrasion or failure Check and replace the fuel injector.
Air leakage in valve Replace the valve.
Engine can’t run See remedy for “Engine runs unstably or dies”.
Loose or damaged engine support Check and replace engine support.
Damaged fan or accessories Check and replace vibrating components.
Engine Damaged vibration damper Check and replace vibration damper.
7
vibrates 2-2 Engine bearing abrasion or damage -27 and replace alternator.
Check -27
1 1 2 1 2
23-
violently
20 Flywheel disalignment 23- Check and correct the alignment of flywheel
0 23- 0
e e2 e2
m aza aza
Loose or damaged moving components
m aza
Contact the engine manufacturer.
m
Check the hydraulic system and eliminate the
Abnormal operation of hydraulic system
failure.

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m azaFault Cause
m aza Solution
m aza
Check the tensioner and drive belt. Ensure the
Big noise from drive belt. Insufficient
water pump, tensioner, fan hub and engine rotate
tension and abnormal high load
freely.
See “Black smoke out of loaded engine” on page
Leakage in intake/exhaust
Big engine 6-5.
noise Adjust the valve clearance to ensure the push bar
Big valve clearance
isn’t bent and swing arm isn’t worn out.
Check if the turbocharger impellers and turbo
Noise from turbocharger
wheel rub against the housing.
1 2 -27 from drive gear

Noise
1 2 -27 replace vibration damper.
Check and
1 2 -27
- Loose or corroded battery connector 2Clean3- and tighten battery connector. 23-
2 023 Battery charging 2 0 Check 2 0
ae
No zor
a a zae
the battery charging.
a zae
m
insufficient Generator belt slip m Check and replace belt tensioner. m
charging for Gauge or indicator light failure Check and replace gauge or indicator light.
battery Loose or damaged generator cable Repair the cable.
Engine failure Replace the generator.
Check the ventilating device and breathing pipe for
Blocked breathing pipe of crankcase
blockage.
Too much
Poor sealing of turbocharger Check the sealing of the turbocharger.
air leakage
Excessive abrasion in valve guide pipe
in engine Replace the guide pipe of cylinder.
in cylinder head
crankcase
Check piston ring and cylinder sleeve. Replace if
Damage
7 or worn piston ring
2 -2 -27
necessary.
2 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2
z6.1.2 za
Troubleshooting for travel system e2 zae2
ma ma ma
Table 6-2 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Travel System

Insufficient engine powe Repair the engine.
Powerless travelling Hydraulic pump and hydraulic Eliminate the failure by professional
motor abrasion personnel.
Insufficient hydraulic oil in
Check the oil level and add oil.
hydraulic oil tank
Air in hydraulic system
2- 27 - 27
Poor sealing of oil suction12pipe
Check the oil suction pipe and tighten the
2 -27
3-1 3- connection components. 3- 1
e 202 forwarding, but e2
02
e 202
az a
Normal za in pump
Control valveafailure aza
Eliminate the failure by professional
m powerless reversing m personnel. m
Excessive friction disk abrasion Adjust the friction disk clearance or replace
or damage the friction disk by professional personnel.
Jammed brake electromagnetic Adjust or replace the electromagnetic
Parking brake failure
valve valve.
Check the brake circuit and electrical
Control circuit failure
components.
Loose controller of engine
Adjust the throttle controller.
throttle.
1 2 -27 Improper engine speed 2-27 Adjust the engine speed. 2-27
Abnormal
023
- travel speed
02 3-1 3-1
2 e2
Control system failure 202
Check the control system and eliminate the
zae aza failure. az a e
ma m
Mechanical clamping stagnation Replace drive parts.
m
Large impact in transmission Excessive bearing abrasion Replace.
system or torpid steering Insufficient greas Add grease.
Damaged pressure relay Replace.
Damaged electromagnetic valve
Replace.
No traveling of emergency brake
Circuit failure Repair or replace.
Reducer failure Replace.
Damaged brake electromagnetic
2 -27
Difficult to1trave valve 12-
27 Repair or replace. 2-27
023
- 3- 3-1
2 Damaged reducer 202 Replace. 202
zae aza
e
aza
e
ma m m

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 202 202
za Troubleshooting for conveyor azae
6.1.3 aza
e
ma m m
Table 6-3 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Conveyor
Turn on conveyor reversing switch

No conveyor movement Seized conveyor chain
to rotate conveyor reversely.
Conveyor out of control under

Repair or replace material level
AUTO mode (conveyor working at Defective material level sensor
sensor.
max. feeding rate or not rotating)
2- 27 Excessive wear
2-27 Replace chain.
2-27
02 3-1 3-1
02 chain is 3-1
202and
Conveyor or conveyor
e2 e 2 Repair or replace conveyor
e
aza conveyor chain a a
seized up, which
z cause the conveyor z
Broken
m ma
chain is broken.
drive chain.
ma
Loose joint due to broken locking pin Replace joint.
Excessive wear caused by sluggish

operation and wear of chain internal/
Replace the drive chain.
external pin bushing as a result of
Broken drive chain sand in chain box
Conveyor or conveyor chain is Repair or replace conveyor and

seized up. drive chain.
2- 27 2 7
Loose joint due to broken2-locking pin Replace joint. 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 Seized conveyor2due
e
02 to broken Replace locking pin and e2
02
maza a
z shedding conveyor
locking pin aand
m conveyor. ma
z a
component
Check lubrication, check bearing

(Conveyor not feeding under Damaged bearing and bearing seat eccentricity on both ends of drive
AUTO/MANUAL mode) conveyor of conveyor driving device shaft and replace bearing and
not rotating and blocking material bearing seat.
Excessive sprocket and chain

Replace sprocket and chain.
abrasion
Excessive guide wheel and lining of
Replace guide wheel and lining.
guide device abrasion
27 -27 27
Conveyor rotates
3 - 12- automatically 1 2
- sensor Repair or replace material level
- 12-
023 3
Defective material level
202
under idling 2 sensor. 202
zae zae zae
ma ma ma

2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 za e2 e2
ma
Fault
ma
Cause aza
Solution
m
Large clearance or excessive wear
Fill grease and change bearing.
of conveyor bearings
Loose bearing seat bolt of drive
Readjust and tighten the bolt.
Abnormal working of conveyor device
Interference between stock guide/ Check and tighten fixing bolts of

conveyor caused by loose and fixing channel plate, or replace them
bolts of channel plate with high-strength bolts.
Adjust drive chain sprocket seat

Bolt broken by axial force applied to
2-27 -27to the drive to ensure the drive chain sprocket
drive chain sprocket2due 2 -27
3-1 1
3- drive chain gear and drive chain gear center 1
3- are
e 202 chain sprocket02and
2 2 0 2
in a place (with aneerror less than
aza zaein a plane
center not
a za
m Broken bolt on end cover of drive m ma the broken bolt.
±1), and replace
chain sprocket seat

Bolt broken by inclined drive chain
sprocket due to loose engagement
Replace drive chain sprocket and
between internal spline and reducer
adjust chain tension as required.
shaft caused by high tension in drive
chain
6.1.4 Troubleshooting for central

7 27 27
2-2system
lubrication 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 2 02 for Central Lubrication Systemae 2
02
aza z ae
Table 6-4 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting
z
m ma ma
lubricant pump not working Unqualified greas Clean pump and change grease.
Grease leakage at filter of lubrican Seized check valve or damaged Clean check valve or replace
pump spring spring.
2-27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
e 2 e 202 e 202
6.1.5
az a Troubleshooting for cleaning z a aza
m
device ma m
Table 6-5 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Cleaning Device

Blocked diesel oil filte Repair or replace.
Damaged cleaning pump Replace.
No oil out of cleaning device
Leaking or blocked pipe Check and replace.
Damaged spraying device Replace.
2 -27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza aza aza
6.1.6 Troubleshooting for tractor m m
Table 6-6 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Tractor

Push roller not rotating Damaged push roller bearing Repair and replace bearing.
6.1.7 Troubleshooting for operating

system -12
-27 2- 27 2-27
023 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza ma
a
Table 6-7 Fault Analysis and zTroubleshooting for Operating System
ma
z a
Adjust hinge and add a support before

Water in control console and Distorted hinge between upper/ opening upper box body.
screed panel lower box body Close console box cover when machine is
not working.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza maza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-
e2
a Troubleshooting for Screed
z6.2 za e2 za e2
ma ma ma
Table 6-8 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Screed
Liner plate not leveled with screed Readjust and level up screed bottom plate
bottom plate and liner plate.
Rough pavement of main Main tamper blade higher or lower Adjust height of tamper blade to make it
section road than liner plate 0.5mm lower than liner plate.
Foreign substances left on tamper Remove foreign substances on tamper

blade or screed bottom plate blade or screed bottom plate.
7
-2middle 27 Adjust threaded rod, increase pretightening-27
Scoring in the
1 2 Loose disc spring 2- 2
2 -
of main3section road 3-1 force on disc spring or replace it. 3- 1
e 2 0 202 202
aza
pavement
aeof disc spring
Broken threaded rod
az
Replace threaded rod.
aza
e
m m adjusting treaded
Damaged or rusted m
Replace or clean threaded rod.
rod
Failed height difference
adjustment Seized threaded rod due to large Rotate left/right adjusting threaded rod
height difference of left/right reversely and adjust them to the same
adjusting threaded rod height.
Broken motor belt Replace the belt.

Tamper motor belt slip due to
Tension the belt.
looseness
Enlarge the clearance between tamper

7 27 blade and striker plate, or reduce tamping -27
1 2-2
- tamper not
(Mechanical)
Belt slip due to pressed tamper2-blade
- 1 - 1 2
2 023
acting 2 023 amplitude.
2 023
zae Damaged or seized
e
azabearing of motor Replace bearing of motor ae
azcarrier.
ma carrier m m
Damaged flat key for belt pulley and
Replace the flat ke .
shaft
Damaged pump or motor Replace the pump or motor.
Broken vibratory motor belt Replace the belt.
Seized bearing Clean or replace the bearing.
Repair the hydraulic pipeline or electrical
Damaged pipeline or circuit
Vibrator not acting circuit.
Damaged electromagnetic valve or Replace the electromagnetic valve or

7 7 7
1 2-2 seized valve spool 2-2 1 wash the valve spool. 2-21
3- 023
- 3-
e 202 Damaged pump or motor
2 Replace the pump or motor. 202
aza zae zae
m Generator rotating ma ma
Damaged generator coil or circuit Damaged generator coil or wiring.
without current output

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
m aza Fault Causeaza
m
Solution
maza
Abnormal noise from Loose fan screw Tighten the screw.
engine Large bearing clearance Replace the bearing.
Blocked pipeline. Clean the pipeline.
Air leakage at pipeline Repair or replace the pipeline.
Air leakage at connector Tighten or replace the connector.
Slow heating speed
Remove the foreign substances in the
Blocked breather between the
exhaust passage to unblock the pipe, and
screed bottom plate and the bracket
drain water.
No fire from some27 7 or replace the nozzle. 27

- Blocked nozzle -2Clean 2-
nozzles -12 3- 1 2
3-1
023
2 on both 02 02
False
z a epaving z e 2 tilting Adjust the tie rod and brace rod.
Outside of screed plate abracket
z a e2
m a of road
sides up ma ma
Corrosive threads for camber
Difficult camber Apply kerosene or oil to the threads.
adjuster
adjustment
Seized ratchet spanner Replace the ratchet spanner.
The handle is broken or the bolt of
Excessive feeding in Replace the handle or bolt.
the handle has fallen off.
lower part of striker plate
Distorted striker plate. Flatten striker plate.
Distorted or damaged adjustment
Replace the adjustment bolt.
Failed width adjusting bolt.
frame 7
2 Asphalt or other foreign matters on 27 27
2- 2- Clean threaded rod or swivel nut. 2-
023-1 threaded rod or swivel nut 3-1
02 3-1
2
e upward/downward e 2 ro 202
Failed
a z a z a zae
ma ma
Distorted side baffle or guide Adjust side baffle or guide rod
m
movement of side baffl
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza maza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
e2
a Troubleshooting for Electrical
z6.3 za e2 zae2
ma System ma ma
6.3.1 Troubleshooting for electrical

system
Table 6-9 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Electrical System
Pull the emergency stop switch up and press

Locked emergency stop switch
the
7 reset switch.
2- 27 2 -2 2 -27
3-1
Work 2implement
0
Replay K3 not acting 1
- Check the replay K3 and the circuit. -
023 Check FU7/5A and replace the fuse.2023
1
z e 2working
anot
Blown fuse
zae
2
zae
ma Controller failure ma Replace the controller. ma
Low engine speed Increase the engine speed to over 1500 rpm.
Controller A1 failure Replace the controller A1.
Pull the emergency stop switch up and press
Locked emergency stop switch
the reset switch.
Paver can’t travel Damaged travel control lever Repair the lever.
under AUTO mode Controller failure Replace the controller.
Blown fuses FU50 Replace the fuses FU50.
Low engine speed Increase the engine speed to over 1500 rpm.
Check the sensor wiring and plug.
2 -27 2 27 whether there is 24 V/12 V voltage on2-the

-Check 27
3-1 1
23- red/white terminal respectively. 2023-
1
e 202 Speed sensor failure 2 0
aza zae ae
Check if the sensor is installedazstably and the
m ma m
clearance between tooth top and sensor is
within 0.5~0.8 mm.
Paver fails to travel
in a straight line Low engine speed Increase the engine speed.
under AUTO mode Low travel speed Increase the travel speed.
Ground wire of speed sensor is loose

Check the ground wire of speed sensor.
or interfered by interfering signal.
Controller A1 failure Change the controller A1.

Steering wheel not at neutral position Set steering wheel at neutral position.
7 27 27
2-2 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza maza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza Fault Cause
m aza Solution
m aza
Travel mode selection switch is
Replace the switch.
damaged
No action under
Circuit failure Check the travel selection switch and its wiring.
TRAVEL mode
Move the travel control lever to the neutral

Incorrect gear shifting
position, and then perform gear shifting.
Correct operation sequence: turn switch S18 to

“travel” position, move the travel control lever
Paver can’t 12-

27Incorrect operating order to the 7
2
neutral position, turn the pivot steering
-2 S51 to arrow direction , and rotate 2 -27
- 3- 1
switch
3- 1
023
perform pivot
2 202 steering potentiometer leftward or rightward.
202
zae
steering zae zae
ma ma ma
Pivot steering control switch failure Replace the switch.
Circuit failure Check the circuit.

Screed can’t be Damaged switch. Replace the switch.
lifted or lowered. Circuit failure Check circuits.
Master power switch not turned on Turn it on.
System doesn’t Damaged starting switch Replac the starting swtich.

respond when
Damaged fuse FU13 Replace the fuse FU13.
starting switch is
turned to position
1 2 -2I.7Controller failure 12-27 the controller and the controller fuse.
Replace
2-27
23- Damaged power supply relay K1 3-Replace the power supply replay K1. 3-1
e 20 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
Circuit failure Repair the circuit.
m Damaged FU11 m Reset circuit breaker QF1. m
Starting control circuit failure Check the circuit.
Damaged starting switch Replace the starting switch.
Starting motor not
Travel control lever is not at neutral Move the travel control lever to the neutral
working
position position.
Damaged K2 Replace K1, K2, K3 or K6.
Damaged starting motor Replace the starting motor
Damaged bulb Replace the bulb.
Working lamp not Damaged switch Replace the switch.
lit up -27Circuit failure
2 12 -27the circuit.
Repair
12-
27
3-1 Damaged fuse FU51,FU52 and FU53 3 -
Replace fuse FU51, FU52 and FU53. 3 -
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza ma
z a
ma
z a

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 e2 e2
Cause aza za
ma ma
Fault Solution
m
Manual/auto mode not set on the
Set manual/auto mode on the tampering page.
vibrator page on the display
Tamper not
Controller A1 failure Replace the controller A1.
working
Too low tamping frequency Set tampering frequency on the tampering page.
Set manual/auto mode on the vibrating page.
Vibrator not vibrator page on the display
working Controller A1 failure Replace the controller A1.
7 27 27
2-2 Controller failure 2 -Replace the controller. 2-
3-1 3- 1 3-1
e 202 chain
Conveyor
e2
Material blockage at conveyor
02 Set conveyor reversing switch on the
e
2
20conveyor
a
az not working aza page on the display. az a
m Circuit failure
m Repair the circuit.
m
Ultrasonic material controller not Check if the voltage of the wire 26# is 24 V, and
powered on tighten the connecting plug.
Improper position for ultrasonic Slowly rotate controller knob until the auger
Auger not working material controller works.
Damaged ultrasonic material

Replace the ultrasonic material controller.
controller

Set manual/auto mode on the cleaning page.
Cleaning device cleaning page on the display
7 27 27
not working2-2 Cleaning motor failure 2 -Replace the cleaning motor. 2-
3-1 3- 1 3-1
e 202 Circuit failure
e 202 Repair the circuit.
e 202
maza maza m aza
6.3.2 Troubleshooting for circuit

Table 6-10 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Circuit
Turn left sharply when moving Electromagnetic valve failure of travel

Check the circuit.
forward control system for left forwarding
Electromagnetic valve failure of travel

Turn right sharply
7 when reversing Check the circuit.
-2 27
control system for left -reversing
2-27
-12
23 sharply when moving -12 3-1
Turn0right
2 Electromagnetic
2 023valve failure of travel 0 2
e
zaforward zae for right forwarding e2
Check the circuit.
ma
control system
ma m aza
Electromagnetic valve failure of travel
Turn left sharply when reversing Check the circuit.
control system for right reversing

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 202 202
za Troubleshooting for sensor
6.3.3 zae aza
e
ma ma m
Table 6-11 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Sensor

Circuit failure for left travel motor sensor Check the circuit.
Left travel motor speed sensor failure Replace the motor speed sensor.
Paver turns right sharply
Replace the steering
after starting the engine Damaged steering potentiometer
potentiometer.
Controller failure Replace the controller.
1 -27
2 Circuit failure for right travel motor
1 2
7
-2sensor Check the circuit. 2-27
0 23- 23- failure
Right travel motor speed 0sensor 02
Replace the motor speed sensor. 3-1
2 2 2
Paver
a z aeturns left sharply after zae Replace the steeringaza
e
m
starting the engine Damaged steering mapotentiometer potentiometer.
m
SYCD indicates the engine Circuit failure for engine speed sensor Check the circuit.
speed is “0” Engine speed sensor failure Replace the engine speed sensor.
SYCD indicates the fuel Low fuel level in the fuel tank Add fuel.
level is “0” Damaged fuel sensor Replace the fuel sensor.
SYCD always indicates the
Circuit failure for fuel sensor Check the circuit.
fuel level is “full”
Low engine oil level Add engine oil.
1 2 -27engine 1 2 -27 2-27
3-1
SYCD indicates the Circuit failure for engine oil sensor Check the circuit.
- -
023is too low
oil pressure
2 2 023 0 2
zae e
Damaged engine oilzapressure sensor z a e2
Replace the engine oil pressure
ma ma sensor. a m
Low engine water level Add water
SYCD indicates the engine Circuit failure for engine water

Check the circuit.
water temperature is too temperature sensor
high Replace the water temperature
Water temperature sensor failure
sensor.
6.3.4 Troubleshooting for switch
Table 6-12 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Switch
-27 2-27 2-27

3 -12
Fault Cause
3-1 Solution
3-1
02 02 02
e2
Leftzaswitch panel failure
Damaged circuit board
z a e 2of left switch Replace the circuit board zofaeleft2 switch
ma panel ma panel ma
Damaged circuit board of right switch Replace the circuit board of Right
Right switch panel failure
panel switch panel

2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
a e2
z6.3.5 za
Troubleshooting for controller
e2 za e2
ma ma ma
Table 6-13 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Controller
SYMC communication Circuit failure Check the communication circuit.

fault A1-A2 Controller failure Check the controller through updating the CAN bus data.
fault A1-A3 Controller failure Check the controller through updating the CAN bus data.
fault A1-LCD Controller failure Check the controller through updating the CAN bus data.
2 -27 7
-2 2- 27
23-
1
SYMC communication Circuit failure -12communication circuit.
Check the
23 23-1
2 0A1-GPS 0 0
fault
zae
Damaged GPS e 2 the controller through updating the CANe 2bus data.
Check
ma Circuit failure m aza
Check the circuit. m aza
GPS fault Check GPS through the point where GPS impulse signal
Damaged GPS
stops.
Failure in +5V SYMC

output power supply
Check SYMC by collecting SYMC internal temperature

SYMC failure
High temperature in signal.
SYMC 1 Internal temperature
sensor failure
1 2 -27 SYMC failure

Check SYMC
1 2 -27by collecting SYMC internal temperature12-27
23-
High temperature in signal.3- 3-
2 0 202 202
zae Internal temperatureae e
SYMC 2
ma sensor failure m
az m aza
Open and short circuit
Controller failure Check the controller through SYMC diagnosis.
for SYMC output port.
6.3.6 Other faults
Table 6-14 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Other Faults
Battery voltage lower than 12V after Generation failure Check.

powered on -27 -27 27
1 2 Battery failure
1 2 Check. 2-
Battery
-
023voltage lower than 20V after 0 23- 0 23-1
e 2 2
Charging failure e2
Replace
zacontinous charging for 10 mitunes or more zae
m a m a m aza
Poor connection between the generator
Engine speed more than 600RPM, system Check.
and the battery
power voltage lower than 26V
Generation failure Check.

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
azaTroubleshooting for Hydraulic
6.4
m m aza m aza
System
6.4.1 Troubleshooting for travel

hydraulic system
Table 6-15 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Travel Hydraulic System
Modify the brake fluid pipe to other

Low brake fluid pressur
2- 27 2 -27
circuit.
2 -27
02 3-1 - 1
Brake electromagnetic valve not3energized
02 Find out electrical fault. 023
- 1
2 2 2
ae
No action
z Travel pump proportionalae
z valve not zae
ma energized ma ma
Seized brake electromagnetic valve spool Clean the valve spool and replace the
Seized travel pump proportional valve electromagnetic valve.
Seized valve spool of oil makeup overflow Remove the overflow valve and clean
valve for travel pump it.
Remove the overflow valve, fit a fi

Spring of oil makeup overflow valve of
Low oil makeup at spring top press point to increase
travel pump failure
pressure for travel pump top pressure or replace spring.
2- 27 Leakage in oil makeup pump or main 2-2

7
2-27
023-1 - 1
023 oil
pump of travel pump due to worn Replace the travel pump. 3-1
e2 2 202
aza
makeup pump ae
az aza
e
m m
Leakage in travel motor m
Replace the travel motor.
Defective proportional valve current

control circuit or speed sensor circuit at Find out electrical fault.
one side
Steering when move the
travel control lever to Remove the proportional valve spool
Seized proportional valve spool
move forward or reverse and clean it.
Burned reducer brake lining Replace the reducer brake lining.
Speed sensor failure Replace the speed sensor.
Electrical failure Find out electrical fault.
7 7 27
2-2 2-2 2-
3-1 3 -1
Deviated neutral position of proportional Adjust the neutral position of 3-1
e 202
Paver moving valve for travel pump e2
0 2
proportional valve. e2
02
az a
automatically after z a za
m
starting the engine
ma ma
Deviated mechanical neutral position of Adjust mechanical neutral position of
variable cylinder for travel pump variable cylinder.

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2
z6.4.2 Troubleshooting for vibratoraza e2 zae2
ma hydraulic system
m ma
Table 6-16 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Vibrator Hydraulic System
Vibrator speed control valve not

Find out electrical fault.
energized
Measure the vibrator overflow pressure (at vibrator

Excessively leaking or burnt
pressure measuring port on valve block) and replace
2- 27 vibrator pump
2 - 27 pump if pressure is far below 190 bar. 2-27
vibrator
02 3-1 02 3- 1
02
1
3-
e2
zaNo action za e2 zae2
ma ma When the vibrator electromagneticmavalve is energized
and the pump is running normally, block the vibrator
Seized electromagnetic valve pressure port and measure the vibrator pressure
spool of vibrator speed control through the pressure tap on the valve block. If the
valve pressure is low, electromagnetic valve is defective,
then remove and clean valve spool. If the fault still
exists after cleaning, replace speed control valve.
Seized vibrator mtor Repair or replace.
Vibrator pump working under

overflow pressure due to Unload the external load.
7 27 27
2-2 external load on vibrator shaft 2- 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 20
e 2 and
Block the pressure oil port of vibrator valve
maza Failure in setting high az a
mpressure measure working pressure of vibrator z a
ma speed control
at overflow valve on vibrator valve. If it is far below 190 bar, adjust overflow valve
Failure in reaching speed control valve pressure; if such adjustment fails, replace speed
the setting speed control valve.
Vibrator overflow pressure is normal and vibration

Excessively leaking vibrator speed is low, which may cause by low volumetric
pump efficiency of vibrator pump. Replace the vibrator
pump.
Excessively leaking vibrator

Repair or replace.
motor
2 -27 -27
12 the valve spool or replace the vibrator3speed
12 -27
3-1 Seized vibrator speed control
3 -
Clean -
e 202 valve 202 control valve. 202
az a
Automatic action zae zae
m mavalve
Vibrator speed control
Find out electrical fault. ma
powered on suddenly

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
aza Troubleshooting for front wheel
6.4.3
m m aza m aza
drive hydraulic system
Table 6-17 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Front Wheel Drive Hydraulic System
Front drive governor multiple

Find out electrical fault.
valve not energized
Measure the front drive overflow pressure (at pressure

Excessively leaking or burnt measuring port of front drive governor multiple valve)
2 - 27 drive pump
front
2 - 27 drive pump if pressure is far below 1902-27
and replace front
3 -1 bar. -1 3 -1 3
02 02 02
za e2 zae2 e2
m a
No action ma m aza
When the front drive solenoid is energized and the pump
is running normally, block the front drive pressure port
Seized solenoid spool of front and measure the pressure through the pressure tap
drive governor multiple valve on the valve block. If the pressure is low, solenoid is
defective, then remove and clean valve spool. If the fault
still exists after cleaning, replace governor multiple valve.

Repair or replace front drive motor.
front drive motor
1 2 -2r 7o n t 12 -27 2- 27
3- F drive pump working
3 - 3-1
e 202 202 the external load.
under overflow pressure due to Unload
e e 202
m aza external load on front wheel
maza m aza
Block the pressure oil port of front drive valve and

Failure in Failure in setting high pressure measure working pressure of front drive governor
reaching the at overflow valve on front wheel multiple valve. If it is far below 190 bar, adjust overflo
setting speed governor multiple valve valve pressure; if such adjustment fails, replace
governor multiple valve.
Excessively leaking or damaged

Repair or replace front drive pump.
front drive pump
-27 drive motor 7 front drive motor. 27
Repair or replace
2front 2-2 2-
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza maza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2
z6.4.4 Troubleshooting for auxiliaryaza e2 zae2
ma system
m ma
Table 6-18 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Auxiliary System

Excessively leaking or burnt auxiliary
Repair or replace auxiliary pump.
pump
No action
Low oil level in oil tank Refill it to required level
Jammed overflow valve spool of Clean up valve spool or replace
auxiliary system or failed spring overflow valve.
2- 27 2 -27 2-2to
Connect brake oil source pipeline
7
3-1 - 1
Low brake oil source3pressure
023
- 1
e 202 2 02 other closed pump.
2
aza zae not energized
Brake solenoid Find out faults. aza
e
m No brake relief pressure or low ma m
Clean up valve spool or replace
pressure Jammed brake solenoid spool
solenoid.
Jammed brake relief overflow valve Clean up valve spool or replace
spool or failed spring brake relief overflow valve.
Manual check valve lever not at

Set the lever at upper position.
Pressure at two ports of brake upper position( oil return line cut off )
relief valve group with reducer
(damage to reducer) Jammed manual check valve spool of Clean up valve spool or replace
2- 27 27
manual brake relief valve-group
2
check valve.
2- 27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
a
az Abnormal actions of brake aza aza
m Jammedmprimary priority three way mit.
relief,leveling cylinder, towered Clean or replace
flow valve spoo
arm hopper cylinder
Check if the front arm with the

Influenced by external loa cylinder is jammed and find out
No action of leveling cylinder at reasons of no action of cylinder.
one side, and normal towered
Electrical fault Find out faults.
arm lifting and hopper cylinder
Jammed leveling solenoid spool at Clean up valve spool or replace

one side leveling solenoid
2- 27 7 -2 7 -2
3-1 3 - 12 3 - 12
02 of leveling cyliners,
No2actions Electrical wiring fault
02 2 Find out faults.
20 2
a e e e
maz and normal towed arm lifting Jammed
aza
m leveling overflow valve Clean up valve aza
m spool or replace
and cylinder cylinders
spool or failed spring leveling overflow vavl

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
m aza Fault aza
m Cause aza
Solution
m
Abnormal speeds of levelng
Jammed secondary priority three way Clean up or replace secondary
cylinder, towed arm lift cylinder
flow valve spoo priority three way flow valve
and hopper cylinder
Electrical fault Find out faults.
Excessively leaking or jammed
Abnormal cylinders except overflo valve spool on leveling valve Clean up or replace overflow valve
leveling cylinder group without high pressure
Jammed secondary priority three way Clean up or replace priority overflo
2- 27 flow valve spoo 27 valve.

2- 2-27
23-1 Electrical wiring fault 3-1 Find out faults. 3-1
0
Normal2leveling
e and towed
e 202 spool 202
z a
a cylinders except hopper z a
Jammed check solenoid ae solenoid.
Clean up or replace check
az
arm
m ma Replace cylinders m
or their sealing
cylinder Leakage at hopper cylinder
parts.
Electrical wiring fault Find out faults.
Jammed check solenoid or anti-down
Clean or replace.
Normal other cylinders except solenoid valve spool
towed arm lift cylinder Jammed valve reducing valve or
Clean or replace.
spring failure
Leakage at cylinders Replace.
Electrical wiring fault Find out faults.
7
Noramal leveling, towed
Jammed check solenoid spool-27 27
1 2-2 except 12
Clean or replace.
2-
arm, hopper -cylinders
3 3 - 3-1
202
extension/retraction
e cylinder
e 202
Leakage at extension/retraction
e2
Replace seals or cylinders. 0 2
m aza cylinder
ma
z a
m aza
6.4.5 Troubleshooting for steering

system
Table 6-19 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Steering System

Repair 7or replace the pump.
-27 steering pump
2- 2 2-27
-12 3-1 3-1
2 023
No oreabnormal
Low oil level in oil tank
202
Refill it to required level
202
a e e
m a z
steering
Defective steer
m aza Repair or replace steer.
m aza
Leakage at steering cylinder Replace cylinders or their sealing parts.
Much mechanical resistance of
Eliminate mechanical resistance.
steering cylinder

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
ae2 e2 e2
ma
z6.4.6 aza
Troubleshooting for conveyor
m ma
za
auger hydraulic system
Table 6-20 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Conveyor Auger Hydraulic System

Conveyor auger multiple valve
Find out faults.
solenoid not energized
Excessively leaking or burnt conveyor
Repair or replace.
auger pump
No action
2- 27 Jammed conveyor auger
2 -27 multiple Repair or replace. 2-27
3-1 23-
valve solenoid spool
1 3-1
e 202 e 20 e 202
maza aza leaking or damaged Repair or replace.
Excessively
m m aza
conveyor auger motor
Repair or replace.
& auger pump
Slow action Repair or replace.
auger pump
Repair or replace.
conveyor auger motor
Jammed conveyor auger multiple Clean valve spool or replace
valve solenoid spool conveyor auger multiple valve.
7
Automatic rotation
2 7 27
2- Conveyor auger mu 2-l t2i p l e v a l v e Find out faults. 2-
3-1 023
- 1 3-1
e 202 suddenly energized
e 2 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
6.4.7 e 2
Troubleshooting for tamper e 202 e 202
az a z a aza
m
hydraulic system ma m
Table 6-21 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Tamper Hydraulic System

Tamper multiple valve solenoid not energized Find out faults.
Excessively leaking or burnt tamper pump Repair or replace.
No action
Jammed tamper multiple valve solenoid spool Repair or replace.
Excessively leaking or damaged tamper motor Repair or replace.
1 2 -27 Excessively leaking or burnt tamper pump1 2 -27 Repair or replace. 2-27
023
- -
023pump 3-1
Slow action
2 Excessively leaking or burnt tamper
2 Repair or replace.
202
zae zae tamper motor Repair or replace.aza
e
ma ma
m
Clean valve spool or replace
Jammed tamper multiple valve solenoid spool
Automatic rotation tamper multiple valve.
Tamper multiple valve suddenly energized Find out faults.
6.4.8 Troubleshooting for generation

hydraulic system
Table 76-22 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Generation

7
2- 2 2- 2 Hydraulic System
2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
Fault
e e2
Cause
02
e2
Solution
02
az a aza aza
m m m
Excessively leaking or burnt generation pump Repair or replace.
Tamper multiple valve solenoid not energized Find out faults.

No or abnormal
action Jammed generation solenoid spool Repair or replace.
Jammed generation overflow valve spool or failed sprin Repair or replace.
Excessively leaking or burnt generation pump Repair or replace.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
2 3-1 3-1 3-
6.5e 20Example of Troubleshooting e 202 e2
02
z a z a za
ma ma ma
6.5.1 Fault
1. When the paver is under the Travel mode,

pull the travel control lever forward to the
Max. position. When the running speed
is up to 12km/h, the engine starts to
decelerate at most to 1500rpm, and then
speeds up rapidly to a stable speed.
2. When the
1 2 -27paver is under the Paving mode, 12-27 2-27
the3-engine starts to decelerate even to 3-
02 2 3-1
e 21800rpm and is unable to speed up. e 20 e 202
m aza m aza m aza
6.5.2 Possible reasons
The reasons that cause the engine of the

paver to decelerate, generally, are leakage at
oil suppy line or air inlet line of the engine, and
uneven load sharing.
According to the dynamic property of the

diesel oil engine, if the load (resistance torque
rating) on the engine suddely changes, the
engine speed1 2 -27 will automatically slow down. 12-27 2-27
-
023same time, the engine speed governor 023
- 3-1
At the
2 2 202
ae
zincreases ae
oil supply to enlarge theazoutput aza
e
ma torque against the resistance torque. m When m
the output torque increases enough to balance
the resistance torque value, the engine stops
slowing down and speeds up in a certain
degree with the help of the engine speed
governer. However, if the engine deceleration
happens, meaning that the speed has been
decreased below the peak value of the torque
value on the curve of the dynamic property, it
is impossible to regain the engine speed based
on the automatic
1 2 -27 speed adjustment mechanism 12-27 2-27
3-
of the2engine. 23- 3-1
e 20 e 20 e 202
m aza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023
- 3-1 3-1
6.5.3 e 2
Troubleshooting procedures e 202 e 202
z a z a aza
ma ma m
First communicate with the engine supplier.
The speed deceleration issue is usually that
the cylinder body and the piston of the oil
supply pump are worn, resulting in insufficien
oil supply. If the adjustment through the engine
speed governer to increase oil supply fails to
meet the load requirements, recalibrate the
engine speed governer to increase oil supply
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Troubleshooting
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
aza aza aza
G
m m m
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Specifications
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 Specifications
12-
27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3- 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
aza
m 7 Specifications m aza m aza
7.1 Dimension Parameter 7-1
7.2 Performance Parameter 7-2
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
Specifications 2- 2-2
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
WARNING

2 -27 manuals 2-27
3-1 provided with this machine
23-
1 and before 3-1
aza
e
a z ae the machine. Failure aza
e

2
SAP Series2-Paver
7 27 2 7
2- 12-
Specifications
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
z7e2
a SPECIFICATIONS zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
7.1 Dimension parameter
2- 27 2-27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
Table 7-1 Dimension Parameter for Paver
Item Unit SAP60C-8

-27 7 27
-12 mm3-1
2-2 2-
A
023 Overall length
02
6320 3-1
e B2 Overall width e 2mm 6500 e 202
maza C Overall height m aza mm m
3750
aza
Transportation width with
D mm 2100
hoppers closed
E Transportation height mm 3060
F Track-center distance mm 1504
Note: The above specifications o f

standard machine are for reference,
see the inspection certificate for specific
data of actual machine .
Materials 2 - 27 specifications are subject
and 2 -27 2-27
- 1 - 1 3-1
023 without notice in accordance with
to 2change 2 023 202
e e e
mazaour continuous technical innovations. aza m m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
023- 3-1 3-1

e2 e 202 e 202
7.2zaPerformance parameter aza aza
ma m m
Table 7-2 Performance Parameter for Paver
Product SAP60C-8
Technical Parameter
Paving range m 2.0 ～ 6.0

Basic paving width m 2.0 ～ 3.7
Machine Max. paving thickness mm 250
parameters Hopper capacity m 3
6
2- 27 Max. theoretical productivity t/h

2- 27 450
2-27
023-1 Gradeability %
023-1 ≥ 20 3-1
e2 e2 e 202
za system
aTravel Paving speed m/minza
a 1.5-20
aza
m m
Travel speed km/h 0-2.5 m
Manufacturer Dongfeng Cummins
Model QSB4.5-C130-30
Power system
Rated power kW 97
Type Single tamper + vibration
Camber adjustment % -1 ～ +3
Tamping frequency Hz 0 ～ 25
Screed
Amplitude mm 2
Vibrating frequency Hz 0 ～ 40
2 -27 Heating method 2-2
7 Electrical heating 2-2
7
3-1 3-1 23
(Gas-heating without vibration is optional)- 1
e 202 e 202 e 20
maza m aza m aza
Note: The above specifications o f
standard machine are for reference,
see the inspection certificate for specific
data of actual machine .
Materials and specifications are subject
to change without notice in accordance with
our continuous technical innovations.
2- 27 2- 27 2-27
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7
2- 12-
Specifications
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-
zae2 zae2 zae2
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2 7 27 7
12-
SAP Series Paver
02 3- 3-1 3-1
e2 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
2-27 2-27 2-27
E
3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza
G
PA
K
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
AN
e 202 e 202 e 202

maza m aza m aza
BL
2-27 2-27 2-27

3-1 3-1 3-1
e 202 e 202 e 202
maza m aza m aza

2-27 2-27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
www.sanyglobal.com
2-27 2-27 2-27
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
2-27 2-27 2-27

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
zae zae zae
ma ma ma
SANY AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURING CO., LTD

Address: SANY Industry Town, Economic and Technological Development Zone,
7 China 410100 7 27
2-2
Changsha, Hunan, 2-2 2-
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
Service2 2 2
a z ae Hotline: 0086 4006098318 zae zae
mE-mail: crd@sany.com.cn ma ma

Sap60c8 Manual Oper y Mtto

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sap60c8 Manual Oper y Mtto

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Quality Changes the World 7

2-27 2-27 2-27

2-27 2-27 2-27

Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual

2-27 2-27 2-27

2-27 2-27 2-27

2-27 2-27 2-27

SAP Series Paver

2-27 2-27 2-27

2-27 2-27 2-27

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual- December 2016

Scan here to download the Service Cloud APP

1 2 -27 1 2 -27 1 2 -27

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

Duty of all working personnel

2-27 2-27 2-27

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 III

023- 3-1 3-1

IV Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 V

VI Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

1 2 -27 the Hopper

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 VII

023- 3-1 3-1

023- 3-1 3-1

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 ⅩⅠ

2-27 2-27 2-27

2-27 2-27 2-27

ⅩⅡ Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

2-27 2-27 2-27

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

2-27 2-27 2-27

2-27 2-27 2-27

2-27 manual before reading any 7 other manuals

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

Items addressed in this manual are designed

1 2 -27 1 2 -27 2-27

Always keep this manual nearby and have all

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 1-1

• Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual

The later includes the Parts List and the

• The attached documents only apply to the

• Ensure the documents are complete. Put

• Put this User’s Guide in the cab for easy

• Have the Spare Parts Drawing Volume in

1-2 Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

This section covers basic safety information

1.2.3.3 System functions

This section provides an overview of all the

This section provides all general maintenance

1 2 -27 or repair operations on the 12-27

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 1-3

This section provides the general information

1.3.1 Machine directions

1-4 Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016

2-27 2-27 2-27

• Avoid operating or running the equipment

• Avoid sudden starting or abrupt stop of the

2-27 2-27 2-27

Safety, Operation & Maintenance - December 2016 1-5

The data plate is 7

2-27 Fig. 1-327

2-27 2-27 2-27